Home

Fujitsu MBA3300RC User's Manual

1. m Current values Power on Save values RESET condition Command to all INITs Command to all INITs Pages Pages 1 2 7 8 A C 19 1C _ MODE SELECT SP 1 y 1 2 7 8 A 19 1C 1A 21 a 1A 21 Power on Command to A Command to all INITs all INITs l Block descriptor FORMAT UNIT Block descriptor Pages 3 4 lt lt Pages 3 4 Power on RESET condition Remark When the drive is shipped from the factory a Ll Ga i there are not parameter page Save values Default values except for Page 3 Format Parameters and Page 4 Drive Parameters Save values for Command to all INITs the parameter pages specified in the MODE SELECT command are generated for the first Pages time when that command is executed with 1 1 2 7 8 A C 19 1C specified in the SP bit 1A 21 Figure 4 1 MODE SELECT parameter structure The MODE SELECT parameters include parameters which can be changed by the INIT as desired parameters which the INIT cannot change which whose values are determined by the HDD unilaterally and parameters which can be changed by the INIT within certain appropriate limits The HDD also contains parameter fields which are applicable for rounding processing rounding up or rounding down of parameter values specified by the INIT to values which the HDD can use in actual operation When changing of parameters other than variable parameters is requested by the INIT in the
2. 0x04A 0x078 0x014 0x035A 0x0BC2E 0x02 0x00000000 0x0BC2D01 0x00000000 TBD C141 C013 293 Parameter Data Format 5 1 4 Drive Parameters Page Code 4 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 5 6 Table 5 6 MODE SELECT parameters drive parameters fo RAPS RAES EVES a pO SO ee Se l Reduced Write Current Starting Cylinder Default X 2729 10 025 rpm ey X 3A98 15 000 rpm 294 C141 C013 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters Cylinder count This parameter specifies the total number of cylinders configured in the user space on the disk media This value includes the number of cylinders for alternate blocks specified in the Alternate Track Count Drive parameter of the format parameters Page code 3 It is impossible to change this parameter Number of heads This parameter indicates the number of data Read Write heads in the disk drive It is impossible to change this parameter If zero or a value which differs from the Default value is specified in this parameter field the HDD performs rounding processing of the parameter setting a value which is the same as the default value in it Bytes 6 to 16 The parameter defined in bytes 6 to 16 of this page descriptor is a parameter that it is clearly not necessary for the INIT to specify The HDD disregards the values specified in this field RPL rotational positio
3. In this chapter the configuration and contents of sense data reported to the INIT initiator when an error occurs etc key information for interpreting error states recommended procedures for error recovery processing that should be executed by software in the INIT and error recovery processing executed internally by the HDD are described 6 1 Sense Data When the HDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status or in cases when some fatal error is detected in connection with the SAS interface and as a result the command that is currently being executed or the commands in the stack are cleared it generates sense data for the INIT that issued that command Sense data are returned to the INIT at the same time as the status is sent in response to the command 6 1 1 Sense data format The HDD s sense data is in the so called Expanded Sense Data format The expanded sense data format supported by the HDD is shown in Table 6 1 1 Inthe specifications each device is permitted to define whatever it chooses after byte 18 of the expanded sense data and the length and format differ for each device The length of expanded sense data is displayed in the sense data so by analyzing the sense data which it receives the INIT can know its effective length C141 C013 359 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 2 Inthe REQUEST SENSE command even if a Transfer byte length that is shorter than the length of the sense data supported by the device
4. Manual code 141 C013 01EN Comments Line Comments Reply requested _ Yes _ No Please evaluate overall quality of this manual by marking V in the appropriate boxes Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Good Fair Poor Organization CI LI L Use of examples O O O Legibility O O Accuracy CI L LI Index coverage O O Handiness Binding O O O OO C Cross referencing L Clarity O sea C C L L General appearance O za T LI Figures amp tables L Others L Technical level oo high _ Appropriate Too low L Overall rating of this publication Good O Fair O Poor O FOR FUJITSU USE Overseas office Person in charge Note Local representative should pass this form to the section in charge of distribution in FUJITSU Reply By FUJITSU LIMITED This page is intentionally left blank MBA3073RC MBA3147RC MBA3300RC SERIES MBB2073RC MBB2147RC SERIES MBC2036RC MBC2073RC SERIES DISK C141 C013 01EN DRIVES SERIAL ATTACHED SCSI INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS MBA3073RC MBA3147RC MBA3300RC SERIES MBB2073RC MBB2147RC SERIES MBC2036RC MBC2073RC SERIES DISK ee all DRIVES SERIAL ATTACHED SCSI INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS cO FUJITSU
5. X 00000000 148 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands a PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER b CODE SET 6 Indicates that this page conforms to the SAS device specifications Indicates the type of the code shown in the Identifier ID field ie i The IDENTIFIER field shall contain binary values 23 The IDENTIFIER field shall contain ASCII printable characters i e code values 20h through 7Eh 3 The IDENTIFIER field shall contain ISO IEC 10646 1 UTF 8 codes c PIV Protocol identifier valid 0 The PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER field is invalid 1 The PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER field is valid d Association 00b The IDENTIFIER field is associated with the addressed logical unit 01b The IDENTIFIER field is associated with the target port that received the request 10b The IDENTIFIER field is associated with the SAS target device that contains the addressed logical unit 11b Reserved e Identifier type C141 C013 Indicates the Identifier type and the organization that has issued the Identifier Oh th 2h 3h Ah Sh 6h 7h 8h No organization issues this Identifier this is a Vender Specific ID The first eight bytes are the Vender ID SPC 2 Annex C The rest of the data depends on the organization indicated in the Vender ID Fujitsu recommends indicating the Product ID of the Standard INQUIRY followed by the serial number of VPD Page 80 Indicates a 64 bit long IEEE extended uni
6. eee eeeeeseeeeeeeeeeaeecneecnsecnaeenaeeees 81 TASK ATTRIBUTE field is s c esesscscshescsecencnsedutesstonebeecteasesedcetbeentent 82 TASK information Unites nieni a i a are 84 TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION field ee 85 XFER_RDY information unit sssssesessseeseescrcrcrcrcrsrcrrrrsrrercsererereseseses 86 An example of requested offset 0 00 ce ceeeeceeeceeeneeeseeeseeessecnseceaeeneeeees 88 DATA information units ineen eee ee E E ee 89 RESPONSE information Unit ee eeeeseeeeeneeeeeeneecsaecsseceaeenaeenes 92 DAVAPRES fleld meses eae aan aetna einai lentes 92 RESPONSE DATA field racine tineaetencal e i 94 RESPONSE CODE field 3 2 4 dp eine satin E e e 94 Exceptional event processing Of a drive 100 6 Byte GDB basic format 0 0 0 ttit e eiiie ae ei e 104 10 Byte CDB basic format sereen eA e i a iset 104 12 Byte CDB basic formateren ren roteer 105 C141 C013 C141 C013 Table 2 4 Table 2 5 Table 2 6 Table 2 7 Table 2 8 Table 2 9 Table 2 10 Table 4 1 Table 4 2 Table 4 3 Table 4 4 Table 4 5 Table 4 6 Table 4 7 Table 4 8 Table 4 9 Table 4 10 Table 4 11 Table 4 12 Table 4 13 Table 4 14 Table 4 15 Table 4 16 Table 4 17 Table 4 18 Table 4 19 Table 4 20 Table 4 21 Table 4 22 Table 4 23 Table 4 24 Table 4 25 Table 4 26 Table 4 27 Table 4 28 Table 4 29 Table 4 30 Table 4 31 Table 4 32 Table 4 33 Table 4 34 Table 4 35 Contents Operation code is sinh aah lave cin Aee ees 105 Control Dyte
7. C141 C013 An SSP INIT port shall only transmit a write DATA frame a in response to an XFER_RDY frame or b after transmitting a COMMAND frame if the ENABLE FIRST BURST field in the COMMAND frame was set to one and the FIRST BURST SIZE field in the Disconnect Reconnect mode page is not zero However since drives do not support the FIRST BURST SIZE field a drive can receive data only when it requests data with XFER_RDY frames If the value in the MAXIMUM BURST SIZE field on the Disconnect Reconnect mode page is not zero the maximum amount of data that is transferred at one time by an SSP TARG port per I_T_L_Q nexus is limited by the value in the MAXIMUM BURST SIZE field Drives do not support the MAXIMUM BURST SIZE field However the maximum data amount a drive can request with a single XFER_RDY frame is limited to 64 Kbytes An SSP TARG port shall set the NUMBER OF FILL BYTES field to zero in the frame header in all read DATA frames for a command except the last read DATA frame for that command The SSP TARG port may set the NUMBER OF FILL BYTES field to a non zero value in the last read DATA frame for a command i e only the last read DATA frame for a command may contain data with a length that is not a multiple of four An SSP INIT port may set the NUMBER OF FILL BYTES field to a non zero value contained in the last DATA frame that is sent as a response to an XFER_RDY frame In this case the SSP INIT port must set zeros
8. Drives ignore the Reserved fields 1 6 2 Information units 1 6 2 1 COMMAND information unit Table 1 34 defines the command IU The COMMAND frame is sent by an SSP INIT port to request that a command be processed by the device server in a logical unit Table 1 34 COMMAND information unit LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER Reserved ENABLE FIRST Reserved TASK ATTRIBUTE BURST Reserved ADDITIONAL CDB LENGTH n dwords Reserved MSB CDB C141 C013 ADDITIONAL CDB BYTES The LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER field contains the address of the logical unit An ENABLE FIRST BURST bit set to 1 specifies that the first burst data item is transferred as defined by the FIRST BURST SIZE field in the Disconnect Reconnect mode page However drives do not support this bit Therefore a drive ignores the FIRST BURST SIZE field of the Disconnect Reconnect mode page Table 1 35 contains the definitions of the TASK ATTRIBUTE field However drives do not support ACA in Table 1 35 Moreover when a reserved TASK 81 SAS Interface ATTRIBUTE code is specified a drive will treat the task as one with the SIMPLE task attribute Table 1 35 TASK ATTRIBUTE field Code Task attribute 000b SIMPLE 001b HEAD OF QUEUE 010b ORDERED O11lb Reserved 100b ACA not supported 101b 111b Reserved The ADDITIONAL CDB LENGTH field contains the length of the ADDITIONAL CDB field in dwords four
9. The HDD ignores the value specified for this parameter Maximum burst size This parameter specifies the maximum number of transfer bytes that the TARG transfers in the data frames between the OPEN processing for the address frame and the execution of the DONE CLOSE primitive as a multiple of 512 bytes The HDD ignores the value specified for this parameter First burst size When the ENABLE FIRST BURST bit of the command frame is set to 1 this parameter specifies the maximum number of write data bytes that an INIT can transfer without transferring XFER_RDY frames immediately after transfer of a command frame The number of bytes is specified in this parameter as a multiple of 512 bytes Since the HDD does not support the ENABLE FIRST BURST function for command frames this parameter is ignored if specified C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters 5 1 3 Format Parameters Page Code 3 The Page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 5 4 Table 5 4 MODE SELECT parameters format parameters X 16 Page Length P fe fe peo oo eR e e a a C141 C013 289 Parameter Data Format a Parameters for specifying alternate processing areas for defective blocks bytes 2 to 9 The following 4 parameters specify the position and number of spare sectors for performing defective block alternate allocation processing on the disk media See Chapter 3 Data Format of Product Manual for details of the HDD
10. 318 This bit of zero indicates the target disables reporting of the warning The MRIE field is ignored when DExcpt is set to one and EWASC is set to zero An EWASC bit of one indicates warning reporting is enabled The method for reporting the warning when the EWASC bit is set to one is determined from the MRIE field These bits are used to indicate DE temperature elapse see 7 6 3 Failure prediction method and the EBACKERR bit is used to determine whether errors are reported see f ERACKERR Enable Background Error DExcpt disable exception control This bit of zero indicates information exception operations is enabled The reporting of information exception conditions when the DExcpt bit is set to zero is determined from the method of reporting informational exceptions field A DExcpt bit of one indicates the target disables all information exception operations The method of reporting informational exceptions field is ignored when DExcpt is set to one The value of this bit is used to determine whether the HDD may report a failure prediction status according to the SMART function to the initiator See Section 7 6 SMART Self Analysis and Reporting Technology e TEST 1 If 0 is set for DExcpt a failure prediction is reported with a failure prediction reporting condition that is generated when the time specified with Interval Timer has elapsed The method and number of times of this reporting
11. CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL C141 C013 The model names of the disk drives covered by this manual differ depending on their device types and capacity 1 In addition these disk drives are called Hard Disk Drive HDD drive or device in this manual Note Model Name M BA 3 147 RC Interface type Formatted capacity One gigabyte GB one billion bytes accessible capacity will be less and actual capacity depends on the operating environment and formatting Disk size 3 3 5 inch 2 2 5 inch Type BA 3 5 inch 15 000rpm BB 2 5 inch 10 025rpm BC 2 5 inch 15 000rpm Decimal numbers are represented normally Hexadecimal numbers are represented as shown in the following examples X 17B9 17B9h 17B9 or 17B9H Binary number is represented as 010 010b An X is used to represent mode parameters that are ignored by the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands An X is also used to represent mode parameters reported by the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands and that vary depending on conditions at the time Preface Conventions for Alert Messages Attention This manual uses the following conventions to show the alert messages An alert message consists of an alert signal and alert statements The alert signal consists of an alert symbol and a signal word or just a signal word The following are the alert signals and their meanings This indicates a hazardous situation likely t
12. 0 0 1 1 Buffer descriptor When this mode is specified the HDD transfers only the 4 byte buffer descriptor to the INIT the HDD s data buffer attributes are indicated in the 4 byte buffer descriptor Zero must be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB when this mode is specified The HDD transfers the data length specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB or 4 bytes whichever portion of data is smaller to the INIT When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer Table 4 64 READ BUFFER command buffer descriptor X 02 Addressing Boundary Buffer Capacity The Addressing boundary field in the buffer descriptor indicates the addressing boundary in the data buffer which can be specified in the WRITE BUFFER Command and the READ BUFFER Command as a Power when expressed as a Power of 2 The HDDs report X 02 2 indicating that it is possible to specify the address in 4 byte units Also the Buffer capacity field indicates the byte length of the size of the data buffer which can be operated by the WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands Exercise caution regarding the following points when using this command If the WRITE BUFFER command or READ BUFFER command is used under a multi initiator or multitask environment it is necessary to be careful of the contents of the data buffer being changed by another initiator or a command
13. AEN Asynchoronous Event Notification AIP Arbitration In Progress primitive ALT ALTernated block ARRE Automatic Read Reallocation Enabled ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASG ASiGned block AWG American Wire Gauge AWRE Automatic Write Reallocation Enabled BMS Background Media Scan BIST Build In Self Test bpi bits per inch BSY BuSY BytChk Byte Check Cc C list Target Certification list CCS Common command set CDB Common descriptor block CE Customer Engineer CmpLst Complete List CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CSS Contact Start Stop CYL CYLinder D D Depth D list Data Defect List DBD Disable Block Descriptor DC Direct Current DCR Disable Correction DCRT Disable CeRtificaTion DE Disk Enclosure DEF DEFective block DevOfi Device Offline DPO Disable Page Out DPRY Disable PRimarY DSP Disable Saving Parameters DST Drive Self Test C141 C013 DTE Disable Transfer on Error E ECC Error Correction Code EER Enable Early Recovery EOAF End Of Address Frame primitive EOF End Of Frame primitive EVPD Enable Vital Product Data F FC Fibre Channel FG Frame Ground FIFO First In First Out FmtData Format Data FOV Format Options Valid FUA Force Unit Access G G Gap G1 2 3 Generation 1 2 3 physical link rate G list Grown defect list H H Height HBA Host Board Adapter HDD Hard Disk Drive HSEC Hard SECtor ID IDentifier ILBN Ideal Logical Block Number Immed Immediat
14. After implementing this alternate block allocation and initializing the disk media at times when a data block Verify Certification operation is not prohibited the HDD reads all the initialized data blocks and verifies their normalcy If a defective data block is detected during this processing the HDD generates the C List as defect position information and allocates alternate blocks by alternate sector processing for those defective data blocks In this case alternate blocks are allocated in spare sectors in an alternate cell Alternate block allocation processing by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command With the REASSIGN BLOCKS command alternate block allocation is performed by alternate sector processing for defective logical data blocks specified by the INIT In this case alternate blocks are allocated in spare sectors in an alternate cell Auto alternate block allocation processing If auto alternate block allocation processing is permitted by the AWRE flag or the ARRE flag of the MODE SELECT parameters the HDD executes alternate clock allocation automatically by alternate sector processing for defective data blocks detected during execution of the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY READ and READ EXTENDED commands The alternate block allocation method in this case is the same as in the case of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command See the description in Section 6 3 2 concerning Auto Alternate Block Allocation Processing 391 Disk Med
15. All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 C141 C013 331 Parameter Data Format e Write errors recovered without delays page 02 code 0000 Table 5 25 Write errors recovered without delays page 02 code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Errors Recovered Without Delays Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered write errors that would not be reported to the initiator during write operations because no delay is incurred The drive does not support this field due to a hardware limitation Zero is always reported e Write errors recovered with possible delays page 02 code 0001 Table 5 26 Write errors recovered with possible delays page 02 code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Errors Recovered With Possible Delays X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered write errors that would not be reported to the initiator during write operations because possible delay is incurred 332 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters Total write errors posted page 02 code 0002 Table 5 27 Total write errors posted page 02 code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Total Posted Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted errors to the interface during write operations Implementation If a write err
16. Figure 1 17 shows an example of the transfer of interlocked frames Figure 1 18 shows an example of the transfer of non interlocked frames with the same tag Figure 1 19 shows an example of the transfer of non interlocked frames with different tags transmitter receiver interlocked frame H eee ACK or NAK le interlocked frame b B a ee A ACK o NAK fime Yiime Figure 1 17 Interlocked frames 75 SAS Interface 2 frames in this example have ihe same tag f transmitter receiver Mon intenoched frame tag A Non imterlocked frame tag A Mon interocked frame tag A arinen frame tag A Non intelocked frame tag A Non intenocked frame tag A Mon interlocked frame tag B Norrinteiocked frame tag G Nor inteiocked frame tag Figure 1 19 Non interlocked frames with different tags 1 5 6 4 Closing an SSP connection DONE shall be exchanged prior to closing an SSP connection There are several versions of the DONE primitive indicating additional information about why the SSP connection is being closed a DONE NORMAL specifies normal completion the transmitter has no more SSP frames to transmit 76 C141 C013 1 5 Address frames b DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT specifies that the transmitter still has SSP frames to transmit but did not receive an RRDY granting frame credit within 1 ms or the transmitter has received a CREDIT_BLOCKED and has consumed all RRDYs received and c DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT specifies
17. For an INQUIRY command even if an invalid LUN is specified the command is executed normally However byte 0 of the Standard INQUIRY Data transferred to the INIT by that command the Qualifier field and the Device Type Code field shows X 7F If an invalid LUN is specified for any command other than the INQUIRY command or the REQUEST SENSE command that command is executed normally 117 Command Processing 2 8 3 Reserved operation code Group 6 7 command operation codes X CO X FF are reserved by Fujitsu When any command which has these operation codes is issued the HDD may not necessarily respond with the CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid command operation code 20 00 The INIT must not issue commands which have these operation codes 2 8 4 Error recovery processing When an error which it is possible to retry is detected in the HDD the HDD attempts error recovery processing of the detected error during command execution The INIT can specify whether or not to report detailed parameters and successfully recovered errors related to error recovery processing using either the MODE SELECT or the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command Also by the INIT specifying those parameters they can be saved in the system space on the disk medium and they can be changed temporarily without being saved After the power is turned on or after reset the HDD reads out the saved parameters and initializes the error reco
18. Logical Block Address Block Address LSB Transfer Block Count MSB Transfer Block Count LSB Z s apea ae oe Ee This command reads the number of blocks of data in continuous logical data blocks specified in the Transfer block count field with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The functions of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 READ command Section 4 2 1 with the exception that it is possible to specify 4 byte logical block addresses and 2 byte transfer block counts However when zero is specified for the Transfer block count the command is terminated normally without seek and pre fetch being performed e FUA force unit access When this bit is 0 it indicates that the HDD satisfy the command by accessing the cache memory Any logical blocks that are contained in the cache memory may be transferred to the INIT directly from the cache memory When this bit is 1 it indicated that the HDD shall access the media in performing the command prior to returning GOOD status READ commands shall access the specified logical blocks from the media i e the data is not directly retrieved from the cache C141 C013 215 Command Specifications 4 2 3 WRITE 0A ss xon Logical Block Address Logical Block Address LSB Transfer Block Count coo e 2 a a Pe This command transfers the number of blocks of data specified in t
19. T single OPEN_REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT I T single SUPPORTED OPEN_REJECT NO DESTINATION I T single OPEN_REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 I T single OPEN_REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED I T single OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP 0 I T single OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 I T single OPEN_REJECT PROTOCOL NOT I T single SUPPORTED OPEN_REJECT STP RESOURCES BUSY I single OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATON I T single AREE OPNE_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 3 PRA single Table 1 11 defines the primitives used only inside SSP and SMP connections P Nn C141 C013 SAS Interface Table 1 11 Primitives used only inside SSP and SMP connections PIREN SAS LI Ffig d Primitive USE wT rev 10 pa rte ee a a CREDIT_BLOCKED ONE DONE NORMAD o ONE DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT TIMEOUT Conn single supported supported Ea A e T Torre ONE ACRE EE EE ee Tae f ae sin singe supported supported e a hacac fom ef e E ee S ones re paso Seo e e a pacas om E e tt SAK RESERVED 288080 ae RADY NORAD Cem a E i E eee oone aa RADY RESERVED Cem p ee ft RADY RESERVE n Pe PEP fae pore DD ee a 1 2 3 4 46 These primitives are received as AIP primitives When this primitive is received the connection request is canceled and the command is aborted These primitives are received as DONE primitives When a primitive falling under NoConn i
20. default type is always reported in this field WP bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that a write operation to the disk media is prohibited and when 0 is specified it indicates that a write operation is permitted DPOFUA bit When this bit is 0 it indicates that the HDD does not support the DPO and FUA bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that the HDD supports the DPO and FUA bits 171 Command Specifications e Block descriptor length This field indicates the Block descriptor length byte length which follows after the header The Page descriptor length is not included in this value The HDD always reports X 08 in this field if 0 is specified in the DBD bit of this command s CDB and thus indicates that one Block descriptor set follows after the header When 1 is specified in the DBD bit of the CDB the value of this field is X 00 2 Block descriptor The 8 byte Block descriptor indicates the logical attributes of the data format on the disk media a Data block count This field indicates the total number of logical data blocks the block length is shown in the Data block length field existing in the User Space on the disk media This value does not include the number of spare sectors reserved for alternate block processing Furthermore when this command specifies to transfer the Default value and Variable value the value shown in this field is X 000000 which means the maxi
21. 0 2 The Mode Page EN_PS bit is set to 1 3 Power on off is performed C141 C013 7 4 Background Media Scan BMS If a scan ends with an error the next Pre Scan operation will begin with LBA 0 If the Write command is issued to an LBA that was not scanned this LBA will be verified after data is written to it For further information see the next section 7 4 2 3 Write command operation during a Pre Scan If the Write command is issued to an LBA that has yet to be scanned the Write command will function as a Write amp Verify command during the Pre Scan period The operation is generally the same as when the typical Write amp Verify command is issued However the sense information is as follows Error code Good Successful rewrite Successful alternate processing 01 0C 81 Alternate processing error 03 0C 03 Too many retries 03 0C 03 Write error code PER Entirely based on the Mode Page 1 PER configuration 7 4 2 4 Conditions for operation The conditions that suppress scanning include the following Not Ready status During a scan automatic alternate processing is performed based on the ARRE specification If the power is switched off during a scan and then switched back on a scan will begin with the LBA in operation when the power was switched off within a 1 error It will actually begin after a 500 ms idle time When a scan ends Log Save is performed The conditions th
22. 1 4 Link layer Table 1 15 DONE primitives primitive Description DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT When the sender of an SSP frame does neither receive the ACK nor the NAK primitive after sending the SSP frame the sender sends the DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT primitive DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 0 This primitive is processed in the same manner as the DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT primitive DONE RESERVED TIMEOUT 1 This primitive is processed in the same manner as the DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT primitive DONE NORMAL Indicates that all frames have been sent This primitive is processed in the same manner as the DONE BONE RESERVED U NORMAL primitive This primitive is processed in the same manner as the DONE NORMAL primitive DONE RESERVED 1 When the wait time for an RRDY primitive has exceeded 1 ms or the CREDIT BLOCKED primitive is received before an RRDY primitive is received if the close processing is performed the DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT primitive is sent DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT A drive sends a DONE primitive in any of the following cases 1 When the drive sends an OPEN frame and establishes connection and it becomes that there are no frame to be sent the drive sends the DONE NORMAL primitive 2 When credit timeout is detected before the drive sends an SSP frame the drive sends the DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT primitive 3 When the drive receives the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive during an in
23. Active_Wait Stopped The LED is off 1 Active Active_Wait Stopped The LED is off For details refer to Section 2 7 LED display c Protocol Identifier 6h Indicates that this page conforms to the SAS SCSI device specifications C141 C013 311 Parameter Data Format d I_T NEXUS LOSS TIME Specifies the maximum time for which the HDD performs error recovery processing for I_T Nexus Loss as a multiple of 1 ms DESCRIPTION 0000h Vender specific 0001h to FFFEh Specifies the maximum time for error recovery processing as a multiple of 1 ms recommended value 2 000 ms FFFFh The error recovery processing time is not limited e INITIATOR RESPONSE TIMEOUT Specifies the maximum time in milliseconds for which the HDD waits for a WRITE data frame A command will end with CHECK CONDITION status Aborted Command B Initiator Response Timeout 4B 06 if this time has elapsed before the arrival of a WRITE data frame Table 5 12 Port control parameter Sub Page Format Long Format SUBPAGE CODE 01h MSB Page Length n 3 LSB x 0000 a SPF 0 Indicates that the transfer data is in Short Page Format 1 Indicates that the transfer data is in Long Page Format 312 C141 C013 b NUMBER OF PHYS 5 1 Mode Parameters Indicates the total number of phys the TARG maintains The following shows the details of the SAS phy mode descriptor that is reported in Byte 8 and subsequent
24. CONNECTION an a n nE 28 66 Connection OVETVIEW esseere 66 CONNECTION FEQUESE eseese 66 connection request aborting 69 CONNECTION response 0 00 cee eeeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeee 67 connection breaking cee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeees 71 connection CLOSING eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 70 422 Control DY tei ee stiles gee eae 107 control command sses 135 control mode parameter eseseeseeeeeeeeee 304 correctable bit length cee 285 297 correctable data read error s es 383 correction of defect descriptor 238 COUN DASIS wis aici aie 331 CREDIT_BLOCKED oenen 54 Cylinder COUNL epee irens 295 cylinder skew factor 291 D Dilist sities ail etsiecates 225 230 389 data access command 213 data block addressing eee eeeeeneees 122 data block Count eee cece eee e eee 159 172 data block length 159 172 data B ffet orou ees oas 127 data buffer configuration 00 0 eee 128 data buffer configuration and basic Operati ONA sssacevsveseseedavscdemsesestecessiensets 127 data buffer management sssesssesseessee 127 data byte length 291 Gata defect Stress srciiioneeinete 225 DATA information unit ee eeeeeeeee 89 data only with address specification ee eeeeeceeneeeeeeeeees 266 272 Cata OVELTUN 0 ee eee ieiet iie 331 data space configuration ce eeeeeeeeeeee 124 data strobe offset COUNE eee eeeeeeeees 285 data underrun sys stessatedead Haneseti
25. Figure 1 15 Connection request timeout example 0 0 0 ce ceseceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 69 Figure 1 16 Closing a connection example ceeseessecsseceseceseceeceseeeseeeseeeeeeeees 70 Figure 1 17 Interlocked frames ioeie onres si aree n ceases 75 Figure 1 18 Non interlocked frames with the same tag eeeeeeeseeereerereerere 76 Figure 1 19 Non interlocked frames with different tags 76 Figure 1 20 Closing an SSP connection example cee ceseceseceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 77 Figure 1 21 Example of XFER_RDY frames 20 0 cece eeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeenaeenaeens 88 Figure 1 22 Example of TASK frame eee eseeseeseeceseceseceseceseceeeeeeesseeeseeeees 96 Figure 1 23 Example of write command eee eeecsseesecnseceseceseceseceeeeseeeseeeeeeees 97 Figure 1 24 Example of read command ee ceeceseceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaeecaeesaaeeaeenes 97 Figure 1 25 Example of the processing sequence for an exceptional event 99 Figure 2 1 Data space configuration ccccccecsceeecceceeeeeesaeceeaceceeeeeesaeeeeeeeeenees 124 Figure 3 1 Data buffer configuration in the case of 8 cache segments 128 Figure 4 1 MODE SELECT parameter structure cecesceseceseceeeeeeeeeeenees 155 Figure 4 2 Correction of the defect descriptor ee eeceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaes 238 Figure 6 1 Analysis of the termination status clei ceeceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 372 Table 1 1 SASvaddress format issii eresien aseta e are oaie sioti 29
26. RETRY primitive When the drive cannot receive an SSP frame temporarily due to the recovery processing of an internal drive error the drive sends the OPEN_REJECT RETRY primitive When the SAS address of a drive does not match the DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS field in a received OPEN frame the drive sends the OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION primitive 1 4 3 12 SOAF Start of address frame C141 C013 SOAF specifies the start of an address frame 53 SAS Interface 1 4 4 Primitives used only inside SSP and SMP connections 1 4 4 1 ACK acknowledge The ACK primitive indicates that an SSP frame is received normally When a drive receives an SSP frame and the CRC field in the received SSP frame is correct the drive sends the ACK primitive within 1 ms 1 4 4 2 CREDIT_BLOCKED The CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive indicates that no more credits can be sent during this connection When a drive determines that it can give out no more credits during the connection the drive sends the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive to avoid credit timeout A drive sends the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive in any of the following cases 1 When the drive sends an OPEN frame and then receives the OPEN_ACCEPT primitive from the initiator during the abort processing in the drive the drive sends the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive instead of an RRDY primitive 2 When the drive determines during the connection that it has entered a condition where abort processing inside the dri
27. Table 1 6 OOB signal receiver burst time detection requirements Detection requirements Signal may detect shall detect COMINIT COMRESET Tburst lt 100 ns Tburst gt 100 ns COMSAS Tburst lt 100 ns Tburst gt 100 ns Table 1 7 describes the OOB signal receiver requirements for detecting idle times assuming Tidle is the length of the detected idle time Table 1 7 OOB signal receiver idle time detection requirements Detection requirements Signal may detect shall detect COMINIT COMRESET 175 ns lt Tidle lt 525 ns 304 ns lt Tidle lt 336 ns COMSAS 525 ns lt Tidle lt 1575 ns 911 7 ns lt Tidle lt 1008 ns Table 1 8 describes the OOB signal receiver requirements for detecting negation times assuming Tidle is the length of the detected idle time Table 1 8 OOB signal receiver negation time detection requirements COMINIT COMRESET Tidle gt 525 ns COMSAS Tidle gt 1575 ns A receiver shall detect an OOB signal after receiving four consecutive idle time burst time pairs It is not an error to receive more than four idle time burst time pairs A receiver shall not detect the same OOB signal again until it has detected the corresponding negation time i e a COMINIT negation time for a COMINIT or has detected a different OOB signal A SAS receiver shall detect OOB signals comprised of ALIGNs transmitted at any rate up to its highest supported physical link rate This includes physical link rates below
28. Table 2 5 Control byte Bits 7 6 vendor unique When any value other than 0 is specified for these bits the HDD terminates command processing with the CHECK CONDITION status Bit 0 Link This HDD does not support Link so this bit should be set on 0 5 Handling an illegal CDB If there are errors in the contents of a CDB description specification or if there is an error in the specification of a parameter transferred from the INIT in accordance with a CDB specification that command ends with the CHECK CONDITION status In the case of a command that changes data on the disk medium when there is an error in the CDB specification the disk medium is not changed by that command but when there is an error in a parameter transferred in a DATA frame the contents of the disk medium in the area specified in that command may be changed Also a DATA frame request may be executed after receiving a DATA frame but those data are not used C141 C013 107 Command Processing 2 2 Status Byte 1 GOOD status The format of the status byte and the types of status which the HDD supports are shown in Table 2 6 The status byte is 1 byte of information in the RESP response frame which notifies the INIT from the TARG after a command is completed and which shows the results of executing the command Also when an Input Output operation request has been received even if the TARG cannot execute the command the status byte is
29. The write error rate attribute has reached the failure threshold 43 The seek error rate attribute has reached the failure threshold 56 The spin up time attribute has reached the failure threshold 64 The remaining alternate sector count attribute has reached the failure threshold The drive is in test mode nn Drive Failure A serious error was detected in the drive s control system nn is a Fujitsu unique code 00 Abnormal Rotation of Spindle Motor 0O1 Any error at Spindle Motor Start 30 On track failure C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier 370 C141 C013 6 1 Sense Data 6 1 3 Sense data additional information Bytes 18 to 47 of sense data are defined as a Fujitsu unique field and indicate the additional information which is explained below 1 PORT The Port bit indicates the connected port Port A 0 Port B 1 2 CDB operation code This field indicates the operation code the value in the first byte of the CDB of the command where the error occurred When sense data are generated without relation to the INIT issuing a command this field shows zero 3 Detailed information The information displayed in bytes 20 to 47 of sense data is information defined by Fujitsu for the specific product for the purpose of analyzing trouble and the contents of this information are not made public However the user should present this information to the persons in cha
30. codes Table 1 2 lists the parameters for the code Table 1 2 Hashed SAS address code parameter Number of bits per codeword fs Number of data bits a Number of redundant bits Minimum distance of the code E AN The generator polynomial for this code is an an a N o n N e w G x K X41 KO X x x 1 amp x x x 1 amp x x After multiplication of the factors the generator polynomial is cae ae ee cae Se nace CoA Se au As Cage My cae ace yy Ge ae D A 30 C141 C013 1 3 Phy layer 1 3 Phy layer In the phy layer 8b10b coding and the link reset sequence are defined 1 3 1 8b10b coding All information transferred in SAS is encoded into 10 bit characters using 8b10b encoding Information includes data bytes representing data in a frame and control characters used for frame delimiters Ten bit characters are transferred in units of dwords where a dword contains four ten bit characters A primitive is a dword that consists of a control character at the beginning and the other three data characters In the SAS specifications a primitive that starts with the K28 5 control character and another one that starts with the K28 6 control character are defined Table 1 3 shows the usage of special characters Table 1 3 Usage of special characters Beginning character Usage in SAS Usage in SATA K28 3 Primitive to be used only within STP All the primitives i connection except ALIGN AL
31. coding ic geass edilsssasecbieme annie 31 A abort processing eee eeeceeeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 119 ABORT TASK cccccssccceesteceeeeees 119 120 ABORT TASK SET ccccscscceeeees 119 120 ACCOUNTING date seeen 345 ACR aiea e iianias iets 54 acknowledge ipee esnie 54 active nolh rera re i ese aieeee 309 additional data length eee eeeeeeeeeees 140 additional error recovery PALAMECL CL sisri Se 325 387 additional sense code cceeeeeeeee 362 365 additional sense code qualifier 362 365 additional sense data length 0 0 362 address format serrera iee 262 address framen noaeo ee ceceesscseceseceesessnseceeeeeens 59 address frame OVELVICW ccccccesessececeeeees 59 AUPE eae OOE 47 ALIGN Zerit nies a er a a 47 alternate Area dhunn ntra a 126 alternate block allocation ccccccee 390 alternate block allocation method 390 alternate block allocation processing amannenn 391 395 alternate block allocation processing by REASSIGN BLOCKS command uu eeeeeeeeees 391 alternate block allocation processing during FORMAT UNIT command execution ceeeeececeesteeeeees 391 alternate cell reretia teii e aer etak 390 alternate sector count Zone ccceeeeeees 290 alternate sector processing cece 390 alternate track count drive ccccceees 290 alternate track Count ZOne cccccceeeees 290 analysis of termination sta
32. perform recovery method 1 Reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 3 Reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 1 If the DTE flag in the MODE SELECT parameter is 0 perform recovery method 0 If the DTE flag in the MODE SELECT parameter is 1 execute one of the following according to the content indicated by the sense data Ifthe Valid bit is 1 and if the address of the final data block in the data block group in the area specified in the command is indicated in the information field perform recovery method 0 If the Valid bit is 0 or even if the Valid bit is 1 but the address of a data block which is not that of the final data group in the area specified in the command is indicated in the information field reissue the original command If this error Other than a positioning error 15 xx occurs repeatedly in the same data block implement alternate block allocation processing shown in Section 6 4 378 C141 C013 6 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 6 6 Error recovery processing procedures 2 4 Recovery Method Recovery Processing Procedure Issue the MODE SENSE command and when a RECOVERED ERROR is reported read the Current value in the changed MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED parameter If the value actually set in that parameter page is within the
33. transferred from the INIT by this command must have the same order and the same length as the data transferred to the INIT from the HDD by the READ LONG command The Transfer byte length field in the CDB indicates the number of bytes of data transferred from the INIT by this command When the Transfer byte length specification is zero this command is terminated normally without performing anything If a value specifying a length other than zero that does not match the data format on the disk media is specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status without data being transferred to the INIT The sense data at this time indicate the following contents and the INIT can determine the correct Transfer byte length from their contents C141 C013 277 Command Specifications e Sense Key 05 ILLEGAL REQUEST e Additional sense code 24 00 Invalid field in CDB Additional sense code qualifier e VALID Bit a e ILI bit Sa Gi e Information Field Transfer byte length in the CDB Original Transfer byte length Remark The calculation formula for the information field expresses 1 logical data block as n physical sectors and n sub sectors and when negative as a complement of 2 Error recovery processing during execution of this command is performed in accordance with the specifications in the MODE SELECT parameters Page code 1 Read Write Error Recover
34. 0 0 0 or 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 or 1 1 1 1 1 Version 03 fl So ee 3 4 Additional Data Length Reserved eese VS MultP MCHNGR O A 8 9 L FUJITSU Vendor ID ASCII A 15 17 Product ID ASCII Microcode Version No ASCII Product Revision ASCII FA 31 Device Serial No ASCII 48 55 X 00 Vendor Specific 56 CLOCKING IUS 0 57 X 00 Reserved 58 73 74 95 X 00 Reserved 138 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands a Qualifier field 0 0 0 The specified logical unit shows the type of input output device shown in the Device Type Code field Even if this code is reported it does not mean that that logical unit is in the ready state 0 0 1 The specified logical unit shows the type of input output device shown in the Device Type Code field but it shows that an actual input output device is not connected to that logical unit The HDD does not report this code 0 1 1 Shows that the specified logical unit is not supported When this code is reported it X 1F is shown in the Device Type Code field b Device type code 0 0 0 0 0 Direct access device 1 1 1 1 1 Undefined device c RMB bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that the storage media is a removable disk device The HDD is a fixed disk device so this bit is always reported as 0 d Version The VERSION field indicates the implemented version of this standard and is defined
35. 0 0 1 Header data with address specification The format of the data transferred to the INIT when this mode is specified is the same as the format of the data in the case of Mode 0 0 0 0 with the data stored in the HDD s data buffer transferred to the INIT following the 4 byte header In this mode the address in the data buffer can be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of header and buffer data that can be received by the INIT The HDD reads the data from the data buffer beginning from the byte position in the data buffer specified in the Buffer offset field of the CDB and continuing in order then adds the 4 byte header to it and transfers it to the INIT Data transfer is completed at the point when the number of bytes of the header and data from the HDD s data buffer specified in the Transfer byte length field has been transferred or at the point when transfer of the header and all the data in the HDD s data buffer to the final byte position has been completed When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer The format and contents of the 4 byte header transferred in this mode are the same as in the case of Mode 0 0 0 0 However the Effective buffer data length field in the header indicates the size byte length of the data from the byte position in t
36. 1 2 Names and identifiers Device names are worldwide unique names for devices within a transport protocol Port names are worldwide unique names for ports within a transport protocol Port identifiers are the values by which ports are identified within a domain and are used as SAS addresses Phy identifiers are unique within a device 1 2 1 SAS addresses Table 1 1 defines the SAS address format SAS addresses shall be compatible with the NAA Name Address Authority IEEE Registered format identification descriptor defined in SPC 3 The SAS address shall be worldwide unique A SAS address of 00000000_00000000h indicates an invalid SAS address Table 1 1 SAS address format NAA 5h IEEE COMPANY ID LSB MSB SAS addresses represent any types of WWNs a device SAS address representing a device address a port SAS address representing Port A or a port SAS address representing Port B device SAS address 5CCC CCCX XXXX XXX yy00 port SAS address Port A 5CCC CCCX XXXX XXX yy10 port SAS address Port B 5CCC CCCX XXXX XXX yyll C 4 bits Company ID X 4 bits Serial number for WWN y 1bit Reserved C141 C013 29 SAS Interface 1 2 2 Hashed SAS address SSP frames include a hashed version of the SAS address to provide an additional level of verification of proper frame routing The code used for the hashing algorithm is a cyclic binary Bose Chaudhuri and Hocquenghem BCH 63 39 9
37. 17 MODE SENSE command group 0 parameter configuration 1 2 Header Ea Era ERE ESELES ET Sense Data Length X 00 Media Type pot X00 Cedi Type o O 2 we oo fpromal oo o o o EA X 00 or X 08 Block Descriptor Length Block Descriptor So REESE ARES EES a sk ne E Cane a Page Descriptor Page Code Page ET Page Length Header 170 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 17 MODE SENSE command group 0 parameter configuration 2 2 Page Header Sub Page Descriptor DPD Sub Page Code Page Length T Parameter Field oY EE 1 Header C141 C013 Sense data length This field indicates the length number of bytes of the parameter list MODE SENSE data which it is possible to transfer to the INIT by this command The length of the Sense data length field itself is not included in this value Also a value for a portion of data with a length that is supported by the HDD is reported in this field for a parameter list of the type specified in the CDB regardless of the specification of the Transfer byte length field in the CDB In order for the INIT to confirm that all the parameter list requested in the command has been transferred it should check whether the value which has the length of the Sense data length field itself added to the value indicated in this field is less than the value specified in the Transfer byte length field Media type X 00
38. 230 421 Index Cc cache segment count 302 Cache segment SIZE sssr 302 cached command eeeeeseeeseeeseceteceseeees 130 Cached data ciets alter ate bee 130 Caching Operation 0 0 eeeeeseeeseceseeeeeeees 130 caching parameter 133 298 caution in specifying D list 232 CDB operation code s s s 371 CDB S120 io en in ssecstcilelesestetede telus tinias 144 CDB specification 00 eeseeseceseeeeeeees 393 CDB usage data eeceeecceesseceeneceeeeeees 144 CHECK CONDITION status 0 0 108 CLEAR TASK SET oe 119 120 clock skew management s 57 Clocking fiel edeceksen cinniri 141 CLOSE rr e eo E RS TE 49 Cm l D ERE fetes 137 command cleared by another INIT 112 command code seeeseeeeerereerereeresreses 106 command completion wait time COI T OAA A EEA EEEE EET 373 command format eeesseeeeeeeeereeeresseeees 103 COMMAND information unit 81 command inherent information 362 command other than INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE and REPORT LUNS eiia pareert 112 command processing seeeeeereereeeeeeeeeeee 103 command processing exception 116 command queuing function 110 command specification 135 command support data 143 command supported data eee eee 137 COMMAND TERMINATED Status a ea Bodice elie eathes E Ei 109 comparison of definition between SAS and SCSI occ eceeceseeneeeeceeeaeees 119 CONDITION MET status 2 0 eee 109 connect time limit 288
39. 37 Table 4 38 Table 4 39 Table 4 40 Table 4 41 Table 4 42 Table 4 43 Table 4 44 Table 4 45 Table 4 46 Table 4 47 Table 4 48 Table 4 49 Table 4 50 Table 4 51 Table 4 52 Table 4 53 Table 4 54 Table 4 55 Table 4 56 Table 4 57 Table 4 58 Table 4 59 Table 4 60 Table 4 61 Table 4 62 Table 4 63 Table 4 64 Table 4 65 Table 5 1 Table 5 2 Table 5 3 Table 5 4 Table 5 5 Table 5 6 Table 5 7 Table 5 8 Table 5 9 Defect listformat rrene as eier ar oun E TE aA 226 FORMAT UNIT command parameter list configuration 227 Defect descriptor byte distance from index format eee 230 Defect descriptor physical sector address format eeeeeeeeeeee 231 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing 0 eee eeeeeeeeereeenees 233 REASSIGN BLOCK command defect data list configuration 236 Detect data YPE nenangi alee Ea ete eiaei 239 Detect data format ict sccicArwasioka wknd Malai ales 240 READ DEFECT DATA command defect data configuration 240 Defect data Conditions 0 ee eee eeeeseeseecnseceseceseceaecsseceseceseeeaeeeaaeenaees 242 READ DEFECT DATA command B7 defect data configuration seirene teat beseiet i Bide eE E nevi edast E teeth 245 Self diasno is testos eneen enaren aee a ie 247 Error recovery control flags during the self diagnosis test 248 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command parameter list configuration 250 PAGE coderen aeee led ceecafesves EE AEE A EEE
40. 5 When the HDD receives a command it transfers the XFER_RDY flame to INIT Later it stores data transferred from the INIT to the data buffer data pre fetch At this time the HDD locates the position of the data block on the disk media specified by the command in parallel When storing of all the size of data specified in the XFER_RDY flame in the data buffer is completed the HDD performs CLOSE processing When locating of the target data block on the disk media is completed the HDD writes the data in the data buffer to the disk media If the target data block location operation is completed during the data pre fetch processing in 1 writing of data to the disk media is performed in parallel with the data pre fetch to the data buffer If the data transfer speed of the INIT is lower than the data transfer speed of the disk drive since the data pre fetch of data that are to be written to that data block is not completed it may not be possible to write the data continuously to the disk data underrun In this case the HDD waits one disk revolution while continuing to pre fetch data from the INIT then repositions the block that caused the data underrun and continues the writing of data to the disk If all the blocks of data specified in the command have not yet been transferred from the INIT as writing of data to the disk media progresses at the point when the empty space in the data buffer reaches the amount specified by the HDD th
41. 5 62 Background medium scan parameter X 0001 X 0400 Parameter code 1 LSB rofofofofo o i fi X 14 Parameter Length Time Stamp Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Vender Specific 0x00 LBA The values reported to the Reassign Status field are defined below Table 5 63 Reassign status No Reassign operation Waiting a command REASSIGN BLOCK or WRITE from the application client Automatic Reassign done Reserved Reassign failed Retrieval with Re Write operation Reserved The Error occurred LBA Number is shown in the LBA field 352 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters 5 2 12 Protocol Specific Port Log Page X 18 Table 5 64 Protocol specific port log page format Page Code 18h Reserved x 00 Parameter Length n 3 C141 C013 First Protocol log parameter Nth Protocol log parameter This log page is used to report the information on an error that occurs on the SAS bus As to the log parameters reported in byte 4 and the subsequent bytes refer to Table 5 65 Log parameter format 353 Parameter Data Format e Details of the log parameter Table 5 65 Log parameter format Parameter Code ETC TMC LP 0 0 0 0 1 1 Parameter Length x 34 Reserved 0000 b PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER 01 10b Reserved x 0000 NUMBER OF PHYS Reserved x 00 PHY IDENTIFIER 0
42. 7 5 SMART ASC ASCQ Description The value of the read error rate attribute has reached its threshold The value of the G list update frequency attribute has reached its threshold The value of the write error rate attribute has reached its threshold The value of the seek error rate attribute has reached its threshold The value of the spin up attribute has reached its threshold The value of the number of remaining alternate sectors attribute has reached its threshold Reporting in TEST mode The device temperature has exceeded its threshold Failure prediction data is always logged and analyzed regardless of the setting of the DExcpt bit MODE SELECT parameter on page 1C The DExcpt bit value specifies whether to allow reporting as described in Section 7 6 4 7 6 3 Failure prediction method a Read error rate attribute The HDD monitors the number of read errors that have occurred during read processing in relation to the number of sectors that have been actually read and the number of sectors contained in the sample If the number of read errors reaches the threshold the HDD considers that a failure prediction reporting condition has developed The read sectors and read errors counted include those involved in read processing that was explicitly performed by READ commands or performed by the Read Ahead Cache function 412 C141 C013 C141 C013 7 6 SMART Self Monitoring Ana
43. 9 MODE SELECT parameters control mode parameters a ae eo eee eS e 0 Se X 0A Page Length Coo o ao e DE E E A Ee Queue an Qualifier Reserved Qer EEA ESENE ea oo D D vewe o fo f o o fe fe oo ome oe fof o o o fofofo C vewe o fo fe o o o T 1 The parameters defined on this page control the operations of the tagged queuing function and statistical information function DQue 304 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters a TST task set type This field specifies the type of task set defined below 000b Task set per logical unit for all initiators 001b Task set per initiator per logical unit The HDD operates according to 000b If other value is specified in this field the HDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in list 26 00 b Queue algorithm qualifier This parameter controls the execution order algorithm of a command issued together with a SIMPLE QUEUE TAG 0000 The HDD executes commands queued from each INIT in the order in which they were received However the command execution order for the READ READ EXTENDED and PRE FETCH commands may be changed 0001 The HDD executes queued commands by the method selected by the HDD At this time the INIT must verify the correctness of the data through appropriate commands 1111 The HDD prohibits to order queued commands When other value is specified in this parameter the HDD reports a C
44. C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 12 RELEASE 17 This command releases the reserve state of an HDD in relation to the INIT that issued this command When areserve state in relation to the INIT that issues this command or an HDD does not exist this command is terminated normally with a GOOD status Also the value specified in CDB byte 2 has no meaning and is disregarded but it is desirable for X 00 to be specified by the INIT in this byte 1 Release function This command releases a reserve state if a reserve state exists and if the INIT which issued this command has a reserve right for the entire HDD logical unit 2 Release object and third party release function IMPORTANT The third party reserve function is not supported by the drive If the 3rd Pty bit of CDB byte 1 is 0 the HDD is reserved for the INIT that has issued this command The INIT has the reserve right for the HDD If the 3rd Pty bit is 1 execution of this command is terminated with the CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 C141 C013 183 Command Specifications 4 1 13 RELEASE EXTENDED 57 Same as RELEASE command 184 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 14 REQUEST SENSE 03 This command transfers sense data to the INIT This command is executed in any state other than a CDB specification error The sense data of the HDD has a length of 48 bytes The HDD generate
45. C141 C013 When the drive receives an AIP primitive after sending the OPEN frame the drive initializes the open timer held in the drive and restarts it When the drive receives an AIP primitive before sending the OPEN frame the received AIP primitive is discarded In a case of OPEN cross a case where both the drive and initiator send the OPEN frame when the drive receives an AIP primitive after sending the OPEN frame and then receives the OPEN frame from the expander the drive does not perform the arbitration fairness procedure Instead the attempt from the drive is treated as unsuccessful and the drive sends the OPEN_ACCEPT or an OPEN_REJECT primitive ALIGNs are used for a OOB signals b character and dword alignment during the speed negotiation sequence c clock skew management after the phy reset sequence d rate matching during connections and 47 SAS Interface Phys shall use ALIGN 0 to construct OOB signals as described in 6 6 Phys shall use ALIGN 0 and ALIGN 1 during the speed negotiation sequence as described in 6 7 4 2 Phys shall rotate through ALIGN 0 ALIGN 1 ALIGN 2 and ALIGN 3 for all ALIGNs sent after the phy reset sequence 1 4 3 3 BREAK The BREAK primitive is used to cancel the connection request or to cancel the connection The BREAK primitive is sent in cases 1 to 4 shown below 1 When the connection request is to be canceled after sending an OPEN frame 2 When neither O
46. CDB must specify zero When the PMI bit is 1 the logical block address and block length byte length of data blocks which satisfy either of the following conditions is transferred to the INIT e The data block on the track where the specified block exists which is just before the block where the first alternate sector processing not including defective block sector slip processing is implemented However when alternate sector processing is being implemented in the specified block the data block specified in the CDB e When no alternate sector processed data block exists in the track where the specified block exists the last data block in that track By using this command with the PMI bit specified as 1 the INIT can search for usable data space continuously without being interrupted by data transfers for alternate sector processing or switching of cylinders The format of the data transferred to the INIT by this command is shown in Table 4 11 C141 C013 151 Command Specifications Table 4 11 READ CAPACITY data Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Logical Block Address SE 152 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 4 MODE SELECT 15 X 15 Parameter List C141 C013 This command performs setting and changing of each type of parameter related to disk drive physical attributes data format timing of SAS interface transferring processing and error recovery procedures etc T
47. However since the HDD uses only the hard sectoring method refer to previously shown item b this bit is disregarded Furthermore it is impossible to change this parameter HSEC hard sectoring When this bit is 1 it indicates that the data formatting method on the disk media is hard sectoring However since the HDD uses only the hard sectoring method this bit is disregarded Furthermore it is impossible to change this parameter RMB removable medium When this bit is 1 it indicates that the storage media of the disk drive can be replaced When this bit is 0 it indicates that the storage media is fixed However since the HDD has a fixed media this bit is disregarded Furthermore it is impossible to change this parameter SURF surface addressing When this bit is 1 it indicates that after logical data block address allocation is performed over all the sectors in order on the same memory surface same head it is proceeding to the next memory surface next head after all the sectors have been done When this bit is 0 it indicates that after logical data block address allocation is performed over all the sectors in order in the same cylinder all heads it is proceeding to the next cylinder In the HDD only the latter type of addressing is possible so this bit is disregarded It is also impossible to change this parameter C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters Table 5 5 Details of parameters on MODE SEL
48. LONG 3E Pi SEP sees A Oo oe o oo o o e o Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address ss eo 0 0 0 9 0 0 S S D sm C141 C013 This command reads the logical data block data and its ECC byte specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB from the disk media and transfers it to the INIT Normally this command is used in combination with the WRITE LONG command to perform checks of the ECC function The operation object in this command is 1 data block only Remark The Pad Byte and Sync Mark patterns are not included in the transfer data When 0 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the CORRCT Corrected bit the HDD does not implement ECC correction processing of data read from the disk media When 1 is specified in the CORRCT Corrected bit data errors that can be corrected by ECC are transferred to the INIT after being corrected in the HDD s data buffer When the Transfer byte length specifies zero this command executes a seek operation of the cylinder track existing in the logical data block which is specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB then is terminated without data being transferred to the INIT When a length other than zero which does not match the data format on the disk media is specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status without executing a data transfer to the INIT At this time the sens
49. MODE SELECT parameters which it transfers in this command or when changes which are outside the permissible range are requested even though they are variable parameters this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and all the parameters specified by the INIT are disabled Furthermore parameter fields exist which ignore the values specified by the INIT even if the parameters are variable parameters Details are explained in the description of each page descriptor in this item 155 Command Specifications 156 If the HDD performs rounding processing rounding up or rounding down of parameter values specified by the INIT in some cases a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 Rounded parameter 37 00 is reported and in some cases it is not reported Whether or not the CHECK CONDITION status is reported depends on whether rounding up or rounding down is specified If the INIT would like to confirm that the HDD is implementing rounding processing it issues a MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command after issuing this command and reads the values for the Current parameters then compares them with the parameter values sent in the MODE SELECT command Parameter fields which are the object of rounding processing are explained in the descriptions of each page descriptor in this item Table 4 12 lists the data configuration of the param
50. Manual C141 C013 General Description Specifications Data Format Installation Requirements Installation Diagnostics and Maintenance Error Analysis Serial Attached SCSI SAS Interface Command Processing Data Buffer Management Command Specifications Parameter Data Formats Sense Data and Error Recovery Disk Media Management Preface REFERENCED STANDARDS The product specifications and functions described in this manual conform to the following standards Specification document number T10 1562 D Revision 05 Serial Attached SCSI SAS Concerned Name ane organization American national Standards Institute ANSI T10 1601 D Revision 10 Serial Attached SCSI 1 1 SAS 1 1 American national Standards Institute ANSI T10 1236D Revision 20 Information technology SCSI Primary Commands 2 SPC 2 American national Standards Institute ANSI T10 996D Revision 8C Information Technology SCSI 3 Block Commands SBC American national Standards Institute ANSI T10 1157D Revision 24 Information technology SCSI 3 Architecture Model SAM 2 American national Standards Institute ANSI T10 1561 Revision 14 Information technology SCSI 3 Architecture Model SAM 3 American national Standards Institute ANSI C141 C013 CHAPTER 1 C141 C013 Contents SAS IMG ACE sacciaissauscansasasannsinadosusnnnsnangeniaiasanutun
51. Standby Condition Timer field C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters If 1 is specified the HDD is permitted to enter the Standby condition after the elapse of the time specified in the Standby Condition Timer field If 0 is specified the HDD is prohibited from entering the Standby condition Standby Condition Timer unsupported Specifies the time before the HDD enters the Standby condition When the Standby bit is 1 the HDD enters the Standby condition after the elapse of the time calculated by multiplying the value specified in this field by 100 ms 5 1 11 Informational Exceptions Control Page Page Code 1C Table 5 15 MODE SELECT parameters informational exception control page as aera eee ee ae a ret 0 BaF ewase peren Tex Pascal boat ww o eo ete e ete 0 C141 C013 This page specifies whether the drive failure prediction function is enabled or disabled and the reporting method when a drive failure is predicted a LogErr log error This bit LogErr of zero indicates that the logging of informational exception conditions within a target is vendor specific A LogErr bit of one indicates the target logs informational exception conditions EBF enable background function If background functions are supported this bit of one indicates the target enables background functions An EBF bit of zero indicates the target disables the functions EWASC enable warning 317 Parameter Data Format
52. TARG phy there is one potential pathway When there are expander devices between a SAS INIT phy and a SAS TARG phy there are multiple potential pathways each consisting of a set of physical links between the SAS INIT phy and the SAS TARG phy The physical links may or may not be using the same physical link rate A pathway is a set of physical links between a SAS INIT phy and a SAS TARG phy being used by a connection Figure 1 6 shows examples of potential pathways Expander device Physical link Potential pathway Figure 1 6 Example of potential pathways A partial pathway is the set of physical links participating in a connection request that has not reached the destination phy e g the OPEN address frame has been transmitted by the source phy but the OPEN address frame has not yet reached the destination phy A partial pathway is blocked when path resources it requires are held by another partial pathway C141 C013 27 SAS Interface 1 1 6 Connections 28 A connection is a temporary association between a SAS INIT port and a SAS TARG port During a connection all dwords from the SAS INIT port are forwarded to the SAS TARG port and all dwords from the SAS TARG port are forwarded to the SAS INIT port A connection is pending when an OPEN address frame has been delivered along a completed pathway to the destination phy but the destination phy has not yet responded to the connection request A connection is established
53. Table 1 2 Hashed SAS address code parameter seeeeeeneeeeeeeseeeresreeresresreree 30 Table 1 3 Usage of special characters eeeeseseeeseeseereesesressesrrssrrsssresresreesesressees 31 Table 1 4 OOB signal timing specifications ieee eseeseeeneeerseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 33 15 Contents 16 Table 1 5 Table 1 6 Table 1 7 Table 1 8 Table 1 9 Table 1 10 Table 1 11 Table 1 12 Table 1 13 Table 1 14 Table 1 15 Table 1 16 Table 1 17 Table 1 18 Table 1 19 Table 1 20 Table 1 21 Table 1 22 Table 1 23 Table 1 24 Table 1 25 Table 1 26 Table 1 27 Table 1 28 Table 1 29 Table 1 30 Table 1 31 Table 1 32 Table 1 33 Table 1 34 Table 1 35 Table 1 36 Table 1 37 Table 1 38 Table 1 39 Table 1 40 Table 1 41 Table 1 42 Table 1 43 Table 1 44 Table 1 45 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 OOB signal transmitter requirements 0 eee eee eeecneecnteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 34 OOB signal receiver burst time detection requirements ee 35 OOB signal receiver idle time detection requirements eee 35 OOB signal receiver negation time detection requirements 35 SAS speed negotiation sequence timing specificationS cee 39 Primitives not specific to type Of CONNECTION 0 0 ee eee eesecsteceteeeeeeees 44 Primitives used only inside SSP and SMP connections ee 46 Primitive sequences airet e Man eet aiee eects ne siete eet les 47 OPEN_REJECT abandon primitives c
54. This code is a Fujitsu unique definition for the purpose of analysis when there is a failure and its meaning is not released to the public The user should present the value displayed in this sense data as repair information to the Fujitsu representative Furthermore error recovery processing when diagnostic tests seek tests and write read data comparison tests related to the disk drive are executed are in accordance with the mode set in the MODE SELECT command s parameters Page code 1 Read Write Error Recovery parameter Page code 21 Additional Error Recovery parameter except in the following special cases Special cases of MODE SELECT parameters during a self diagnosis test are as shown below e The AWRE ARRE and TB flags are not applied e The PER and DTE flags are as shown in Table 4 48 C141 C013 247 Command Specifications Table 4 48 Error recovery control flags during the self diagnosis test The diagnostic test continues when error recovery is successful The contents of recovered errors are not reported When an error which cannot be recovered from is detected the diagnostic test terminates at that point with an error The diagnostic test continues when error recovery is successful When an error which cannot be recovered from is detected the diagnostic test terminates at that point with an error Even when all the detected errors have been recovered a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 is reported after
55. X 71 deferred error which has the meaning expanded sense data format in this field 3 ILI incorrect length indicator When this bit is 1 it indicates that the transfer byte length requested in the command did not coincide with the data block length on the disk media In the HDD the only commands that it reports 1 in this bit for are the READ LONG command and the WRITE LONG command For details refer to the descriptions of these commands Sections 4 4 5 and 4 4 6 4 Sense key This field shows the cause of the sense data being generated More details reasons are indicated in the additional sense code field Byte 12 and the additional sense code qualifier field Byte 13 Table 6 3 shows a list of the meanings of sense keys 5 Information This field shows information related to the error that has been detected and is valid only when the Valid bit is 1 Depending on the command where the error occurred additional information other than the information in this field may be indicated in the command inherent information field The information shown in this field has the following meanings depending on the value of the ILI bit a When the ILI bit is 0 the logical block address of the data block where the error occurred is indicated b When the ILI bit is 1 the difference between the transfer byte length requested by the command and the actual data block length on the disk media is indicated If the differ
56. X 00 Page Length X 0C Page Length X 00 Reserved Count Basis Cause Type 0 TMC LBIN LP X 02 Parameter Length X 0000 Data Underrun X 00 Reserved G TSD ETC Count Basis Cause Type 0 TMC LBIN LP 13 X 02 Parameter Length J G o DS TSD ETC 14 15 X 0000 Data Overrun Cause Oh Undefined lh SCSI bus busy optional 2h Transfer rate too slow optional 3h Fh Reserved The drive dose not supports this field Zero is always reported 330 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters e Count Basis Oh Undefined 1h Per command optional 2h Per failed reconnect optional 3h Per unit of time optional 4h 7h Reserved The drive does not support this field Zero is always reported e Data Underrun Count of data underruns which occur during write operation when a buffer empty condition prevents continued transfer of data to the media from the buffer The drive does not support this field due to a hardware limitation Zero is always reported e Data Overrun Count of data overruns which occur during read operation when a buffer full condition prevents continued transfer of data from the media to the buffer The drive does not support this field due to a hardware limitation Zero is always reported 5 2 3 Write Error Count Page X 02 Table 5 24 Write error count page X 02 B XO Raenes Page Length MSB Page Length LSB
57. alternate block in AWRE processing the data is written again to the data block and verified re read 385 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods If error recovery is completed by rewriting the data to the data block alternate block allocation is not performed for this data block The data block is removed as the target of AWRE processing 3 Auto alternate block allocation processing during a write operation 2 servo auto alternate This function is enabled by specifying 1 in the AWRE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters Furthermore this function is applicable to the following commands only e WRITE command e WRITE EXTENDED command e WRITE AND VERIFY command When this function is permitted if during WRITE WRITE EXTENDED command detects any Servo error e g Write offtrack error and cannot be recovered within pre determined retry number specified in Mode Parameter For the sectors around defective Servo alternate blocks are allocated and the data of this WRITE commands are re written Sectors to be made AWRE shall be following e the sector where the error occurs and the latter sectors and e the sectors whose data are logically continual and stored in Cache e the sectors which will be processed in this Write command and e the sectors which locate between erroneous Servo 1 and 1 including Split sector This function is also applied for the sector which has already been re assigned 6 3 3 Error recovery pr
58. an OPEN frame in case 1 or 2 if the drive receives this OPEN_REJECT primitive again the drive cancels the connection request and aborts the TASK command OPEN_REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED Destination phy If the driver receives this OPEN_REJECT primitive it cancels the connection request and aborts the TASK command OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 0 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 0 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 0 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT RESERVED ABANDON 0 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT STP RESOURCES BUSY Destination phy Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT WRONG DESTINATION Destination phy If the driver receives this OPEN_REJECT primitive it cancels the connection request and aborts the TASK command All of the OPEN_REJECT versions defined in Table 1 14 shall result in the originating device retrying the connection request C141 C013 51 SAS Interface Table 1 14 OPEN_REJECT retry primitives Primitive Issuer OPEN_REJECT Expander NO DESTINATION phy Processing by the drive that receives the OPEN
59. analysis and error recovery methods 372 6 2 2 Sense data analysis and error recovery methods 0 0 0 0 eeeeeseeeseeeneees 374 6 2 3 Error logeing su iced il es ita ed aie tis eet 382 6 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing seeeeeeeeeeeseecnseceseceaeeeneee 382 6 3 1 Error states and retry processing procedures eee eeeeeseceseceneeeeeees 382 6 3 2 Auto alternate block allocation processing eeceeeeseeseereeeeeeeneees 384 6 3 3 Error recovery processing Control 0 eee eeseeseeseeeseeeneecnsecnaeceaeeeaeees 386 Disk Media Management cccccccssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneneeeeees 389 T t Defect Management isie nnee iii hiia dane 389 7 2 Disk Media Initialization senene ea ire ina a s 392 7 2 1 Initialization during installation ccc eeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeaeeeneeenaes 392 12 2 Re mitialization s secteseivachiesibiiwi siete elt nih E ron ies 393 7 3 Alternate Block Allocation Processing cescesceseceseceteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee 395 7 4 Background Media Scan BMS cceccccesceesseceeseeceeeeeceeeeeeseceeeeeeeeees 396 TA Mk OV ELVIEW o ack siden svt a e ace EE E ENA Ea Ee O E eerie 396 7 4 2 Background Media Scan eseeeeeeseeeeseseesrsresersrrsresresresserressresresreee 396 7 4 2 1 Background Media Scan BMS mode sssseesseeseeesseesseesseessessssessee 396 73 4 2 2 PreScan modes vice ctl cise een nae hen a iinet eae 396 7 4 2 3 Write command operation during a Pr
60. are attached Since SAS signal cable connector does not include power lines it is not possible to detect the physical insertion of the signal cable connector onto a plug Non cabled environments may similarly not have a way to detect physical insertion of a device As a result every time a phy reset sequence is originated Figure 1 14 shows how two phys complete the phy reset sequence if the phys are not attached at power on In this example phy A and phy B are attached some time before phy B s second hot plug timeout occurs Phy B s OOB detection circuitry detects a COMINIT after the attachment and therefore phy B transmits COMSAS since it has both transmitted and received a COMINIT Upon receiving COMSAS phy A transmits its own COMSAS The SAS speed negotiation sequence follows COMINIT Hot Plug COMINIT Hot Plug COMINIT COMSAS MELA gt Timeout Incomplete COMSAS COMINIT COMINIT Hot Plug COMINIT Phy B Tx Phy B Rx eS COMINIT COMSAS A SAS phy A power on B SAS phy B power on Time y SAS phy A attached to SAS phy B Time z SAS phy A and SAS phy B start the SAS speed negotiation sequence Figure 1 14 Phy reset sequence Example 42 C141 C013 1 3 Phy layer 1 3 6 2 When the speed negotiation sequence is successful When the speed negotiation sequence is successful the identification sequence sending and receiving the IDENTIFY frame is performed subsequently However the INIT may have started the ha
61. be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 e Read errors recovered without delays page 03 code 0000 Table 5 32 Read errors recovered without delays page 03 code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Errors Recovered Without Delays X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered read errors that would not be reported to the initiator during read operations because no delay is incurred C141 C013 335 Parameter Data Format e Read errors recovered with possible delays page 03 code 0001 Table 5 33 Read errors recovered with possible delays page 03 code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Errors Recovered With Possible Delays LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered read errors that would not be reported to the initiator during read operations because possible delay is incurred e Total read errors posted page 03 code 0002 Table 5 34 Total read errors posted page 03 code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Total Posted Errors Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted errors to the interface during read operations The value includes the count of all posted verify errors to the interface page X 05 Parameter code X 0002 Implementation If a read error is posted it will force a save of all error log pages information 336 C141 C013 5 2 Log Para
62. byte 2 and subsequent bytes indicates parameter values of the type current values variable values default values or save values requested in the PC page control field of the CDB See the description of the MODE SELECT command Chapter 5 concerning the definition of each parameter Default values and Variable values 173 Command Specifications 4 1 7 MODE SENSE EXTENDED 5A Page Code Sub Page Code 0 0 0 0 E I Transfer Byte Length MSB a Transfer Byte Length LSB es i te ise oe Ie ef This command reports the values for each type of parameter related to the disk drive s physical attributes data format timing of SAS interface transferring processing error recovery procedures etc as well as the attributes of those parameters to the INIT The functions of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 MODE SENSE command Section 4 1 6 except that the format of data MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT differs somewhat Table 4 18 lists the data configuration of the parameter list MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT by this command Compared to the 4 byte header in the case of a Group 0 MODE SENSE command an 8 byte header is transferred in this command The meanings of each field and bit in the header are the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SENSE command except that the byte positions differ Also the contents of the other parameters block descriptor and page descriptors are th
63. bytes A drive expects a max 64 byte long COMMAND frame The CDB and ADDITIONAL CDB BYTES fields together contain the CDB to be interpreted by the addressed logical unit The contents of the CDB are defined in the SCSI command standards e g SPC 3 When a drive receives a COMMAND frame the following items are checked e HASHED DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS field When this field contains a value different from the Hashed SAS address of the drive the drive sends the ACK and CREDIT_BLOCKED primitives and discards the COMMAND frame e HASHED SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field When this field contains a value different from the SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field of the OPEN frame the drive sends the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive and discards the COMMAND frame 82 C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer e TAG field The drive checks for duplication of tags If a tag is found to be duplicated in the SAS address of the port the drive sends the ACK primitive to temporarily close the connection Then after re establishing a connection the drive reports the CHECK CONDITION status with the OVERLAPPED COMMANDS DETECTS error At this time the drive aborts processing of all the commands received from the SAS address of the port e CRC field When a CRC error is detected the drive sends the NAK primitive and discards the COMMAND frame e Frame length When the IU length is other than 28 bytes the drive reports INV ALID FRAME Response Code 0x02 e Command
64. command and the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command to the INIT Table 4 51 shows the format of this parameter page The page code list supported by the HDD is transferred to the INIT by the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command which is issued following the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command that specifies this parameter page shown in Section 4 4 2 1 Table 4 51 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters page code list X 00 Page parameter length X 00 Page parameter length PHY Test function This parameter instructs the execution of the PHY Test function for the specified PHY The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command is used to send page data to INIT When the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS RESULTS command is executed with 0x3F specified for the page code file the HDD ends with a failure with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 Table 4 52 shows the configuration of this parameter page 251 Command Specifications Table 4 52 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters PHY Test function cA coer Re ES es ree pH fo ee _4 X 6 Protocol Identifier a O oeenn OOO O E ceninee E Oe EA 8 0 PHY Test Pattern oo o o o PHY Test Pattern Physical Link Rate X 0000 Reserved PHY Test Pattern DWORD Control PHY Test Pattern DWORDS X 0000 Reserved Protocol Identifier Specify value 0x06 If a value other than the above value is specified HDD processing ends with a failure with CHECK CONDITION status ILLE
65. contains an 8 byte key code provided by the application client to identify the initiator that is the source of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command The drive checks whether the contents of the Reservation Key field received with the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command matches the Reservation Key registered by the INIT that has issued the command However if all the registered Reservation Keys are zero not registered the value specified in this field is ignored If a key that is different from the Reservation Key for the relevant INIT is specified by the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command the drive reports a RESERVATION CONFLICT status All the Reservation Keys of this INIT are valid for Service Actions and scopes 204 C141 C013 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands The specification of the Service Action Reservation Key field is necessary for the REGISTER PREEMPT and PREEMPT and ABORT Service Actions For the REGISTER Service Action a Reservation Key to be newly registered is set in this field For the PREEMPT and PREEMPT and ABORT Service Actions the Reservation Key of the INIT that holds a reserve condition to be cleared preempted is set in this field For the PREEMPT and PREEMPT and ABORT Service Actions if the value specified in this field does not match any of the Reservation Keys registered the drive reports the RESERVATION CONFLICT status For the Service Actions listed below the value specified in this field is ignored Whe
66. described in the defect position information of the disk media defect data to the INIT There are two types of defect data the P List primary defect list and the G list grown defect list The P List indicates the defect position information at the time the disk drive was shipped from the factory On the other hand the G List shows the defect position information specified from the INIT by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command or automatic alternate block allocation processing or when executing the FORMAT UNIT command or defective data block positional information from alternate block allocation from Verify operation after initialization The INIT can specify the defect data type transferred to the INIT by the P List primary list bit and G List grown list bit in the CDB and can specify the defect data format by the Defect List Format field Table 4 42 Defect data type PList GList Defect Data Type eed 4 byte header information only described in this section C141 C013 239 Command Specifications Table 4 43 Defect data format Defect List Format Defect Data Format fo 0 Block Address Format Byte Distance from the Index Format Physical Sector Address Format The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the defect data length number of bytes that can be received by the INIT The HDD terminates data transfer when transfer of the length of defect data specified in the Transfer byte length field is comple
67. eeri ei tne Maladies te ine te hints 107 Status sess neces tis ed eae rican Hed dens ald ee bee ee ee 108 LED display isein etic ira aiedin eu lau 116 Outline of disk drive error recovery PrOCeSSING cee ceeeeseeneeeeee 118 Comparison between SAS and SCSI about definition 0 0 119 Reset processing during write ee eeceeeeeceeseceeececeeeeeenaeceeaeeeeeeeeesas 121 Standard INQUIRY data cnrs cc ccccccccsscecsessececseseeeesesaeseensaeeeeneaaes 138 VERSION fielde ieee teas aks beso hteeet a ede dy 139 Command Queuing mipien reer eni atire aee ee ai Eriin 141 Version deScriptotsnia niio nian E E ai 142 Command support data cee ee ceeeeseeeseeeseecseecsaeceseceseeeeeeeseeeseeeees 143 SUPPOR vs ececectits davis ledaceead soe Piaaccestbta tages E T 144 VPD information seecae et ee eens 145 VPD information VPD identifier list 0 00 eee ceeeceseceeeeeeeeeees 145 VPD information device serial NO cee eeeesseesceeseceteceseceseeeeeeeees 146 VPD information device unique information cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 147 READ CAPACITY 1ataivea et ree eo eE cation eee dee ih altace tes 152 MODE SELECT command Group 0 parameter configuration 157 MODE SELECT parameters inenen iein rnae naiari t 161 MODE SELECT EXTENDED command group 2 parameter Confis tation orii e eae aed waviness AE ees 164 Mode pate dsis sais cenit tsi aaa tania EEA 167 MODE SENSE data type specifications 0 eee eseeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 168 MODE SENSE c
68. field Also prepare only a 4 byte header specify 0 in the FOV DPRY DCRT and STPF bits and zero in the Defect List Length field In this FORMAT UNIT command the entire disk media surface is initialized using the P List and the previously existing G List then after initialization the data blocks are verified If any defective blocks are detected in the Verify operation alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks Also the previously existing G List is saved and the defect position information for the defective data blocks detected in the Verify operation is added to the G List During initialization alternate blocks for which sector slip processing was applied for previously known defects are reallocated so optimization of the logical data block locations on the disk media can be expected Specify 0 in the FmtData bit and in the CmpLst bit and 000 in the Defect List Format field In this case specification of the format parameters is not necessary In this FORMAT UNIT command the disk media is initialized using only the P List then after initialization the data blocks are verified If any defective blocks are detected in the Verify operation alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks Also the previously existing G List is erased and defect position information for the defective data blocks detected in the Verify operation is recorded in a new G List C141 C013 7 3 Alternate Block Alloc
69. group 2 Logical block address This field shows the top logical data block address of the data block group on the disk medium that is to be processed by the command In a Group 0 CDB 21 bit block addressing can be used and in a Group 1 Group 2 or Group 5 CDB 32 bit block addressing can be used Standards for logical data block addressing in the HDD are described in Section 2 9 3 Transfer data length This field specifies the length of data to be transferred between the INIT and the TARG by execution of the command either as the number of logical data blocks or the number of bytes In subsequent descriptions the former is called the Number of Transfer Blocks and the latter is called the Transfer Byte Length or the Parameter List Length Furthermore depending on the command use of this field can have other meanings or no meaning at all There are also some commands which allocate 3 or more bytes as the transfer data length field Detailed standards concerning these commands are described in the specifications for individual commands in Chapter 4 a 106 Transfer block count When the Transfer Data Length field is specified as the Number of Transfer Blocks this field specifies the number of logical data blocks transferred between the INIT and HDD In a command with a 1 byte length if the value specified in this field is zero it is regarded that 256 blocks have been specified and specification in a range o
70. if credit is available a all non interlocked frames with different tags and b all interlocked frames After sending a non interlocked frame an SSP phy may send another non interlocked frame with the same tag if credit is available The SSP phy must not send the following frames until all SSP frames have been acknowledged with ACK or NAK even if credit is available a anon interlocked frame with a different tag or b an interlocked frame Interlocking does not prevent sending and receiving interlocked frames simultaneously e g an SSP INIT phy can send a COMMAND frame while receiving XFER_RDY DATA or RESPONSE frames for a different command An SSP phy may transmit primitives responding to traffic it is receiving e g an ACK or NAK to acknowledge an SSP frame an RRDY to grant more receive credit or a CREDIT_BLOCKED to specify that no more RRDYs are going to be transmitted in the connection while waiting for an interlocked frame it transmitted to be acknowledged These primitives may also be interspersed within an SSP frame C141 C013 C141 C013 1 5 Address frames Of the primitives that may be inserted in SSP frames sent from the SSP INIT port and expander port a drive can detect the following a ACK b NAK c RRDY d CREDIT_BLOCKED e NOTIFY f BREAK g ERROR Meanwhile the primitives that may be inserted in SSP frames sent from the drive are as follows a ACK b NAK c RRDY d CREDIT_BLOCKED
71. initiator makes a connection request e SOURCE SAS ADDRESS The SAS address of the drive e PATHWAY BLOCKED COUNT At the time of the first connection request this field is set to Oh Otherwise it indicates how many times the OPEN_REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED primitive has been received e ARBITRATION WAIT TIME At the time of the first connection request this field is set to Oh When a drive s connection request is unsuccessful due to arbitration fairness at the time of sending an OPEN frame this field of the next OPEN frame indicates the time that has elapsed since the first connection request 1 5 4 Identification and hard reset sequence C141 C013 After the phy reset sequence has been completed indicating the physical link is using SAS rather than SATA each phy transmits either a an IDENTIFY address frame or b aHARD_RESET Each phy receives an IDENTIFY address frame or a HARD_RESET from the phy to which it is attached The combination of a phy reset sequence an optional hard reset sequence and an identification sequence is called a link reset sequence See Section 1 3 2 If a device supports more than one phy it shall transmit the same SAS address on all phys for which it is capable of sharing within a port If a device detects the same SAS address incoming on different phys it shall consider those phys part of the same wide port If a device detects different SAS addresses incoming on different physical links it
72. is judged to be correct allocate an alternate block and terminate processing When the data block is judged to be defective return to 2 and issue the REASSIGN BLOCKS command again then try reallocating another alternate block for that logical data block The alternate block allocation history defect position information is registered as an addition to the defect list G List Therefore when reinitializing the hard disk with the FORMAT UNIT command see Section 7 2 2 if use of the G List is specified defect processing can be performed which reflects the operation results up to that time Also since Alternate sector processing is applied in alternate block allocation in the REASSIGN BLOCKS command the physical connectivity of the logical data block positions on the disk media is destroyed but by reinitializing the disk as long as the number of defective sectors in the cylinder does not exceed the number of spare sectors per cylinder the logical data blocks are relocated by sector slip processing so that their physical connectivity is maintained C141 C013 395 Disk Media Management 7 4 Background Media Scan BMS 7 4 1 Overview This function performs a background task that verifies the entire media surface by scanning it during idle time based on the specification on Mode Page 0x1C SubPage 0x01 Background Control mode Page During the scan automatic alternate processing is performed based on what is specified by the Retry
73. is reported when execution of that command is completed In the sense data generated at this time the sense key indicates RECOVERED ERROR 1 and the content of the final error to be corrected successfully is reported 0 Even when several errors errors related to the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the HDD s error recovery processing have been detected that command is completed with a GOOD status and the contents of the recovered errors are not reported DTE disable transfer on error 1 Even when several errors on the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the HDD s error recovery processing have been detected execution of that command terminates at that point 0 When several errors on the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the HDD s error recovery processing have been detected execution of that command is continued The HDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 0 C141 C013 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters DCR disable correction 1 Even when a correctable data check has been detected data correction according to the ECC is prohibited 0 When a correctable data check has been detected data correction according to the ECC is applied The HDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 0 Read Retry Count This parameter specifies the number of retries that should be executed for Data Che
74. log page Write retries are performed based on the write retry count on the mode page PageCode 01 Read retries are performed based on the verify retry count on the mode page PageCode 07 Random read test This test segment conducts a random read test The number of blocks that are read by this test segment is 10h beginning with the block on physical sector 0 on the track targeted for reading Retries are performed based on the verify retry count on the mode page PageCode 07 Sequential read test This test segment performs read processing while sequentially accessing the logical block addresses that begin with logical block address 0 and end with the maximum logical block address for the test Retries are performed based on the verify retry count on the mode page PageCode 07 SMART test This test segment determines whether the HDD is in a failure prediction reporting condition after a self test For information on operation see Item c Pre SMART test 409 Disk Media Management 7 6 SMART Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology 7 6 1 Overview 410 The SMART function of the HDD monitors events that represent signs of HDD deterioration or failure The HDD monitors the following metrics attributes e Read error rate e Write error rate e Seek error rate e Number of remaining alternate sectors e Spin up time e G list update frequency e Device temperature High temperature state rather th
75. of 1 will be reported e Pre Scan Timeout Value When the time in hours specified here elapses Pre Scan scanning processing ends assuming a timeout e Minimum IDLE TIME before Background Scan Displays the time from IDLE status to start of BMS unit milliseconds HDD ignors the values specified for this parameter and operates in accordance with the default value e Maximum TIME to suspend Background Scan Displays the maximum amount of time required until the execution of a command unit milliseconds when a command is received during BMS operation HDD ignores the value specified for this parameter and operates in accordance with the default value C141 C013 399 Disk Media Management 7 4 4 Background Media Scan Log Page The Background Media Scan log page includes one BMS Status parameter and up to 1024 medium scan parameters The table below shows the Background Scan Result Log Page format Table 7 2 Background Media Scan Log Page format ee ee 1 ee Byte 0 Page code 0 x 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MSB Page length 19 24N 3 LSB BMS Status parameter Table 5 60 BMS parameter 1 Table 5 61 aN N 19 24N BMS parameter N The maximum value of each of N is 1024 This page can be viewed by using the LOG SENSE command The BMS parameter contains up to 1024 items of up to date data BMS parameter 1 contains the oldest data The LOG SELECT command with PCR SP 1 specified will only i
76. on the status of logical units other than the logical unit specified in this command during the self diagnosis test but in the HDD there is only 1 logical unit that exists Therefore the specification in this bit has no meaning and the specified value is disregarded The INIT can specify the type of self diagnosis test to be executed through the UnitOfl unit off line bit When 1 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit the HDD executes a series of self diagnosis tests in accordance with the combination with the UnitOfl unit off line bit as shown in Table 4 47 246 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 47 Self diagnosis test Type of Self diagnosis Test UnotOfl 0 UnitOfl 1 1 Controller Function Test 3 Disk Media Write Read Data Comparison Test a a x Execution Object When the HDD completes all the specified self diagnosis tests normally it reports a GOOD status On the other hand when an error is detected in any of the specified self diagnosis tests a CHECK CONDITION status is reported and information related to the detected error is shown in the sense data For example when an error is detected in the controller function test the type of error is shown by HARDWARE ERROR 4 in the sense key and the additional sense code additional sense code qualifier show Diagnostic failure on component nn 40 nn nn is the code in the range X 80 to X FF which shows the type of error
77. operation of the write cache function Write data remains in the buffer memory the cache is not made the object even for a read command and as soon as all the data has been written to the disk GOOD status is reported SIZE size enable 1 Divides the data buffer in accordance with the value specified for the cache segment size bytes 14 15 0 Divides the data buffer in accordance with the value specified for the number of cache segments byte 13 This bit cannot be changed The HDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value 0 DISC discontinuity 1 Even if a track switch occurs during Look Ahead the Look Ahead operation continues without interruption 0 Look Ahead is terminated at the point where track switch occurs during Look Ahead This bit cannot be changed The HDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value 1 IC initiator control enable 1 Dividing of cache segments is according to the SIZE bit specification 0 Dividing of the cache segments is performed by an algorithm that is inherent in the HDD This bit can be changed and its operation is as specified Demand read retention priority not supported This field advises the device server the retention priority to assign for data read into the cache that has also been transferred from the logical unit to the INIT The HDD are not supported
78. or Unrecovered read error 11 01 In this error retry processing rereading accompanied by head offset processing is performed 4 Correctable data read error C141 C013 This error is a correctable ECC error when data are being read Processing methods when this error is detected differ depending on the values specified in the EER flag and DCR flag in the MODE SELECT parameters If immediate correction of errors is permitted DCR 0 EER 1 the HDD immediately makes error corrections in the data buffer and sends the corrected data to the INIT Also in the case of Verify processing at the point when it 383 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods judges that correction is possible it regards verification as being successful and continues processing of subsequent data blocks 5 Other internal HDD errors If an irrecoverable error other than those in items 1 to 4 above is detected internally in the HDD the HDD terminates the command that is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is HARDWARE ERROR 4 6 3 2 Auto alternate block allocation processing The HDD is equipped with a function which automatically executes alternate block allocation processing for defective data blocks detected during execution of the READ and READ EXTENDED commands 1 Auto alternate block allocation processing during a read operation 384 This function is enabled by
79. phy achieves dword synchronization within the SNLT it shall change from transmitting ALIGN 0 primitives to transmitting ALIGN 1 primitives for the remainder of the SNTT i e the remainder of the speed negotiation window If the phy does not achieve dword synchronization within the SNLT it shall continue transmitting ALIGN 0 s for the remainder of the SNTT i e the remainder of the speed negotiation window At the end of the SNTT if a phy is both transmitting and receiving ALIGN 1 primitives it shall consider that physical link rate valid The phy shall then proceed to the next speed negotiation window A phy shall participate in all speed negotiation windows a up to its highest supported physical link rate plus one or b until it runs a speed negotiation window that does not detect a valid physical link rate after having detected a valid physical link rate in a previous speed negotiation window If the phy has detected a valid physical link rate in the previous speed negotiation window it shall enter the final speed negotiation window using the highest previously successful link rate Figure 1 12 shows speed negotiation between a phy A that supports G1 through G3 link rates and a phy B that only supports the G2 link rate Both phys run 1 the G1 speed negotiation window supported by phy A but not by phy B 2 the G2 speed negotiation window supported by both phys and 3 the G3 speed negotiation window supported by ph
80. physical sectors existing between the data block with the highest order logical block address on a track and the data block with the next logical block address on the next track of the same cylinder track skew This parameter cannot be changed The HDD disregards the value specified in this field and sets the optimum track skew value in the specified data block length See Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual for details about track skew This parameter indicates the value of zone specified in active notch of Page C If itis 1 this parameter indicates the value in zone 0 Cylinder skew factor This parameter indicates the number of physical sectors existing between the data block with the highest order logical block address in a cylinder and the data block with the next logical block address in the next cylinder cylinder skew This parameter cannot be changed The HDD disregards the value specified in this field and sets the optimum cylinder skew value in the specified data block length See Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual for details about cylinder skew This parameter indicates the value of zone specified in active notch of Page C If it is 1 this parameter indicates the value in zone 0 d Parameters related to device type byte 20 C141 C013 291 Parameter Data Format 292 SSEC soft sectoring When this bit is 1 it indicates that the data formatting method on the disk media is soft sectoring
81. received normally if the specified defect position information is within a range which does not exceed the disk drive s physical boundaries User Space and is recorded as the G List but formatting processing is executed only for the User Space in the range specified in the Block descriptor and Format parameters Page 3 and the Drive parameters Page 4 of the MODE SELECT parameter 3 Ifa defect descriptor in the Byte distance from the Index format is specified in the D List depending on the byte position of the specified defective byte 2 sectors may be processed as defective sectors with one defect descriptor or 1 sector may be processed as a defective sector with 2 or more defect descriptors Also if the specified defective byte position has no influence on data block read write operations that defect position information is disregarded and is not the object of defective sector processing and thus is not recorded in the G List Therefore the defect position information specified in this command may not necessarily coincide with the defect position information read with the READ DEFECT DATA command after this command is terminated C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands 4 Defect processing during initialization Table 4 40 shows each combination of control flag specification values and the contents of processing executed by the HDD Furthermore see Chapter 3 Data Format of the Product Manual concerning alternate block alloc
82. recorded in the system space on the disk media The INIT can read the contents of these lists by the READ DEFECT DATA command 389 Disk Media Management 2 Alternate block allocation Alternate data blocks are allocated in defective sector units for defective data blocks sectors on the disk media by the HDD s internal defect management methods a Spare sector area Spare sectors for allocation as alternate blocks are secured in one or both of the following areas When the INIT initializes the disk media it can specify the spare sector area to be prepared on the disk drive and the size of that area Spare sectors within a cell Spare sectors are secured in the final track of each cell They are used as alternate blocks for defective sectors within the same cell Alternate cells This is an exclusive cells for allocation of alternate blocks Alternate cells are secured only in the specified quantity in order from the topmost cells Spare sectors in an alternate cell are used only in the case that the spare sectors within each cell are used up and alternate block allocation is not possible within the same cell b Alternate block allocation methods Alternate block allocation processing is performed using one of the following methods Sector slip processing This is a method of skipping defective sectors and writing the logical data blocks corresponding to those sectors in order in physically consecutive sector
83. reset sequence eeseeeeeeeeerereereeee 32 link reset sequence start condition 33 list parameter 0 lee eeeeeseeereeereeeneeeeees 191 lOH EMOR occ street eee daleetes ee alae 317 log parameter oo eee eee eereeereeeeeee 190 193 LOG SELECT 4C rereh ie reiti ies 187 LOG SELECT command parameter configuration 188 LOG SENSE 4D neseser 192 L tEmincnennnun no clave tts 317 logical block address cescceesseeeeeeeeees 106 logical block addressing csceeeeeeee 125 logical block cache segment size 302 logical or physical notch eeeeeeeeeee 309 logical unit reserve function e 180 LOGICAL UNIT RESET osen 119 LOGICAL UNIT RESET eee eee 120 logical unit SCOPE 0 eee eseereeereeeeees 199 logical unit self test eee eeeeeeereees 256 logical physical address CONVELSIONs e 53 t cioeeye coves eeee get ris 255 261 C141 C013 look ahead cache feature cc eee look ahead operation ee eeeeeseceseceteee look ahead volume s es maintenance command eeeeeeeeees maximum burst size 0 eee cece ceeeeeeeeees maximum pre fetch eee eeeeceeeeeteee maximum pre fetch control block m dia TY PC vieicvieee shanaetecrvhe eihatbeeicnes 158 method of reporting informational EXCEPULOM c2 ossicie izes easton ae microcode download with offset With SAVING 00 eeeccceececeseceeteceeeeeeenees microcode download with offset with
84. s alternate block processing Track count zone This parameter specifies the number of tracks a unit for alternating blocks The INIT cannot clearly specify this value The HDD ignores the specification for this bit If the value of the Active Notch in Page C is 0 the Number of Logic Heads a cell is reported for the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands If not the total number of track of the zone which is specified as the Active Notch is reported Alternate sector count zone This parameter specifies the number of sectors per one cell as the number of spare sectors secured for use as alternate blocks In the HDD this parameter indicates the number of spare sectors secured in each cell This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT Alternate track count zone This parameter specifies the area secured for alternate blocks as the number of tracks per one cell It is impossible to change this parameter When a value other than zero is specified in this field the HDD performs rounding down processing of this parameter and always sets this parameter value at zero Alternate track count drive This parameter specifies the area secured for alternate blocks as the number of tracks per disk drive In the HDD this parameter indicates the number of tracks in the spare area secured as alternate cells This value is fixed at a value that equals the number of tracks per cylinder multiplied by the number of zones in the
85. source phy to the destination phy after forwarding an OPEN_ACCEPT A phy shall stop inserting ALIGNs and or NOTIFYs for rate matching after a transmitting the first dword in a CLOSE b transmitting the first dword in a BREAK c receiving an OPEN_REJECT for a connection request or d losing arbitration to a received OPEN address frame 1 5 6 SSP link layer 72 An SSP phy that accepts an OPEN address frame shall transmit at least one RRDY in that connection within 1 ms of transmitting an OPEN_ACCEPT If the SSP phy is not able to grant credit it shall respond with OPEN_REJECT RETRY and not accept the connection request SSP is a full duplex protocol An SSP phy may receive an SSP frame or primitive in a connection while it is transmitting an SSP frame or primitive in the same connection A wide SSP port may send and or receive SSP frames or primitives concurrently on different connections i e on different phys When a connection is open and an SSP phy has no more SSP frames to transmit on that connection it transmits a DONE to start closing the connection The other direction may still be active so the DONE may be followed by one or more of the following primitives CREDIT_BLOCKED RRDY ACK or NAK C141 C013 1 5 6 1 1 5 Address frames SSP frame transmission and reception During an SSP connection SSP frames are preceded by SOF and followed by EOF The last data dword after the SOF prior to the EOF always contai
86. specified it performs reconnection processing with the interface and begins transferring data to the INIT from the data buffer while continuing to read subsequent data blocks out to the data buffer 4 Ifthe data transfer rate of the INIT is high and the data buffer becomes empty before completing the transfer of the number of data blocks specified by the command the HDD closes the interface at this point Thereafter opening data transfer and closing operations the operations in 3 and 4 above are repeated until all the data blocks specified in the command have been transferred 128 C141 C013 2 Write operation C141 C013 3 1 Data Buffer 5 If the number of blocks specified in the command to be transferred is larger than the capacity of a cache segment and if the data transfer speed of the INIT is lower than the data transfer speed of the disk drive the empty space in the data buffer disappears from step 3 and the HDD may soon not be able to read data from the disk media data overrun In this case the HDD relocates the block that caused the data overrun after waiting one disk revolution and continues the reading process When transfer of all the specified data is completed the HDD reports the status and terminates the command After data transferred from the INIT are stored temporarily in the data buffer they are written to the disk media The basic write operation procedure is as shown below 1 2 3 4
87. specifies the execution of a self test in background mode it will report the status immediately after verifying the CDB The HDD reports the status in response to the SEND DIAGNOSTICS command that specifies the execution of a self test in background mode and then initializes the self test result log page as follows e Filling in the Self Test Code field on the log page with the value from the SELF TEST CODE field specified by the CDB e Setting Fh in the Self test Result Value field After initializing the self test result log page as described above the HDD initiates the first self test segment If the HDD receives a SEND DIAGNOSTICS command that fulfills one of the conditions below while conducting a self test in background mode it terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status NOT READY 2 LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY SELF TEST IN PROGRESS 04 09 e The SelfTest bit is set to 1 or e The SELF TEST CODE field is neither 000b nor 100b If the HDD receives a command other than those listed below while conducting a self test in background mode it suspends the self test and executes the command received e SEND DIAGNOSTICS command SELF TEST CODE 100b e WRITE BUFFER command Mode 0100b 0101b 0110b 0111b e FORMAT UNIT command e START STOP UNIT command The INIT can terminate a background mode self test by performing a reset When the HDD receives a request for processing from the INIT it updates
88. specifying 1 in the ARRE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters Furthermore this function is applicable to the following commands only e READ command e READ EXTENDED command When this function is permitted if during read processing to the data area an error which is an object of retry processing is detected and which it is impossible to recover from even when reading is retried see Section 6 3 1 3 the number of times specified in the Number of Retries during Read field in the MODE SELECT parameters the HDD allocates an alternate block for that data block and executes copying of the alternate block to the data area Alternate block allocation processing is the same as processing with the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Furthermore recovered data copied to the alternate block are data which are read out skipping the ID area if there is an ID area or they are data which have been corrected through the ECC This function is applied once only during execution of one command Alternate block allocation processing and copying are executed for the first defective data block to be detected during execution of a command but if a second defective data block is detected the command that is being executed at that point is terminated with an error However by the INIT s reissuing the same command auto alternate block allocation is applied sequentially and error recovery can be attempted Remark 1 When this function is specified ARRE 1 t
89. that the transmitter transmitted an SSP frame but did not receive the corresponding ACK or NAK within 1 ms As a result the ACK NAK count is not balanced and the transmitter is going to transmit a BREAK in 1 ms unless the recipient replies with DONE and the connection is closed If the transmitter has no more SSP frames to transmit and receives a CREDIT_BLOCKED it may transmit either DONE NORMAL or DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT After transmitting DONE the transmitting phy initializes and starts a 1 ms DONE Timeout timer After transmitting DONE the transmitting phy shall not transmit any more SSP frames during this connection However the phy may transmit ACK NAK RRDY and CREDIT_BLOCKED as needed after transmitting DONE if the other phy is still transmitting SSP frames in the reverse direction Once an SSP phy has both transmitted and received DONE it shall close the connection by transmitting CLOSE NORMAL Figure 1 20 shows the sequence for a closing an SSP connection transmitter receiver DONE H ACK NAKRRDY and he ee CREDIT_BLOCKED maybe FI W sent afer the trat DONE U sees er fe a os CLOSE primitive Sequence CLOSE primitive seguence Viime time Figure 1 20 Closing an SSP connection example C141 C013 77 SAS Interface 1 6 Transport layer 1 6 1 SSP frame format 78 This layer defines the processing of each of aCOMMAND frame TASK frame DATA frame XFER_RDY frame and RESPO
90. the disk media which clearly cannot be accessed from the INIT The INIT can refer to the contents of this list by the READ DEFECT DATA command only but cannot change or erase it b D List data defect list The defect information in this list is defect position information transferred from the INIT when this command is executed The HDD registers this defect information on the disk media as the G List c G List grown defect list The defect information in this list contains defect position information specified by the NIT and position information on defective data blocks detected by the HDD itself The P List is not included in this defect list The HDD stores the G List in an area on the disk media which clearly cannot be accessed from the INIT The INIT can refer to the contents of this list by the READ DEFECT DATA command the following defect position information is included in the G List Defect information transferred from the INIT as the D List Defect information detected in the Verify operation when this command was executed Defect information specified from the INIT by the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Defect information on data blocks where alternate block allocation was performed among defective data blocks detected by the HDD when automatic allocation processing of alternate blocks is permitted C141 C013 225 Command Specifications 2 Specifying the initialization method The INIT can specify the met
91. the other parameters Block descriptor Page descriptor are also the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SELECT command 163 Command Specifications Table 4 14 MODE SELECT EXTENDED command group 2 parameter configuration 1 2 Header PSR ESE ERE EEE a asl X 00 Medium Type X 00 6 OT Blo Daernor ath SB Block Descriptor ES EA ESESESESESESED Po a eck Comes sfx foe o o 0 01 eet E Data Block Length MSB Data Block Length Data Block Length LSB Page Header a e R E 164 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 14 MODE SELECT EXTENDED command group 2 parameter configuration 2 2 Sub Page Descriptor ae e e spe ta a Page Sub Page Code Header Page Length E es Parameter Field R EE C141 C013 165 Command Specifications 4 1 6 MODE SENSE 1A Page Code Sub Page Code Transfer Byte Length poe ekte w w ae ee 166 This command reports the values for each type of parameter related to the disk drive s physical attributes data format timing of SAS interface transferring processing error recovery procedures etc as well as the attributes of those parameters to the INIT The data MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT from the HDD by this command are configured from a Header Block Descriptor and one or more Page descriptors which describe each type of parameter each of which will be described later in this item When 1
92. the series of diagnostic tests is completed and the sense data show the contents of the last error to be successfully recovered from When 1 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit in this command the command execution results are reported by the status byte and the sense data Therefore even if the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command is executed after this command the self diagnosis test execution results are not reported as response data 2 Parameter specification When 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit in the CDB the HDD executes the operations specified in the parameter list transferred from the INIT by this command In this case the HDD reports a GOOD status and terminates this command at the point when preparation of the response data is completed after completing the specified operations The INIT can read the execution results response data by the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command When the PF page format bit in the CDB is 1 the parameter list transferred from the INIT by this command shows the page format explained later but the HDD disregards the value specified in this bit and always handles the page format according to the specifications in the parameter list when the parameter list is transferred by this command Also when the SelfTest self test bit is 0 the specifications in the DefOfl device off line bit and the UnitOfl unit off line bit have no meaning and their speci
93. the various control flags DPRY disable primary 0 Specifies execution of format processing using the P List Alternate blocks are allocated as substitutes for sectors in which defects registered in the P List exist and logical data blocks are not positioned there 1 Specifies use of the P List in defect processing Even if this value is specified the P List itself is saved without being erased When the disk media is being initialized for normal operation the P List must by all means be used Therefore 0 should be specified in this bit DCRT disable certification 0 Specifies that data block verification be performed after initialization of the disk media The HDD confirms that all logical data blocks can be read from normally after initialization is completed Any defective data blocks detected in this verify operation are registered as a G List and alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks 1 Indicates that data block verify operations are prohibited after initialization of the disk media 228 C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands STPF stop format When the defect list P List or G List necessary for executing the defect processing specified in this command cannot be read from the disk media this bit indicates whether to continue 0 is specified or terminate 1 is specified command processing but in the HDD this bit s specification is disabled and the specified value is disregarded
94. this event would be an inoperable drive 6 Mode 0 1 1 0 Microcode Download with offsets without saving C141 C013 In this mode the INIT may split the transfer of the controller s microcode or control information over two or more WRITE BUFFER commands If the last WRITE BUFFER command of a set of one or more commands completes successfully the microcode or control information shall be transferred to the control memory space of the HDD Since the download microcode or control information may be sent using several commands when the HDD detects the last download microcode with offsets the HDD shall perform the verification of the complete set of downloaded microcode or control information prior to returning GOOD status for the last command After the last command completes successfully the HDD generates a unit attention condition for all INITs except the one that issued the set of WRITE BUFFER commands When reporting the unit attention condition the HDD sets the additional sense code to MICROCODE HAS BEEN CHANGED 0 must be specified in the Buffer ID field 267 Command Specifications The microcode or control information is written to the logical unit buffer starting at the location specified by the BUFFER Address field If the HDD is unable to accept the specified buffer address it shall return CHECK CONDITION status and it shall set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD I
95. this field Thus the HDD disregards the specification in this field F Data put into the cache via a READ command was not replaced if there is other data in the cache that was placed into the cache by other means and it may be replaced C141 C013 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters 1 Data put into the cache via a READ command was replaced sooner than data placed into the cache by other means 0 Indicates the device server was not distinguish between retaining the indicated data and data placed into the cache memory by other means Write retention priority not supported This field advises the device server the retention priority to assign for data written into the cache that has also been transferred from the cache memory to the medium The HDD are not supported this field Thus the HDD disregards the specification in this field F Data put into the cache during a WRITE or WRITE AND VERIFY command was not replaced if there is other data in the cache that was placed into the cache by other means and it may be replaced 1 Data put into the cache during a WRITE or WRITE AND VERIFY command was replaced sooner than data placed into the cache by other means 0 Indicates the device server was not distinguish between retaining the indicated data and data placed into the cache memory by other means Disable pre fetch transfer length This parameter is used to selectively prohibit data Look Ahead operations in the R
96. verify error posted to INIT ee eeseeeseceneceteees 340 total recoverable write error posted to INEP oie siete hash ci ean Hees 333 total unrecoverable read error posted to INIT Aen eseis 338 total unrecoverable verify error posted to INI Penei eaaa 341 total unrecoverable write error posted to INIT eee ciinii 334 total verify byte processed eee 341 total verify error posted 340 total write byte processed eee 334 total write error posted s 333 track skew factor cece eeeesseeeeceteceeeee 291 transfer DIOCK eee ieii a eei 284 transfer block count 106 transfer byte length eee 107 137 transfer data length 106 transport layer cetei ieena riais 78 A O B TE A E E 190 a KoA EE EEEE A E EAE 305 U UNIT ATTENTION condition 00 111 UNIT ATTENTION condition multiple hold eeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeersee 113 unrecoverable hardware error 005 122 usage of special character 31 C141 C013 user space logical block address 125 V Valide Eia e otas 361 vendor ID field cinarios 141 vendor UNIQUE eee eeeeeeteceteceteceteeeeeeeees 107 VERIFY QF einean a ei 220 verify error count page X 05 a e 338 verify error recovered with possible delayonnenirenriias 339 verify error recovered without delay oirre az iee ee Ae 339 verify error recovery parameter 296 387 VLSI OMS deae canes e tes LN 139 143 version descriptor ee eee cee cese
97. when an OPEN_ACCEPT is returned to the source phy A connection enables communication for one protocol SSP STP or SMP For SSP and STP connections may be opened and closed multiple times during the processing of a command The connection rate is the effective rate of dwords through the pathway between a SAS INIT phy and a SAS TARG phy established through the connection request Every phy shall support a 1 5 Gbps connection rate regardless of its physical link rate One connection may be active on a physical link at a time If the connection is an SSP or SMP connection and there are no dwords to transmit associated with that connection idle dwords are transmitted The number of connections established by a SAS port shall not exceed the number of SAS phys within the SAS port i e only one connection per SAS phy is allowed There shall be a separate connection on each physical link If multiple potential pathways exist between the SAS INIT port s and the SAS TARG port s multiple connections may be established by a SAS port between the following a one SAS INIT port to multiple SAS TARG ports b one SAS TARG port to multiple SAS INIT ports or c one SAS INIT port to one SAS TARG port Once a connection is established the pathway used for that connection shall not be changed i e all the physical links that make up the pathway remain dedicated to the connection until it is closed C141 C013 1 2 Names and identifiers
98. which is the object of the command the command will terminate normally but in that case some of the sense data only will be received and the remaining information will be lost Sufficient caution should be exercised with regard to the devices connected to the INIT and all the sense data of those devices should be read Table 6 1 Sense data format X 70 or X 71 Error Code SCS gt fete pole sake Information Command Inherent Information Basic Information Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier Sense Key Inherent Information wv A pe lbs aie Mt ie a a e a E a E CDB Operation Code Additional Information Detailed Information y_ 360 C141 C013 6 1 Sense Data 6 1 2 Sense data basic information Bytes 0 to 17 of the sense data are basic information which show the contents of the error that has occurred The INIT can know the contents of the error and the key information that is necessary for recovery processing by analyzing this basic information Each field and the meanings of bits in the sense data basic information are explained below 1 Valid When this bit is 1 it indicates that the values shown in the information field bytes 3 to 6 are valid On the other hand when this bit is 0 it indicates that the information field does not contain valid information 2 Error code This field shows the format and type of sense data The HDD always displays X 70 current error or
99. 0 Gbps e ATTACHED SSP INITIATOR PORT Indicates the SSP INIT received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame f ATTACHED STP INITIATOR PORT Indicates the STP INIT received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame g ATTACHED SMP INITIATOR PORT Indicates the SMP INIT received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame h ATTACHED SSP TARGET PORT Indicates the SSP TARGET received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame i ATTACHED STP TARGET PORT Indicates the STP TARGET received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame j ATTACHED SMP TARGET PORT Indicates the SMP TARGET received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame 314 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters SAS ADDRESS Indicates the Port SAS ADDRESS of the TARGET port SAS address Port A SCCC CCCX XXXX XXX 2 port SAS address Port B SCCC CCCX XXXX XXX 3 C Company ID X Serial number for WWN ATTACHED SAS ADDRESS Indicates the SAS address received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame ATTACHED PHY IDENTIFIER Indicates the phy address received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame PROGRAMMED MINIMUM MAXIMUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE Indicates the minimum and maximum values of the PHYSICAL LINK RATE supported by a program Code Description Oh Unsupported 8h 1 5Gbps PROGRAMMED MINIMUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE 9h 3 0Gbps PROGRAMMED MAXIMUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE Others Reserved o HARDWARE MINIMUM MAXI
100. 1 C013 1 5 Address frames 1 5 Address frames 1 5 1 Address frames overview Address frames are used for the identification sequence and for connection requests The address frame follows an SOAF and ends with an EOAF Address frames shall only be sent outside connections Address frames shall not be terminated early All data dwords in an address frame shall be scrambled Table 1 18 defines the address frame format Table 1 18 Address frame format ADDRESS FRAME TYPE Frame Type dependent bytes CRC The ADDRESS FRAME TYPE field indicates the type of the address frame as follows e An ADDRESS FRAME TYPE field value of 0 indicates an IDENTIFY address frame e An ADDRESS FRAME TYPE field value of 1 indicates an OPEN address frame The CRC field contains the CRC value calculated for all the data of an address frame data from the beginning of the frame to the byte preceding the CRC field If an address frame has an undefined ADDRESS FRAME TYPE has an incorrect frame length longer or shorter than 7 dwords the CRC length or has a CRC error the recipient discards the frame C141 C013 59 SAS Interface 1 5 2 IDENTIFY address frame Table 1 19 defines the IDENTIFY address frame format used for the identification sequence The IDENTIFY address frame is sent after the phy reset sequence completes if the physical link is a SAS physical link Table 1 19 IDENTIFY address frame format Restricted for
101. 2 Command Processing 2 1 Command Format 2 2 Status Byte 2 3 Command Queuing Function 2 4 UNIT ATTENTION Condition 2 5 Sense Data Hold State 2 6 Power Condition pAg LED Display 2 8 Command Processing Exceptions 2 9 Data Block Addressing In this chapter the basic theory and specifications concerning HDD command processing functions are described The HDD operates as the target TARG In the explanations given in this chapter the HDD is labeled TARG except in cases where a particularly clear distinction is necessary 2 1 Command Format C141 C013 Input Output commands from the INIT Initiator to the HDD are executed by the CDB Command Descriptor Block The CDB is information which is transmitted from the INIT to the TARG in the CMND frame In a number of commands other than the CDB specifications parameters which are necessary in executing a command are specified in the DATA frame Details concerning these commands are described in the specifications for individual commands in Chapter 4 The CDB used by the HDD has 4 formats one with a length of 6 10 12 bytes and the other with a length of 16 bytes The basic format of each respective CDB is shown in Tables 2 1 2 2 and 2 3 103 Command Processing Table 2 1 6 Byte CDB basic format 7 5 Logical Block Address Table 2 2 10 Byte CDB basic format ERESEDESEDESELED ee 2 1 a a a oO Logical Block Address MSB
102. 297 Parameter Data Format 5 1 6 Caching Parameters Page Code 8 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 5 8 Table 5 8 MODE SELECT parameters caching parameters betes We IS eee E ll X 12 Page Length oaa o fo fe feyr efe veiw fe fe foe fe pe fe Write Retention Priority FSW LBCSS Reserved Default 1 Ee a a a Te fe fe pepe 298 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters The parameters defined in this page descriptor control the range of look ahead data in the Look Ahead cache feature and enable or disable the caching operation See Section 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature concerning details of the Look Ahead cache feature and parameter setting methods a RCD read cache disable This bit can be specified and its operation is as specified This bit specifies whether or not to activate the cache operation for a read command 1 Prohibits operation of the Look Ahead cache function The HDD reads ahead all of the data requested by the READ command or READ EXTENDED command from the disk and transfers it to the INIT Moreover it does not read ahead data blocks after the requested data 0 Specifies operation of the Look Ahead cache function If part or all of the data including logical data blocks of headers requested by a READ command or READ EXTENDED command exists in the data buffer the HDD transfers that data without accessing the disk Also depending on the instruc
103. 4 Issuing this command with the Start bit set to 0 transits from the power condition state to the Stopped state Meanwhile setting the Start bit to 1 transforms the power condition state from the Stopped state to the Active_Wait state Setting the Start bit to 1 does not transform the power condition state when it is in a state other than the Stopped state Bit 1 LoEj load eject of byte 4 of the CDB is the exclusive bit which controls devices with replaceable recording media and it has no meaning for the HDD The HDD disregards the value specified in this bit and controls the Power Condition in accordance with the Start bit only Depending on the value specified in the Immed immediate bit bit 0 of CDB byte 1 the timing of completion status byte report of this command differs as shown below a In the case of the start specification Start bit 1 When the Immed bit is 1 the power condition state becomes Active_Wait the GOOD status is reported and command execution is completed 178 C141 C013 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands When the Immed bit is 0 the power condition state becomes Active_Wait and the spindle motor is started after the NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive has been received Then when the disk drive enters the ready state the status byte is reported and command execution is completed In this case the INIT has no means of detecting the timing when the power condition state bec
104. 41 C013 221 Command Specifications 4 2 8 SEEK EXTENDED 2B X 2B Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Logical Block Address Logical Block Address LSB This command executes a seek operation of the cylinder track where the logical data block specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB exists The functions and operation of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 SEEK command Section 4 2 7 except that it is possible to specify 4 byte logical block addresses 222 C141 C013 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 9 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 35 pe Te etd a Jo o o o o ofe Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Ce ooo 0 0 0 a a S a ae ee a re This command matches the logical block data in the data buffer with the same logical block data recorded on the disk media If the data in the logical block in the data buffer is newer than the data on the disk media those data are written to the disk media When the write cache is used unwritten data held in the data buffer which are written to the disk media are written using this command The values specified in the Logical block address field and Block count field in the CDB are disregarded and if any unwritten data exist in the data buffer writing of all those data to the disk media is performed If bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the Immed immediate bit is 1 a GOOD status is reported immediately at the point when the leg
105. 89 paze NOCD cenhinen terrene e tiet rai 310 page parameter sesser 250 259 page parameter length 0 0 250 259 parameter code oles eeteceteceeeceeeeeeees 190 parameter configuration eee eee 157 parameter data format 281 parameter field 173 parameter for specifying alternate processing area for defective block A aia 290 parameter list configuration 250 parameter list length eee eeeeeeee eens 107 parameter related to device type 292 parameter specification ee eeeeeeeeeees 248 parameter specifying sector format 291 parameter specifying track format 291 Pathway necronit holes eriote elle 27 PCs ETE O ROE 188 PER seia a 284 POLE eenei eeo ea e ae aE E 319 performance fis esae wisi Seni ie 319 persistent reservation SCOPC ee eeeees 199 persistent reservation type eee 199 persistent reservation type code 200 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN 5E 194 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ KEYS ieas aeaee aaee eskeak 196 426 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS ceesre 197 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service action eeessssessessssesseresseresceseeess 195 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT Parameter list 0 ee ee eeeeneeneeereees 204 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service ACTION csessevcsccceceesseesssvcecs 203 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action and valid PaTaMetel vessels seh teenies 206 PE
106. ARDWARE ERROR The HDD detected an error in the hardware for which recovery processing is impossible during command execution or self diagnosis ILLEGAL REQUEST _ An illegal value was detected in the parameter transferred in the CDB or the specification in the command Also an error in the LUN specification If the HDD detects an illegal parameter in the CDB it terminates the command without changing the contents of the disk media If an illegal parameter is detected in the parameters transferred from the INIT the contents of the disk media may be changed by that command UNIT A UNIT ATTENTION condition occurred ATTENTION 7 DATA 1 Anillegal operation was attempted in an area where a read or write operation is PROTECT prohibited In this case that command is not executed 2 A SET LIMITS command was issued 2 times in a group of commands linked in a series ABORTED The HDD terminated a command abnormally during execution Normally the INIT can COMMAND attempt to recover by reissuing that command VOLUME Not Used OVERFLOW E MISCOMPARE During execution of a Byte Check with the VERIFY command the data transferred from the INIT were compared to the data read from the disk drive but they did not match 364 C141 C013 6 1 Sense Data Table 6 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 1 6 Sense key No additional sense No specific sense code exists information 01 No index sector signal The target sector was
107. ASE command from the INIT that issued this command 2 Receiving HARD RESET primitive from any INIT 3 Switching the HDD s power off or on When an HDD is reserved for any SAS device if this command is issued by an INIT that doesn t have the Reserve Right for that HDD this command is terminated with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status After the Reserved status is established a command issued by an INIT other than the device that reserved the HDD is rejected except an INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE REPORT LUNS or RELEASE command and a RESERVATION CONFLICT status is reported to the INIT that issued that command A RELEASE command is the release operation specified in a RELEASE command issued to the HDD by a SAS device which does not have the Reserve Right is disregarded 180 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 2 Reserve right and third party reserve function C141 C013 IMPORTANT The third party reserve function is not supported by the drive If the 3rd Pty bit of CDB byte 1 is 0 the HDD is reserved for the INIT that has issued this command The INIT has the reserve right for the HDD If the 3rd Pty bit is 1 execution of this command is terminated with the CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 181 Command Specifications 4 1 11 RESERVE EXTENDED 56 Together with the RELEASE command this command controls exclusive access to the HDD under a multi initiator environment 182
108. BI To transmit an OOB signal a transmitter shall repeat these steps six times 1 transmit D C idle for an idle time and 2 transmit an ALIGN burst for a burst time It shall then transmit D C idle for an OOB signal negation time The ALIGNs used in OOB signals should be at generation 1 G1 physical link rates i e 1 5 Gbps The ALIGNS are only required to generate an envelope for the detection circuitry as required for any signaling that may be A C coupled If G2 ALIGNs are used the number of ALIGNs doubles compared with G1 ALIGNs A SAS transmitter should transmit ALIGNS at the G1 physical link rate to create the burst portion of the OOB signal but may transmit ALIGNs at its lowest supported physical link rate if it is not able to transmit at the G1 physical link rate and shall not transmit them at a physical link rate faster than its lowest supported physical link rate Figure 1 8 describes OOB signal transmission by the SP transmitter COMRESET COMINIT ALIGN burst COMINIT mh rh Transmitt 1 2 3 4 5 6 M negation ALIGN burst COMSAS v rh rh rh rh pe rh COMSAS 5 Transmitted HHH HH H 1 2 3 4 5 6 COMSAS negation COMSAS idle Figure 1 8 OOB signal transmission 34 C141 C013 1 3 Phy layer Table 1 6 describes the OOB signal receiver requirements for detecting burst times assuming Tburst is the length of the detected burst time The burst time is not used to distinguish between signals
109. C141 C013 01EN MBA3073RC MBA3147RC MBA3300RC SERIES MBB2073RC MBB2147RC SERIES MBC2036RC MBC2073RC SERIES DISK DRIVES SERIAL ATTACHED SCSI INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS 2 FUJITSU FOR SAFE OPERATION Handling of This Manual This manual contains important information for using this product Read thoroughly before using the product Use this product only after thoroughly reading and understanding especially the section Important Alert Items in this manual Keep this manual handy and keep it carefully FUJITSU makes every effort to prevent users and bystanders from being injured or from suffering damage to their property Use the product according to this manual This product is designed and manufactured for use in standard applications such as office work personal devices and household appliances This product is not intended for special uses atomic controls aeronautic or space systems mass transport vehicle operating controls medical devices for life support or weapons firing controls where particularly high reliability requirements exist where the pertinent levels of safety are not guaranteed or where a failure or operational error could threaten a life or cause a physical injury hereafter referred to as mission critical use Customers considering the use of these products for mission critical applications must have safety assurance measures in place beforehand Moreover they are requested to consult our sales represen
110. CLOSE is used for orderly closing a connection Connections use a single pathway from the SAS INIT phy to the SAS TARG phy While a connection is open only one pathway shall be used for that connection A wide port may have separate connections on each of its phys 1 5 5 2 Connection request 66 The OPEN address frame is used to open a connection from a source port to a destination port using one source phy and one destination phy To make a connection request the source port shall transmit an OPEN address frame through an available phy The source phy shall transmit idle dwords after the OPEN address frame until it receives a response or aborts the connection request with BREAK After transmitting an OPEN address frame the source phy shall initialize and start a 1 ms Open Timeout timer Whenever an AIP is received the source phy shall reinitialize and restart the Open Timeout timer Source phys are not required to enforce a limit on the number of AIPs received before aborting the connection request When any connection response is received the source phy shall reinitialize the Open Timeout timer If the Open Timeout timer expires before a connection response is received the source phy may assume the destination port does not exist and shall transmit BREAK to abort the connection request The OPEN address frame flows through expander devices onto intermediate physical links If an expander device on the pathway is unable to forward th
111. COMINIT signal e When the COMSAS signal cannot be detected When a drive sends the COMSAS signal but the COMSAS signal from the other side cannot be detected the drive waits for the reception of the COMSAS signal from the INIT or expander until the hot plug timeout time 500 ms elapses If the hot plug timeout time elapses before the COMSAS signal from the other side has been received the drive sends the COMSAS signal again to start a new link reset sequence 1 3 6 SAS speed negotiation sequence The SAS speed negotiation sequence is a peer to peer negotiation technique that does not assume initiator and target i e host and device roles The sequence consists of a set of speed negotiation windows for each physical link rate starting with 1 5 Gbps then 3 0 Gbps then the next rate The length of the speed negotiation sequence is determined by the number of physical link rates supported by the phys Figure 1 11 defines the speed negotiation window including a speed negotiation window time b rate change delay time RCDT c speed negotiation transmit time SNTT and d speed negotiation lock time SNLT 38 C141 C013 Rate change delay time 1 3 Phy layer ALIGN O 1 ALIGN 1 i S TTT RCDT Speed negotiation lock time SNLT Speed negotiation transmit time SNTT Speed negotiation window Figure 1 11 SAS speed negotiation window Table 1 9 defines the timing specifications for the SAS speed ne
112. CT parameters disconnect reconnect parameters 287 MODE SELECT parameters format parameters es eeeeeeeeeeee 289 Details of parameters on MODE SELECT parameter pages 3 Ae PAC sks os TE AREE A S E A A E A Tavis eases da AR deena aia Mee es 293 MODE SELECT parameters drive parameters 2 0 00 eeeceeeeeeeeee 294 MODE SELECT parameters verify error recovery parameters 296 MODE SELECT parameters caching parameters cesses 298 MODE SELECT parameters control mode parameters 304 C141 C013 C141 C013 Table 5 10 Table 5 11 Table 5 12 Table 5 13 Table 5 14 Table 5 15 Table 5 16 Table 5 17 Table 5 18 Table 5 19 Table 5 20 Table 5 21 Table 5 22 Table 5 23 Table 5 24 Table 5 25 Table 5 26 Table 5 27 Table 5 28 Table 5 29 Table 5 30 Table 5 31 Table 5 32 Table 5 33 Table 5 34 Table 5 35 Table 5 36 Table 5 37 Table 5 38 Table 5 39 Table 5 40 Table 5 41 Table 5 42 Table 5 43 Contents MODE SELECT parameters notch parameters 308 Port control parameter Page 0 Format Short Page Format 311 Port control parameter Sub Page Format Long Format 312 SAS phy mode descriptor format 0 0 0 cece ceeceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeenaes 313 Power condition parameter Page 0 Format Short Page FOrmMat oa E TNE A dinate aie 316 MODE SELECT parameters informational exception control PA Qe Ee E E E T A E NA A E E EEN dress
113. DE temperature 65 C C141 C013 415 Disk Media Management 7 6 4 Reporting function 416 If failure is predicted the HDD notifies the INIT of failure prediction at the specified time intervals by the reporting method specified by the MODE SELECT parameter on Page 1C as described in Section 5 1 11 This reporting to the INIT begins when failure is predicted Later each time the HDD is initialized at power on by a reset operation or for another reason a warning is issued again to the INIT If Page 1C is specified in the MODE SELECT command a warning will be issued based on the settings that are in effect at that time If the number of reports specified in the Report Count field have been completed or one of the events below occurs while reporting is in progress warning processing resumes based on the mode parameter that is in effect at that time e Power off or re power on e Reset condition e MODE SELECT command Page 1C In a multiple initiator environment failure prediction reports are issued to each INIT The reporting interval and count are specified and managed for each INIT C141 C013 Glossary Additional Sense Code This is a 1 byte code displayed in the sense data and is information which specifies the type of error that was detected CDB Command Descriptor Block A series of data which describes commands related to input output operations sent from the initiator to the target Command This is a comm
114. DITION MET Status Not supported 4 BUSY status This status indicates that the HDD is busy and it cannot accept a new command Usually an INIT that has received this status re issues the same command after an adequate period of time The HDD reports the BUSY status when the WRITE BUFFER command is issued to download a microcode while the HDD has commands in its command queue that have not been executed yet 5 INTERMEDIATE status Not supported 6 INTERMEDIATE CONDITION MET Status Not supported 7 RESERVATION CONFLICT status This status indicates that the HDD is currently reserved by another INIT and use is impossible until the reservation status is released Normally an INIT that receives this status reissues the original command after waiting for the appropriate period of time only 8 COMMAND TERMINATED status Not supported 9 TASK SET FULL status This status is reported when there is no empty space in the command queue and the HDD cannot register tagged commands it has received in the command queue C141 C013 109 Command Processing 2 3 Command Queuing Function 110 The HDD is equipped with the command queuing function Through command queuing the HDD can receive multiple commands in advance and can execute them Through the tagged queuing function the HDD can receive multiple commands from the same INIT or from different INITs until the command queue is full The number of commands that can be r
115. DIT_BLOCKED primitive and discards the DATA frame At this time after temporarily closing the connection the drive re opens a connection and sends the SENSE DATA for TOO MUCH WRITE DATA Meanwhile when a drive sends a read DATA frame the following values are set HASHED DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS field The hashed SAS address of the COMMAND frame is set HASHED SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field The hashed SAS address of the drive is set NUMBER OF FILL BYTES field If the transferred bytes in the last DATA frame for the command are not aligned on a four byte boundary the number of the extra bytes 4 the remainder of the number of all transferred bytes 4 bytes is set in this field TAG field The tag value of the COMMAND frame is set TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field Set to OXFFFF by the drive DATA OFFSET field For the first DATA frame of the command this field is set to zero For the second DATA frame the DATA OFFSET field is increased by the number of the transferred bytes of the first DATA frame Number of transferred bytes When the number of bytes to be transferred is greater than or equal to 1024 bytes this field is set to 1024 When the number of bytes to be transferred is less than 1024 bytes this field is set to that number of bytes 91 SAS Interface 1 6 2 5 RESPONSE information unit Table 1 41 defines the response IU The RESPONSE frame is sent by an SSP TARG port to deliver SCSI status e g GOOD or CHECK COND
116. E E A CEE EREE 250 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters page code list eee eee 251 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters PHY Test function 0 252 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters logical physical address CONVELSION Sas iv ageds Lisaie tie E feet od ceded nevi EN te 255 Specifying address format 0 0 0 0 eeeecseeeeeseeeseeeseeeseecsaecsaecnseesaeesseenes 255 SELF TES Pertierra focgi tes sacethns sede o aE tes E E EAE lacatuetine 257 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command response data CONMPUPAION 2H hi svete t EE EE tah ial E 259 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data page COE Listes ssescueaenisssiiet Heelies Beth eae et aloud Siete 260 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data logical physical address conversion ceeceeceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeeeaaes 261 Address format s ic2 cc aisevsscetoveg 4 td esata ete Le Leelee paste te 262 WRITE BUFFER transfer mode 000 0 cece eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeaeeenaes 264 WRITE BUFFER command buffer data mode 000 001 265 READ BUFFER transfer mode 0 cece ceeeeeseceseceteeeeeeeaeeeseeeneeenaees 270 READ BUFFER command buffer data mode 0000 0001 271 READ BUFFER command buffer descriptor 273 READ BUFFER command echo buffer descriptor eee 274 MODE SELECT parameters read write error recovery p ra Meter Sana et a EEE EOE eo setsbiuneaons cnoateebleustnesuaes 282 Combinations of error recovery flags eseeeseeeeeereeresresresreeserreees 286 MODE SELE
117. EAD command or the READ EXTENDED command When the Transfer block count specified in the CDB of the READ command or the READ EXTENDED command is greater than the value in this parameter data Look Ahead operations are not executed in that command This bit cannot be changed The HDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value X FFFF Minimum pre fetch not supported This parameter specifies the minimum quantity of logical data blocks pre fetched to the data buffer with the READ command or READ EXTENDED command This parameter cannot be changed The HDD disregards the specification in this field Maximum pre fetch not supported This parameter specifies the maximum quantity of logical data blocks pre fetched to the data buffer with the READ command or READ EXTENDED command The HDD varies the pre fetch volume according to the volume of data requested by the READ command or READ EXTENDED command The value reported to the MODE SENSE command always indicates the number of blocks corresponding to 1 cache segment 1 301 Parameter Data Format 302 This parameter cannot be changed The HDD disregards the specification in this field Maximum pre fetch ceiling This parameter specifies the maximum quantity of logical data blocks pre fetched to the data buffer with the READ command or READ EXTENDED command In the HDD the maximum pre fetch quantity cannot be limited Thi
118. ECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall complete without error before any informational exception condition may be reported Unconditionally generate recovered error This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions regardless of the value of the per bit of the error recovery parameters mode page by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall complete without error before any informational exception condition may be reported C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters Table 5 16 MRIE 2 2 Generate no sense This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to NO SENSE and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition setting The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall complete without prohibited error before any informational exception condition may be reported Only report informational exception condition on request This method instructs the target to report informatio
119. ECT parameter pages 3 4 and C Page 3 Page 4 Page C LPN 0 Default LPN 1 Byte 2 3 Byte Byte 4 5 8 9 Byte 10 11 Byte 2 4 Byte 5 Byte 8 11 Byte 12 15 Byte 8 11 Byte 12 15 Number of tracks per zone Number of Number of alternate alternate sectors per tracks per zone drive Number of sectors per track Number of Number cylinders of heads Starting boundary Ending Starting boundary boundary Ending boundary MBA3300 with sector length 512 bytes 0x128 0x12C 0x050 0x0427 0x142A2 0x08 0x00000000 0x0142A107 0x00000000 0x022EED7DF MBA3147 with sector length 512 bytes 0x094 0x12C 0x028 0x0427 0x142A2 0x04 0x00000000 0x0142A103 0x00000000 0x01172501F MBA3073 with sector length 512 bytes Ox04A 0x12C 0x014 0x0427 0x142A2 0x02 0x00000000 0x0142A101 0x00000000 0x08B40C3F MBB2147 with sector length 512 bytes 0x094 0x078 0x028 0x0420 0x14DC3 0x04 0x00000000 0x014DC203 0x00000000 0x011311F7B MBB2073 with sector length 512 bytes Ox04A 0x078 0x014 0x0420 0x14DC3 0x02 0x00000000 0x014DC201 0x00000000 0x08967291 MBC2073 with sector ength 512 bytes 0x094 0x078 0x028 0x035A 0x0BC2E 0x04 0x00000000 0x0BC2D03 0x00000000 TBD MBC2036 with sector ength 512 bytes
120. ED command 281 Parameter Data Format 5 1 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 1 Table 5 1 lists the format of the page descriptor of this MODE SELECT parameter Table 5 1 MODE SELECT parameters read write error recovery parameters So nel ee Eas Sa ST D E s a mo X 00 Head Offset Count o e X 00 Data Strobe Offset Count WRITE RETRY COUNT 63 times Po X 00 Reserved Recovery Time Limit 30s 282 C141 C013 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters Error recovery parameters defined in this page descriptor are applicable for the following commands except in cases where it is specifically pointed out e READ e READ EXTENDED e READ LONG e SEND DIAGNOSTIC Write read test e WRITE e WRITE AND VERIFY Write operation e WRITE EXTENDED e WRITE LONG e WRITE SAME a AWRE automatic write reallocation enabled 1 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is specified during execution of a write operation 0 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is prohibited during execution of a write operation Automatic alternate block allocation processing is explained in Section 6 3 2 b ARRE automatic read reallocation enable 1 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is specified during execution of a read operation 0 An automatic alternate block allocation processing operation is prohibited during execution
121. ED primitive instead of an RRDY primitive 7 A RESPONSE frame is sent 8 The connection is closed This completes the recovery processing for the exceptional event C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer Figure 1 25 shows an example of the processing sequence a drive performs for an exceptional event INIT OPEN OPEN ACCEPT ACK CREDIT_BLOCKED DONE DONE CLOSEs CLOSEs OPEN OPEN REJECT OPEN OPEN_ REJECT OPEN OPEN ACCEPT RRDY CREDIT BLOCKED RESPONSE frame ACK DONE DONE CLOSEs CLOSEs TARG celestial An exceptional event occurs P 1 gt 8 Figure 1 25 Example of the processing sequence for an exceptional event C141 C013 99 SAS Interface TASK management Table 1 45 lists the events for which a drive performs exceptional event processing Table 1 45 Exceptional event processing of a drive 1 2 Exceptional event Processing TASK frame ABORT TASK Aborts a task that matches with respect to I T L Q and reports TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION COMPLETE TASK frame ABORT TASK SET Aborts all the tasks that match with respect to I T L and reports TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION COMPLETE TASK frame CLEAR TASK SET Aborts all the tasks of the INIT and reports TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION COMPLETE Reports UNIT ATTENTION 06 2F 00 to the INIT other than nexus that performed abort processing TASK frame LOGICAL UNIT RESET Aborts all the tasks of the IN
122. ENDED command e RELEASE or RELEASE EXTENDED command e WRITE BUFFER command e READ BUFFER command e INQUIRY command e REQUEST SENSE command When the HDD is in the sense data holding state and the REQUEST SENSE command is executed normally the HDD sends the sense data held at this time to the INIT When the HDD is not in the sense data holding state the HDD sends sense data corresponding to the state of the HDD at this time to the INIT e Operation when formatting is not completed normally While the FORMAT UNIT command is not being executed following a change of parameters related to data format using the MODE SELECT command or when the operation terminates abnormally for some reason for example the power going off ora HARD RESET during FORMAT UNIT command execution the data on the disk medium cannot be accessed normally In this case the HDD responds to disk media access commands with the CHECK CONDITION status The sense data generated in the former case shows MEDIUM ERROR 3 Medium format corrupted 31 00 and in the latter case MEDIUM ERROR 3 FORMAT command failed 31 01 In both cases the HDD is restored to a usable condition by using the FORMAT UNIT command and initializing the disk medium 2 7 LED Display Table 2 7 lists the items displayed by the HDD READY LED C141 C013 115 Command Processing Table 2 7 LED display Mode Page 19 Ready LED Meaning a ee a a a On when a command is not being execu
123. Error recovery processing procedures 3 4 Recovery Processing Procedure Execute a HARD RESET sequence After waiting 2 seconds or longer reissue the original command Retry and if the spindle motor s start mode is set on Start by Command issue the START instruction by the NOTIFY Primitive ENABLE SPINUP before retrying If the retry procedure 2 does not terminate normally perform recovery method 1 The parameter is initialized at the Save value if the Save value does not exist the Default value so when it is necessary to set the inherent parameter issued the MODE SELECT command Reissue the original command Retry 1 Issue the LOG SENSE command and read the Current values in the LOG SELECT parameters 2 Ifthe parameters values are appropriate reissue the original command Note This error could also be caused by a UNIT ATTENTION condition being generated caused by a programming error of another INIT so when the value in the parameter read in is illegal recovery method 2 should be performed or the operations of the other INITs should be confirmed If the PRIORITY RESERVE command issued by another INIT is proper in the system perform the necessary recovery processing in the system If not perform recovery method 2 Issue the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command and confirm the values of the disk media data format related parameters Block descriptor Page 3 Format parameters Page 4 Dri
124. FFFFFFE 7158279 C141 C013 321 Parameter Data Format j Report Count This field indicates the number of timer to report an informational exception conditions to the application client A value of zero in the Report Count field indicates there is no limit on the number of timers the target shall report an information exception condition 5 1 12 Background Control Mode Parameter Page Code 1C subpage 01 Table 5 18 MODE SELECT parameters background control mode parameter ee Seas Pee bs Ss a aa O a E E Subpage Length Default 0 0 0 0 PEDESE 322 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters a S_L_FULL Suspended on Log FULL 1 Scanning is interrupted if the BMS Result Log Medium Scan Parameter indicates full status 0 Scanning continues even if the BMS Result Log Medium Scan Parameter indicates full status b LOWIR Log Only When Intervention Required ae Error information is stored in the BMS Result Log Medium Scan Parameter only when the host requires information for error processing 0 All error information is stored in the BMS Result Log Medium Scan Parameter c EN_BMS Enable Background Media Scan a Bae a background medium scan operations are enabled 0 a background medium scan is disabled Background medium scanning means the operation is performed without using any bandwidth on the interface d EN_PS Enable Pre Scan melee Pre Scan is enabled 0 Pre Scan is disabled The background p
125. FORMAT UNIT command is executed is prepared mainly to specify initial defect position information of the disk media which does not have the P List recorded on it In the HDD by specifying use of the P List and G List advance notice of the defect positions can be specified during initialization so ordinarily it is not necessary to use the D List When the D List is used for the HDD caution should be exercised in the follow points 1 The maximum number of defective sectors total amount of sector slip and alternate sectors are calculated per a Current condition of reallocated sectors how many Slip Sectors have been allocated and so Alternate Sectors Since Defect table entry for Slip and Alternate are different size b The maximum size of Defect Management Table Fixed value c Current allocation condition of sector slip i e Up to 16 consecutive Slip Sector can be controlled by 1 Slip Defect entry So the necessary table size are varied not only the number of Defects but also the number of consecutive Slips Consequently the concrete Defect numbers cannot be described though the HDD guarantees 12 000 Slip Sectors and 3 000 Alternate Sectors at minimum If defect processing which exceeds this limit is specified in the FORMAT UNIT command that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status HARDWARE ERROR 4 No defect spare location available 32 00 2 A defect descriptor specified as the D List are
126. GAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 Page Parameter Length Specify value Ox001C If a value other than the above value is specified HDD processing ends with a failure with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 252 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands PHY Identifier Specify the PHY that will become the operation target of the PHY Test function If a value other than either of the values below is specified HDD processing ends with a failure with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 Oh Primary Port Port A 1h Secondary Port Port B PHY Test Function Specify the operation to be performed by the PHY Test function If a value other than any of the values below is specified HDD processing ends with a failure with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 00h Stops PHY Test function If the PHY Test function is already stopped the PHY Test function returns Good Status Olh Starts PHY Test function If the PHY Test function is already started HDD processing ends with a failure with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 PHY Test in progress 47 06 PHY Test Pattern Specify the PHY Test Pattern sent from INIT If a value other than any of the values below is specified HDD processing ends with a failure wi
127. HDD This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT 290 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters b Parameters specifying track format bytes 10 11 Sector count track This parameter specifies the number of physical sectors per 1 track In the HDD the number of physical sectors in a track is set unilaterally according to the data format specified by the Data Block Length parameter in the block descriptor or the Data byte length Physical sector parameter in this page descriptor so this parameter cannot be changed The HDD disregards the value specified in this field This parameter indicates the value of zone specified in Active Notch of Page C If itis 1 this parameter indicates the value in zone 0 c Parameters specifying sector format bytes 12 to 19 Data byte length physical sectors This parameter specifies the data length per 1 physical sector as the number of bytes If 0 is specified in this parameter the value calculated based on the value of the Data block length in the block descriptor is used as this parameter value Interleave factor This parameter field has meaning only with the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands The interleave factor in the HDD this is always X 0001 non interleave of the disk drive s current data format The value specified in this field is disregarded in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands Track skew factor This parameter indicates the number of
128. HECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in List 26 00 c GLTSD global logging target save disable not supported This bit specifies whether or not to permit the saving treatment of peculiar logging parameter within the HDD Since the HDD performs the saving treatment with itself algorithm regardless of specified value in this bit disregards the specification in this bit d RLEC report log exception condition not supported This bit controls operations in cases where the accumulated value log parameter reaches the maximum value 1 The HDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status UNIT ATTENTION 6 Log counter at maximum 5B 02 C141 C013 305 Parameter Data Format 0 The HDD executes the command which is issued next normally Since the HDD does not support the reporting function of exception condition the HDD disregards the specification in this bit e DQue disable queuing not supported This bit specifies whether the HDD will execute processing of tagged commands or not f QErr queue error management This field controls processing of commands queued after a sense hold state is canceled when the HDD is in the sense hold state The HDD when it has been in any one of various sense hold states then that sense hold state is cleared continues executing the commands which are queued by normal methods The HDD when it has been in any one of various sense hold states then tha
129. HWAY BLOCKED OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP 1 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED OPEN_REJECT RETRY 52 Destination phy Otherwise if the I_Tnexus loss timer is working the drive stops the timer and resends the OPEN frame When an INIT sends an OPEN frame to a drive but the drive cannot accept the connection request the drive sends an OPEN_REJECT within lms A drive sends an OPEN_REJECT primitive in any of the following cases 1 When the INIT port bit in a received OPEN frame is 0 the drive sends the OPEN_REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED primitive 2 When the PROTOCOL field in a received OPEN frame is not SSP the drive sends the OPEN_REJECT PROTOCOL NOT SUPPORTED primitive 3 When the CONNECTION RATE field in the received OPEN frame is not 1 5G or 3 0G the drive sends the OPEN_REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED primitive C141 C013 4 5 6 7 1 4 Link layer When in contradiction to the fact that the physical link rate is 1 5 Gbps the CONNECTION RATE field in a received OPEN frame is 3 0G the drive sends the OPEN_REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED primitive A dual port drive may process requests from up to four INITs at a time for each port When a dual port drive holds commands from four INITs for one of its ports and if it receives a connection request from a fifth INIT through the same port the drive sends the OPEN_REJECT
130. IGN BLOCKS command If the number of updates reaches the threshold the HDD considers that a failure prediction reporting condition has developed Threshold 300 updates Cumulative power on time The HDD maintains the run time that has elapsed since it was shipped However there is no failure prediction based on this value Threshold 45 000 hours C141 C013 7 6 SMART Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology h DE temperature The HDD measures the device temperature at one minute intervals It also measures the temperature under one of the following conditions When the LOG SENSE command is executed Log Page OD or 2F When the REQUEST SENSE command is executed When retry processing is performed If the EWASC bit MODE SELECT parameter on Page 1C is set and the measured temperature exceeds the threshold specified by the log parameter Page OD the HDD issues a warning Specified temperature exceeded 0B O1 Table 7 6 SMART thresholds Attribute Threshold sample size Read error rate 300 errors 1 000 000 read sectors Write error rate 300 errors 1 000 000 written sectors Seek error rate 300 errors 1 000 000 seeks Number of remaining alternate 200 spare sectors sectors Spin up time 55 seconds 2 consecutive times G list update frequency attribute 300 times 1 000 000 read sectors Cumulative power on time 45 000 hours no failure prediction report
131. IGN and most primitives that are Kepp defined in SAS ALEN SATA_ERROR ee ae on the oo 47 link layer of SATA C141 C013 Dxxy y Data Data A single data dword is a dword that starts with a data character Running disparity shall be maintained separately on each physical link During a connection expander devices shall convert incoming 10 bit characters to 8 bit bytes and generate the 10 bit character with correct disparity for the output physical link Phys within a device may or may not begin operation with the same disparity after the reset sequence Information to be transmitted across a physical link shall be encoded eight bits at a time into a 10 bit character and then transmitted serially bit by bit across the physical link Information received over the physical link shall be collected ten bits at a time and those characters that are used for data called data characters shall be decoded into the correct 8 bit data bytes The 10 bit characters support all 256 8 bit combinations 8b10b coding ensures that sufficient transitions are present in the serial bit stream to make clock recovery possible at the receiver Such encoding also greatly increases the likelihood of detecting any single or 31 SAS Interface multiple bit errors that may occur during transmission and reception of information In addition some of the control characters of the transmission code contain a distinct and easily recognizable bit pattern called a c
132. ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The Page Code assignments for the log pages are listed in Table 4 23 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 23 Page Code assignment for the log pages Supported Log Pages Ignored Buffer Overrun Underrun Page Supported Write Error Counter Page Supported Read Error Counter Page Supported Verify Error Counter Page Supported Non medium Error Page Should be zero Temperature Page Supported Start stop Cycle Counter Page Supported Application Client Log Page Supported Self Test Result Log Page Supported Background Medium Scan Page Supported Protocol Specific Port Log Page Ignored SMART Status Page Ignored SMART Data Page Ignored The Parameter Pointer field allows the application client to request parameter data beginning from s specific parameter code to the maximum allocation length or the maximum parameter code supported by the target whichever is less If the value of the Parameter Pointer field is larger than the largest available parameter code known to the device server for the specified page the HDD terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The Parameter List Length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of log parameter which can be transferred to the INIT by this command The HDD transfers the number of bytes of all log parameters specified in the Page Code field or the port
133. INIT when 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit the INIT should reserve the HDD before issuing this command and should release the reserve status after executing the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 249 Command Specifications Table 4 49 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command parameter list configuration Page Code Header Page Parameter Length MSB Page Parameter Length LSB Page 8 Parameter T Parameter e Page code This field specifies the code which identifies the type of parameter page being transferred from the INIT and the operation that should be executed The parameter pages which can be specified by the INIT and their functions are as shown Table 4 50 Table 4 50 Page code 00 Reports a list of the supported page codes 3F PHY TEST 40 Logical Physical Address Conversion e Page parameter length This field specifies the byte length of the page parameter after byte 4 The INIT must specify the same value as the length specified for each of the parameter pages which will be explained later e Page parameter This field specifies each of the inherent parameters in each page code Depending on the page code this field may not be necessary page parameter length 0 250 C141 C013 paal C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Page code list This parameter page specifies transfer of the Page code list of the parameter page supported by the HDD in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC
134. INIT s permissible range perform recovery method 0 If the value actually set in that parameter page is not within the INIT s permissible range adjust the value specified in the parameter and issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command again Issue the START instruction using the NOTIFY Primitive ENABLE SPINUP When the START STOP UNIT command is terminated abnormally perform recovery method 1 When the START STOP UNIT command is terminated normally reissue the original command Retry Wait for formatting FORMAT UNIT command to be completed Reissue the original command Retry 1 Set the Number of Retries value in the MODE SELECT parameters at the Default value 2 Reissue the original command Retry Note 3 If the error is not recovered from after the first retry issue the REZERO UNIT command 4 Reissue the original command Retry Note 5 If the error is not recovered from perform one of the following When the sense key is HARDWARE ERROR 4 perform recovery method 1 When the sense key is MEDIUM ERROR 3 implement alternate block allocation processing shown in Section 6 4 Note When the original command is the REASSIGN BLOCKS command it may be necessary to reconfigure the defect list For details see the description of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Section 4 3 2 C141 C013 379 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Recovery Method 380 Table 6 6
135. IT and reports TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION COMPLETE Reports UNIT ATTENTION 06 29 03 to all the INITs TASK frame QUERY TASK Reports TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION COMPLETE or TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION SUCCEEDED TASK frame CLEAR ACA Reports TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION NOT SUPPORTED TASK frame LUN 0 Reports INVALID LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER Receiving system 100 Overlapped TAG Reports for TAGGED OVERLAPPED COMMANDS OB 4E 00 Queue full Reports the QUEUE FULL status DATA OFFSET error Reports for DATA OFFSET ERROR 0B 4B 05 DATA overrun Reports for TOO MUCH WRITE DATA 0B 4B 02 DATA frame CRC error Reports for INFORMATION UNIT iuCRC ERROR DETECTED OB 47 03 DATA frame TOO LONG Reports for INFORMATION UNIT TOO LONG 0B 0E 02 DATA frame TOO SHORT Reports for INFORMATION UNIT TOO SHORT 0B 0E 01 TPTT error Reports INVALID TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG RECEIVED 0B 4B 01 DATA frame TAG error Discards the frame HASHED DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS error Discards the frame HASHED SOURCE SAS ADDRESS error Discards the frame Unknown IU frame received Discards the frame COMMAND TASK frame shorter than 6 dwords received Reports INVALID FRAME L_Tnexus loss timer timeout in OPEN frame sending Aborts all the tasks of the INIT and reports UNIT ATTENTION 06 29 07 OPEN_REJECT indicating that operatio
136. ITION and sense data or to deliver SSP specific status e g illegal frame format The maximum size of the RESPONSE frame is the maximum size of any IU in an SSP frame Table 1 41 RESPONSE information unit Reserved Reserved DATAPRES STATUS Reserved SENSE DATA LENGTH n bytes REPONSE DATA LENGTH m bytes RESPONSE DATA DATAPRES O1h 23 m n SENSE DATA DATAPRES 10b Table 1 42 defines the DATAPRES field Table 1 42 DATAPRES field NO_DATA Description The SENSE DATA LENGTH field is zero and the RESPONSE DATA LENGTH is zero RESPONSE_DATA The SENSE DATA LENGTH field is zero and the RESPONSE DATA LENGTH is four SENSE_DATA The SENSE DATA LENGTH field is 48 and the RESPONSE DATA LENGTH is zero Reserved The SSP TARG port shall return a RESPONSE frame with the DATAPRES field set to NO_DATA if a command completes without response data or sense data to return 92 C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer The SSP TARG port shall return a RESPONSE frame with the DATAPRES field set to RESPONSE_DATA in response to every TASK frame and in response to errors that occur while the transport layer is processing a COMMAND frame The SSP TARG port shall return a RESPONSE frame with the DATAPRES field set to SENSE_DATA if a command completes with sense data to return e g CHECK CONDITION status e RESPONSE information unit NO_DATA format
137. If the DATAPRES field is set to NO_DATA then a the SSP TARG port shall set the STATUS field to the status code for a command that has ended see SAM 3 for a list of status codes b the SSP TARG port shall set the SENSE DATA LENGTH field to zero and the RESPONSE DATA LENGTH field to zero c the SSP TARG port shall not include the SENSE DATA field and the RESPONSE DATA field e RESPONSE information unit RESPONSE_DATA format If the DATAPRES field is set to RESPONSE_DATA then a the SSP TARG port shall set the STATUS field to zero and the SENSE DATA LENGTH field to zero b the SSP TARG port shall not include the SENSE DATA field c the SSP TARG port shall set the RESPONSE DATA LENGTH field to four d the SSP TARG port shall include the RESPONSE DATA field Table 1 43 defines the RESPONSE DATA field which contains information describing protocol failures detected during processing of a request received by the SSP TARG port The RESPONSE DATA field shall be present if the SSP TARG port detects any of the conditions described by a non zero value in the RESPONSE CODE field and shall be present for a RESPONSE frame sent in response to a TASK frame C141 C013 93 SAS Interface 94 Table 1 43 RESPONSE DATA field Reserved Reserved Reserved RESPONSE CODE Table 1 44 defines the RESPONSE CODE field which specifies the error condition or the completion status of a task management function Table 1 44 RE
138. In this chapter disk media defect management methods treatment methods for media defects which occur during operation reinitialization procedures and other disk media management methods are discussed Furthermore see Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual concerning details of the data recording format on the disk media 7 1 Defect Management 1 Defect lists C141 C013 Information on the positions of defects in the disk media is managed by the types of defect list shown below See the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 4 3 1 concerning methods for using the defect lists e PList Defect position information at the point when the disk drive was shipped from the factory is recorded in this list The defective portions included in this list are permanent defects and when the disk media is initialized it is necessary that this list is used and alternate block processing is executed e D List This list includes defect position information specified by the INIT in the FORMAT UNIT command when initializing the disk media e GList This list is composed from the defective logical data block position information specified by the INIT in the REASSIGN BLOCKS command defective logical data block position information from alternate blocks which have been allocated by the HDD s auto alternate block allocation processing information specified as the D List and information generated as the C List The P List and G List are
139. In this command each data byte position in the data buffer must be specified in 4 byte units using buffer addresses The functions of this command and the contents of the data transferred to the INIT are specified by the Mode field in the CDB and one of the transfer modes shown in Table 4 62 can be selected Table 4 62 READ BUFFER transfer mode Mode Bit 3 2 1 Transfer Mode Header Data without Address Specification Header Data with Address Specification Data Only with Address Specification Buffer Descriptor Echo buffer pe PF Oo Oo Oo O amp O oo O EO O On O e e e O oD Echo buffer descriptor 270 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 1 Mode 0 0 0 0 Header data without address specification When this mode is specified the data stored in the HDD s data buffer are transferred to the INIT after the 4 byte header Zero must be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB The Transfer byte count field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of the header and buffer data which can be received by the INIT The HDD reads the data from the data buffer from the top Address X 000000 then adds the 4 byte header to it and transfers it to the INIT Data transfer is completed at the point when the number of bytes of the header and data from the HDD s data buffer specified in the Transfer byte length field has been transferred or at the point when transfer of the header and all th
140. KEYS Header Reservation key list 196 Generation Additional Length n 7 2 First reservation key Last reservation key pa The Generation field shall contain a 32 bit counter maintained by the drive that shall be incremented every time a PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command requests a REGISTER a REGISTER AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY a CLEAR a PREEMPT or a PREEMPT AND ABORT service action When the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is executed the RESERVE or RELEASE Service Action of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command is executed or the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command cannot be executed because of an error or RESERVATION CONFLICT this counter is not updated Regardless of the APTPL bit value the generation value shall be set to 0 in the power on reset process By referring to the value of the Generation field an INIT can find out if the INIT configuration related to the logical unit has been changed by another INIT while the former INIT does not recognize such a change C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands The Additional Length field contains a count of the number of bytes in the Reservation key list If the Allocation Length value specified by the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is too small to transfer the entire valid parameter list the bytes starting at byte 0 of the list and numbering as many as the specified byte count are transferred to the INIT Even if the rest of the list is discarded withou
141. Logical Block Address Hp Logical Block Address 5 Logical Block Address LSB Transfer Data Length MSB EJ Transfer Data Length LSB 9 Control Byte 104 C141 C013 2 1 Command Format Table 2 3 12 Byte CDB basic format EES EDENEAESERED Operation Code a o o e o eea o f o o e e E E E S Transfer Data Length LSB Control Byte The meanings of each of the fields in the CDB are explained below Depending on the type of command the basic format of the CDB and the definition and meaning of a field may differ Details are described in the specifications for individual commands in Chapter 4 1 Operation code Table 2 4 Operation code Group Code Command Code The top byte of all CDBs shows the format and type of command that is being executed a Group code The group code decides the number of bytes in the CDB and its format The HDD uses the commands of the groups shown below Group 0 000 6 byte CDB Shown in Table 2 1 Group 1 001 10 byte CDB Shown in Table 2 2 Group 2 010 10 byte CDB Shown in Table 2 2 C141 C013 105 Command Processing Group 3 011 Reserved Operation Code Shown in Section 6 Group 4 100 16 byte CDB Group 5 101 12 byte CDB Shown in Table 2 3 Group 6 110 Vendor unique CDB shown in Section 2 8 3 Group 7 111 Vendor unique CDB shown in Section 2 8 3 Command code The command code specifies the type of command in each
142. MODE SENSE command the parameters below the zone specified in the notch page can be referred to e Track zone Page 3 Byte 02 03 Note e Sector count track Page 3 Bytes 10 11 e Track Skew Factor Page 3 Bytes 16 17 e Cylinder Skew Factor Page 3 Bytes 18 19 308 C141 C013 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters Note Normally the number of tracks logical heads per cell is set in the track count zone but in the case of notching only the total track count number of cylinders in the zone x number of logical heads of the affected zone is reported If this parameter is issued only the format parameter of the zone specified by the MODE SENSE command can be referred to without changing the number of accessible blocks Also if a MODE SELECT command with a SP 1 that includes a notch page is issued the current value is reported for this page and the zone value which is the object is reported if Page 3 is notched then the command is terminated normally However in the case of the FORMAT CORRUPTED state caution is necessary because the value following changing of the Format parameter is reported The contents of each parameter are explained below a ND Notch Drive 0 Since the device is not in the notched state 0 is reported for LPN active notch starting boundary and ending boundary 1 Since the device is in the notched state the starting boundary and ending boundary for the zone number 1 shown
143. MUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE Indicates the minimum and maximum values of PHYSICAL LINK RATE supported by hardware Code Description 8h 1 5Gbps HARDWARE MINIMUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE 9h 3 0Gbps HARDWARE MAXIMUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE Others Reserved C141 C013 315 Parameter Data Format 5 1 10 Power Condition Parameter Page Code 1A 316 Table 5 14 Power condition parameter Page 0 Format Short Page Format Bit le ee ate ceo Be ea cet ae ae Byte X OA Page Length X 00 Reserved E ONE ae ee E Variable 0 0 0 0 0 6 ee Idle Condition Timer Standby Condition Timer This page descriptor is used to set the time over which the power condition state is transformed into the idle condition or standby condition state However because the HDD does not support the above states the parameter cannot be set on this page a Idle Specifies whether to permit the HDD to enter the Idle condition when the HDD does not receive a command within the time specified in the Idle Condition Timer field The HDD disregards this setting and executes Power Save Idle Condition Timer Specifies the time before the HDD enters the Idle condition When the Idle bit is 1 the HDD disregards the specified value and enters Power Save mode in two seconds x 14 fixed Standby unsupported Specifies whether to permit the HDD to enter the Standby condition if the HDD does not receive a command within the time specified in the
144. N CDB 24 00 The Transfer Byte Length field specifies the maximum number of bytes that shall be present in the Data Out Buffer to be stored in the specified buffer beginning at the buffer offset The INIT should attempt to ensure that the parameter list length plus the buffer offset does not exceed the capacity of the specified buffer The capacity of the buffer may be determined by the BUFFER CAPACITY field in the READ BUFFER descriptor If the BUFFER Address and Transfer Byte Length fields specify a transfer in excess of the buffer capacity the HDD shall return CHECK CONDITION status and shall set the sense key to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 with an additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 7 Mode 0 1 1 1 Microcode Download with offset with saving 268 In this mode the microcode of the controller as a whole or after being divided into multiple parts is transferred to the data buffer with one or multiple commands When the entire microcode is transferred to the buffer by using the commands for this mode the transferred microcode is saved in the FLASH ROM of the media device and the microcode restarts the device When the last part of the microcode data is transferred and the complete and correct microcode is received in the buffer the HDD saves the microcode in the FLASH ROM If it has been saved correctly the HDD restarts itself using this microcode After the successful reboot of the HDD this command is complete
145. NSE frame Table 1 32 contains the definitions of the SSP frame format An SSP frame consists of the header part information unit part and CRC Table 1 32 SSP frame format Bit T 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Byte 0 FRAME TYPE 1 MSB HASHED DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS 3 LSB 4 Reserved 5 MSB HASHED SOURCE SAS ADDRESS 7 LSB 8 Reserved 9 Reserved RETRY CHANGING 10 Reserved DATA ee DATA FRAMES POINTER 11 Reserved Aar HILI 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 15 16 MSB TAG 17 LSB 18 MSB TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG 19 LSB 20 MSB DATA OFFSET 23 LSB 24 MSB INFORMATION UNIT m LSB Fill bytes 0 to 3bytes n 3 MSB CRC n LSB C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer Table 1 33 defines the FRAME TYPE field Table 1 33 FRAME TYPE field Information unit size bytes Name of frame Information Unit Originator DATA frame DATA INIT or TARG 1 to 1024 XFER_RDY Transfer ready SSP TARG port 12 frame COMMAND Command SSP INIT port 28 to 280 frame RESPONSE frame Response SSP TARG port NO_DATA 24 RESPONSE_DATA 28 SENSE_DATA 72 TASK frame Task SSP INIT port 28 management function All others Reserved unknown frame The HASHED DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS field contains the hashed value of the destination SAS address The HASHED SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field cont
146. No usable alternate block area exists Or alternate block available processing cannot be performed due to control table overflow or Defect list update failure Updating of the defect list G List failed Updating of the defect list G List failed the defect list G List failed 37 Rounded parameter Rounding processing of the MODE SELECT parameter specified by the command was performed 3E 03 Logical unit failed Self Test The test segment error occurred during the Self Test Logical unit unable to update The HDD failed to update the Self Test result log 3F Microcode has been changed Microcode was changed by another INIT RA Changed operating definition Operating definition was changed 6 WEA Device identifier changed Device identifier was changed E Diagnostic failure on An error was detected in self diagnosis nn is a Fujitsu unique component nn code 81 Buffer RAM compare error bus error 83 HDC register check error 84 Firmware header check sum error 86 Parameter header check sum error 88 Drive Serial No unmatch 89 DE type unmatch 8F Other MPU peripheral circuit diagnostic error 92 Spindle motor firmware initialize error C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier 368 C141 C013 6 1 Sense Data Table 6 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 5 6 4 Sense x 4 B 44 nn Internal target failure An error was detected in self diagnosis nn is a Fujit
147. Open address frame DEVICE TYPE ADDRESS FRAME TYPE 0h Restricted for OPEN address frame Restricted for Open address frame Restricted for Open address frame SSP STP SMP Reserved INITIATORIINITIA TOR INITIATOR PORT PORT PORT SSP STP SMP Reserved TARGET TARGET TARGET PORT PORT PORT Restricted for Open address frame SAS ADDRESS PHY IDENTIFIYR Reserved CRC The DEVICE TYPE field specifies the type of device containing the phy and is defined in Table 1 20 Table 1 20 DEVICE TYPE field Code Description 001b End device 010b Edge expander device 011b Fanout expander device All others Reserved The ADDRESS FRAME TYPE field shall be set to Oh 60 C141 C013 1 5 Address frames An SSP INITIATOR PORT bit set to one specifies that an SSP INIT port is present An SSP INITIATOR PORT bit set to zero specifies that an SSP INIT port is not present Expander devices shall set the SSP INITIATOR PORT bit to zero An SSP TARGET PORT bit set to one specifies that an SSP TARG port is present An SSP TARGET PORT bit set to zero specifies that an SSP TARG port is not present Expander devices shall set the SSP TARGET PORT bit to zero For SAS ports the SAS ADDRESS field specifies the port identifier of the SAS port transmitting the IDENTIFY address frame For expander ports the SAS ADDRESS field specifies the device name of the e
148. P command it enters the Stopped state Active state In this state the drive is ready Stopped state In this state the HDD is waiting for the START command When the HDD receives a command that cannot be executed due to not ready the HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status In this case NOT READY 02 LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY INITIALIZING COMMAND REQUIRED 04 02 is reported as sense data When the HDD receives the START command it enters the Active_Wait state C141 C013 2 7 LED Display The HDD enters the Active_Wait state after the power is turned on When the spindle motor reaches the state of steady rotation with NOTIFY for the first time after the power is turned on the HDD reads the System Information from the system space on the disk drive and initializes each type of control information System information includes such information as information on MODE SELECT parameters and disk media defects When this operation is completed the HDD enters the Active state If at this time the system information fails to be read or the initialization of the disk medium formatting does not end normally for some reason data on the medium cannot be accessed even when the HDD enters the Active state e Commands that can be executed even in the Not Ready state When the HDD receives any of the following commands the HDD executes the command even in the Not Ready state e START STOP UNIT command e RESERVE or RESERVE EXT
149. PD information 144 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands When 1 is specified in the EVPD bits of the CDB the VPD information described below is transferred to the INIT by this command The INIT specifies the type of VPD information required in the Page code field of the CDB The type of VPD information supported by the HDD and its page code number are as shown in Table 4 7 Table 4 7 VPD information 00 Page code list of supported VPD information Device unique information Furthermore if page codes other than those shown above VPD information that is not supported by the HDD are specified in the CDB that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CBD 24 00 The format and contents of each type of VPD information are shown below a Page code list This VPD information reports the page code list of VPD information supported by the HDD The format of this VPD information is shown in Table 4 8 Table 4 8 VPD information VPD identifier list X 00 Page Code Cp o oo wS E E C141 C013 145 Command Specifications The values indicated in the Qualifier and Device Type Code fields in byte 0 are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data The Page code field in byte 1 indicates the page code X 00 of this VPD information itself Also the Page length field in byte 3 indicates the length byte length after byte 4 This
150. PEN_ACCEPT nor OPEN_REJECT primitive is received within 1 ms of sending an OPEN frame 3 When neither a DONE primitive nor an SSP frame is received within 1 ms of sending a DONE primitive 4 When a CLOSE primitive is not received within 1 ms of sending a CLOSE primitive When the BREAK primitive is sent in any of the cases above the BREAK timer 1 ms is started in anticipation of the reception of the BREAK primitive within 1 ms If the BREAK primitive is not received within 1 ms the connection is regarded as having been closed After the BREAK primitive is sent when any primitives and or frames other than the BREAK primitive are received all of these except NOTIFY primitives are discarded When the BREAK primitive is not received within 1 ms of sending the BREAK primitive a drive may start the link reset sequence 1 4 3 4 BROADCAST 48 BROADCASTS are used to notify all SAS ports in a domain of an event When an expander port receives a BROADCAST it shall transmit the same BROADCAST on at least one phy in all other expander ports BROADCAST shall only be sent outside of connections after the phy reset sequence has completed BROADCAST CHANGE is sent by an expander device to notify SAS INIT ports and other expander devices that a configuration change has occurred BROADCAST CHANGE may also be transmitted by SAS INIT ports BROADCAST CHANGE shall be ignored by SAS TARG ports BROADCAST SES is sent by a SAS TARG port
151. PERSISTENT RESERVATION is applied and PERSISTENT RESERVATION For the definitions of the Type and Scope fields refer to the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command If a Scope value that is not executed by the device is specified in the Scope field the drive reports the CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 and the sense data is set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 In each field in the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list the Reservation key required to execute this PERSISTENT RESERVATION Service Action and the information regarding the Reservation key are specified The parameter list is a 24 byte long list and the Parameter Length field should contain 24 18h If the Parameter Length field contains a value other than 24 18h the drive reports the CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 and the sense data is set to PARAMETER LIST LENGTH ERROR 1A 00 202 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands A logical unit uses the SA space to maintain PERSISTENT RESERVATION and registered keys across a power shutdown If the drive is not in the Ready state when the Activate Persist Through Power Loss mechanism this mechanism maintains reserve conditions during a power shutdown is enabled by the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command the drive reports the CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to NOT READY 2 and the sense data is set according to the same definition that is u
152. Page X 06 Table 5 45 Non medium error count page X 06 one ERED a X 00 Reserved X 00 Page Length X 08 Page Length X 0000 Parameter code Non medium Error Count X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all non medium errors 01 xx xx 02 xx xx 04 xx xx 05 xx xx 06 xx xx 07 xx xx 09 xx xx and OB xx xx posted to the interface Implementation If a non medium error is posted it will force a save of all error log pages information 5 2 7 Temperature Page X 0D Table 5 46 Temperature page X 0D a XW Reson D Pag Length SB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 342 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters Temperature page OD code 0000 Table 5 47 Temperature page 0D code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Temperature X 02 Parameter Length Temperature degrees Celsius The Temperature sensed in the device at the time the LOG SENSE command is performed shall be returned in the parameter code 0000h The one byte binary value specifies the temperature of the device in degrees Celsius Temperatures equal to or less than zero degrees Celsius shall be indicated by a value of zero If a valid temperature cannot be detected because of a sensor failure or other condition the value returned shall be FFh If EWASC mode page 1C is on comparison is
153. Parameter This function thus makes it possible to detect sectors early that are likely to become bad sectors and take appropriate countermeasures If another command is issued during the scan that command is executed immediately to ensure that the status information during the scan the LBA that encountered the error and other information can be read on Log Page 0x15 7 4 2 Background Media Scan The Background Media Scan function can be performed in either of the following two modes e Background Media Scan BMS mode e Pre Scan mode The subsequent sections explain both modes in detail 7 4 2 1 Background Media Scan BMS mode In this mode the entire media surface is verified Once one verification operation ends either normally or midway with an error a verification operation can be repeated after the BMS Interval Time When the previous verification operation ended normally the next verification operation will begin with LBA 0 If the previous verification operation ended with an error amid LBAs the next verification operation will begin with the LBA that is next to the LBA that encountered the error 7 4 2 2 Pre Scan mode 396 In this mode the entire media surface is verified immediately after power on Spin Up Once a scan ends with normal end of entire surface verification or with an error a scan in this mode will not begin until the following operation is performed 1 The Mode Page EN_PS bit is cleared to
154. RESET HARD_RESET is used to force a phy to generate a hard reset to its port This primitive is only valid after the phy reset sequence without an intervening identification sequence and shall be ignored at other times Upon receipt of the HARD_RESET primitive a drive clears all the commands it is currently holding In a dual port drive the HARD_RESET primitive received at one port e g at port A affects the other port e g at port B Meanwhile as can be expected a link reset sequence that occurs at one port e g port A does not affect the other port e g port B C141 C013 49 SAS Interface 1 4 3 9 NOTIFY The NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive is sent by a SAS INIT device or expander device When receiving the NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive in the active wait state of SCSI power conditions a drive enters the active state A NOTIFY primitive is sometime used as a substitute for an ALIGN primitive and it is sent by the initiator or expander at regular intervals A SAS TARG device with multiple SAS TARG ports treats the NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitives from all the SAS TARG ports equally for example the NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive received through SAS TARG port A is treated as the wakeup for the START STOP UNIT command received through SAS TARG port B The NOTIFY RESERVED 0 NOTIFY RESERVED 1 and NOTIFY RESERVED 2 primitives are ignored by all devices 1 4 3 10 OPEN_ACCEPT The OPEN_ACCEPT primit
155. RESPONSE DATA 1 6 2 3 XFER_RDY information unit Table 1 38 defines the transfer ready IU The XFER_RDY frame is sent by an SSP TARG port to request write data from the SSP INIT port Table 1 38 XFER_RDY information unit REQUESTED OFFSET WRITE DATA LENGTH Reserved 86 The REQUESTED OFFSET field contains the application client buffer offset of the segment of write data that is sent to the SSP initiator port as a logical unit The requested offset is a multiple of four 1 e each DATA frame begins transferring data on a dword boundary The REQUESTED OFFSET field is always zero for the first XFER_RDY frame of a command drives do not support the ENABLE FIRST BURST field of the COMMAND frame C141 C013 C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer If any additional XFER_RDY frames are required the REQUESTED OFFSET field must be set to the value of the REQUESTED OFFSET in the previous XFER_RDY frame plus the value of the WRITE DATA LENGTH field in the previous XFER_RDY frame The WRITE DATA LENGTH field contains the number of bytes of write data the SSP INIT port will send to the logical unit from the application client buffer starting at the requested offset The SSP TARG port sets the WRITE DATA LENGTH field to a value greater than or equal to 00000001h If an SSP TARG port sends a XFER_RDY frame containing a WRITE DATA LENGTH field that is not divisible by four the SSP TARG port must not send any subsequent XFER
156. RSISTENT RESERVE OUT service ACTION code 203 phy layers sissetien ie eieretdesacnas iene 31 phy layer dword synchronization DWS eristeen oaen ie e aE iie 43 phy reset sequence after device Attached crin e ean 42 physical link and phy eee eeeeeeeeeees 24 physical sector oo ee eee eee esseeseeeeeeeeeeeenee 291 physical sector address format defect descriptor s es 231 PORT serssiscaiias Ee ae aa eit 371 port narrow port and wide port 0 24 POSE ETOT 5 assed E E E TS 284 power condition ssssesssesssesssessseessesssses 114 pre fetch inhibit block count 301 pre scan timeout value ee eeeeeeeee 324 primary defect list eee eeeeeeeeees 225 pimary MSC sos o5s eissedressthedetis cadens esttoaes 240 PANVE catia eae teas 44 primitive not specific to type of COMME CHON syer eiae oeenn atait 47 primitive sequence ssssssssseesseessessseessee 47 primitive used only inside SSP and SMP connection 54 product ID field eee eeeeeeeeereeeeee 141 product revision field eeeeeeeeee 141 PS Diteseeisitesttesleceedsveteccatbuacactinssactesticacdsunts 172 Q OAS sity isd onein oe delh ertheless 142 OEE a AEEA ANE AE 306 QUA Riis nnii eiae e leet 143 Qualifier field oo ee ee eee eeeeeereeereeeeees 139 C141 C013 queue algorithm qualifier ee 305 queue error management eee 306 quick arbitrate supported bit 00 142 R RAG verr ote AE E E 307 fate Matches siesssleeapiini sea
157. SB The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted errors to the interface during verify operations Implementation If a verify error is posted it will force a save of all error log page information e Total recoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0003 Table 5 42 Total recoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Total Posted Recoverable Errors a ees ae X 04 Parameter Length fo Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted recovered 01 xx xx errors to the interface during verify operations 340 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters e Total verify bytes processed page 05 code 0005 Table 5 43 Total verify bytes processed page 05 code 0005 X 0005 Parameter code Total Bytes Processed X 0A Parameter Length T Total Verify Bytes Processed 10 bytes x ase The Total Verify Bytes Processed indicates the total processed bytes during verify operation e Total unrecoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0006 Table 5 44 Total unrecoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0006 X 0006 Parameter code Total Posted Unrecoverable Errors LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted unrecovered errors 03 xx xx to the interface during verify operations C141 C013 341 Parameter Data Format 5 2 6 Non Medium Error Count
158. SET sequence and PHY LOST DWORD SYNCHRONIZATION PHY RESET PROBLEM COUNT Reports the cumulative count of PHY RESET sequence failures C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters 5 2 13 SMART Status Page X 2F Table 5 66 SMART status page X 2F Fujitsu unique page poy ea XO Reeri Pase Length VSB x SMART Status Parameter z This page contains parameters which allow the application client to check the predictive drive failure condition of the HDD The application client can check whether the HDD has predicted a drive failure by periodically reading out this page The Page Length field indicates the length byte length after byte 4 The SMART Status Parameter field is Fujitsu unique parameters The details of this field are outside the scope of this manual 5 2 14 SMART Data Page X 38 Table 5 67 SMART data page X 38 Fujitsu unique page poe ed XW Resend et Page Length SB ie Log Parameters This page reports data which the HDD collects for predicting drive failures The Page Length field indicates the length byte length after byte 4 The Log Parameters field is Fujitsu unique parameters The details of this field are outside the scope of this manual C141 C013 357 This page is intentionally left blank CHAPTER 6 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 6 1 Sense Data 6 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended 6 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing
159. SPONSE CODE field Code Description 00h TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION COMPLETE 02h INVAILD FRAME 04h TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION NOT SUPPORTED 05h TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION FAILED 08h TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION SUCCEEDED 09h INVAILD LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER OAh OVERLAPPED TAG ATTEMPTED All others Reserved e RESPONSE information unit SENSE_DATA format If the DATAPRES field is set to SENSE_DATA then a b c d e The STATUS field contains the status code for a command whose processing has ended The RESPONSE DATA LENGTH field is set to zero No RESPONSE DATA field exists The SENSE DATA LENGTH field indicates the length of the SENSE DATA field in bytes by a non zero value For a drive the SENSE DATA LENGTH field is set to 48 bytes The SENSE DATA field contains sense information see Chapter 5 C141 C013 C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer When the drive sends a RESPONSE frame the following values are set e HASHED DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS field The hashed SAS address of the COMMAND frame is set e HASHED SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field The hashed SAS address of the drive is set e NUMBER OF FILL BYTES field Set to zero e RETRANSMIT bit When Ack timeout occurs after the drive sends a RESPONSE frame the drive resends the RESPONSE frame with this bit set to 1 e TAG field The tag value of the COMMAND frame is set e TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field This field is se
160. STOP UNIT WRITE LONG FORMAT UNIT LOG SENSE MODE SELECT EXTENDED 131 Data Buffer Management MODE SENSE EXTENDED READ CAPACITY READ DEFECT DATA 12 REASSIGN BLOCKS RELEASE EXTENDED RESERVE EXTENDED WRITE BUFFER WRITE SAME PERSISTENT RESERVE IN PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER c Ifthe data buffer where data which are objects of caching are stored is used by any of the following commands the data existing in that data buffer which are objects of caching are disabled READ READ EXTENDED WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY VERIFY d If any of the following events occurs all the data which are objects of caching are disabled 132 Receiving HARD RESET primitive Receiving ABORT TASK TASK IU 0x01 Receiving ABORT TASK SET TASK IU 0x02 Receiving CLEAR TASK SET TASK IU 0x04 Automatic alternate processing is executed Read Write is aborted in something causes C141 C013 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature 3 2 2 Caching parameters The HDD supports the MODE SELECT parameters caching parameters page code 8 for controlling the cache feature See Chapter 5 concerning details of the MODE SELECT parameters 3 2 3 Look Ahead operation Look Ahead volume C141 C013 1 2 3 4 5 Excluding the conditions in 3 and 4 for the amount of data specified as the minimum pre fetch volume data are read for look ahead irrespective of track bou
161. Seek 309 negative acknowledgement e eee 56 non cache buffer size oo cece eeeeeee eens 303 non medium error count page KOO E ies ties EEES 342 notch dH DY SASEN aia aA 309 notch parameter oo eee ceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 308 NOUWIBY EN E 50 number of head eee ceseeseeeeeeeeeeeees 295 number of retry during seek error 325 number of retry during VERIFY 297 O OBB signal roninai rne 33 OOB sequence exception handling 38 OPEN address frame o on 62 OPEN ACCEPT ernen 50 OPEN REJECT P eneen eien aiee 50 operation code seseeeeeeerereeeeeee 105 137 other internal HDD error oo eee 384 out of band signal seernes 33 outline of disk drive error recovery PIOCESSIN Ge oscrleceNessiansteten lea tinea 118 overlapped tag oo eee eee eeeeeereeereeeneeenees 116 425 Index P e T S EE EEE 225 240 389 page code 137 160 189 192 250 259 page Code OA sistiese eusrests er eiieeii 304 p zecode 0Cr Teine nna ee 308 pase codes T hun teceiiiesie ee e ia 282 pate code 1C nrerin aeniei 317 pase code S2 aicci itey 287 Pagecode S 2 lerese n tect ea 325 pase code 3 nirereseta 289 pave code 4y fetes ee eienn neen ea eiae 294 pase code 7 wteeceeticsacsoe be sicbeseaecesteh ieke 296 Page code gaion tioii ee tee es 298 page code list eeeeeeeeeeeeee 145 251 260 page controls cdi ds Meal iaoiai 188 Page descriptor sesser 160 172 page length oeer 160 173 1
162. T SENSE command The sense data reported at this time indicate HARDWARE ERROR 4 Internal target failure 44 nn For recommended procedures for error recovery methods see the explanation in Section 6 2 INIT s Error Recovery Methods Recommended 2 9 Data Block Addressing 2 9 1 Definition of data space 122 The HDD divides the data storage area on the disk drive into the following two types of data area and controls them as such e User space user data storage area e System space HDD exclusive area Of these two types the use can clearly gain access to the user space This space has the same data formatting and defect control methods and it is possible to access it by logical data block addressing as described in item 2 9 2 The system space is accessed when the power is turned on or during processing of specific commands but the user cannot access it directly C141 C013 C141 C013 2 9 Data Block Addressing A spare sector area replacement area is assured in the user space for replacement of defective sectors The user can using the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command allocate several sectors in the final track of each cylinder and several cylinders replacement cylinders inside the user space replacement cylinders as the replacement area For defective sectors on the disk medium through HDD internal defect management data blocks for replacement are assigned in defective sector units Through this d
163. TOR CONNECTION TAG field is set to FFFFh If the initiator port requires field support the INITIATOR CONNECTION TAG field should be set to the value that is peculiar to the SAS TARG port When the SAS TARG port issues a connection request to the SAS INIT port the SAS TARG port must set the INITIATOR CONNECTION TAG field to any of the following the last received value the uncompleted command that has been received from the SAS INIT port or the value that has been set at the time of the connection request of the task management For all connection requests the SAS INIT port must use the same INITIATOR CONNECTION TAG value for the same SAS TARG port The SAS INIT port can change the INITIATOR CONNECTION TAG value only when there is no command processing in progress or task management in the SAS TARG port The SAS TARG port does not check for consistency among INITIATOR CONNECTION TAG fields of different connection requests from the same SAS INIT port The DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS field indicates the port identifier of the SAS port to which a connection request is being made The SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field indicates the port identifier of the SAS port that has been issued an OPEN address frame 63 SAS Interface 64 The COMPATIBLE FEATURES field is set to zero The destination device ignores the COMPATIBLE FEATURES field The PATHWAY BLOCKED COUNT field specifies the number of times the port has retried this connection request due to receivi
164. TTOR ene e e E E 118 recovery time limit eceeeeeeeeee 286 297 C141 C013 reference temperature elec eeeeeees 343 re initialization seese 393 RELEASE Ijiem eenas 183 RELEASE EXTENDED 57 184 release function 183 Felease obje tsiere 183 removable medium eeeeeeeeeeeereeree 292 report checken nsin 307 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER AS ieee ental a tame iik 209 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER Parameter data eee eeeseeseeereeenees 210 report log exception condition 305 REPORT LUNS AO eee eeeeeereeees 207 REPORT LUNS commanid ee 113 REPORT LUNS parameter data 208 REQUEST SENSE 03 eec 185 REQUEST SENSE command 0 113 RESERVATION CONFLICT SATUS S26 ees es Ie aeons 109 373 RESERVE EXTENDED 56 eee 182 RESERVE 16 0 ccceccssscsecceceeseeeeeeesenees 180 reserve right and third party reserve function eee eeeeseeereeereeeneee 181 reserved operation COd ee eeeeeeeeeeees 118 reset processing during write 121 response and release condition at UNIT ATTENTION oseese 112 response data configuration eee 259 response data format field ee 140 RESPONSE information unit 92 retry processing procedure eee 382 REZERO UNIT 01 eese 177 RE EE EEE EEE O 325 REC roemen a s 305 EA E S AE EE ETE E E 292 RMBbitenure nanen a eies 139 rotational position locking ee 295 rotational speed 295 r
165. There is an error in a specification in the CDB in the CDB EB Logical unit not supported An illegal LUN was specified 26 Invalid field in parameter list There is an error in the parameter list specifications transferred from the INIT during command execution Write protected A write operation was attempted in a write protected area Ora write operation is prohibited at the external operation panel Microcode was downloaded immediately after power on SCSI Bus Reset Occurred A HARD_RESET primitive was received TARGET RESET function A Logical Unit RESET was received occurred gt cl Firmware Internal Reboot Reboot occurred in the firmware jE C141 C013 367 The MODE SELECT parameter values were changed by another INIT Command cleared by another A command was forcibly terminated by another INIT during execution or queuing e By a CLEAR TASK SET e The sense hold state was entered when the QErr bit was set on J C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 6 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 4 6 a Medium format corrupted The media format is different from the original format The media was not formatted after the data format specification was changed by the MODE SELECT command Fig cau racine command failed For some reason formatting cannot be completed and 3 liana ere is necessary 32 ee defect spare location
166. When the necessary defect list cannot be read this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense data at this time indicate MEDIUM ERROR 3 Primary defect list not found 1C 01 or MEDIUM ERROR 3 Defect list error in primary list 19 02 if the P List cannot be read and MEDIUM ERROR 3 Grown defect list not found 1C 02 or MEDIUM ERROR 3 Defect list error in grown list 19 03 if the G List cannot be read Immed Immediate 1 At the point when the CDB s legality is confirmed or at the point when transfer of the defect list is completed a GOOD status is reported 0 The specified operation is executed and the status byte is reported at the point when that operation is completed then the command is terminated Defect list length This field specifies the total number of bytes in the Defect list transferred from the INIT following the header The byte length of the Defect descriptor which configures the defect list differs depending on its format and the value specified by this field must be a multiple of 8 when the defect descriptor is in the byte distance from the index format or the physical sector address format When zero is specified in this field it indicates that the defect list is not transferred The disk media defect processing method implemented during FORMAT UNIT command execution is specified by the CDB and by header of the format parameters transferred fro
167. _RDY frames for that command i e only the last XFER_RDY for a command may request a non dword multiple write data length When the drive sends a XFER_RDY frame the following values are set e HASHED DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS field The hashed SAS address of the COMMAND frame is set e HASHED SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field The hashed SAS address of the drive is set e NUMBER OF FILL BYTES field Always set to zero e TAG field The tag value of the COMMAND frame is set e TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field The drive sets a value between 0 and 7 e DATA OFFSET field Always set to zero e REQUESTED OFFSET field The first XFER_RDY frame for a command is always set to zero If multiple XFER_RDY frames are to be sent for a single command the value set in the field of the second XFER_RDY is increased by the value in the WRITE DATA LENGTH field of the first XFER_ RDY frame However when transferring multiple XFER_RDY frames for a single command the drive does not send the additional XFER_RDY frame until it receives the data requested with the first XFER_RDY frame The value of the REQUESTED OFFSET field is divisible by four Table 1 39 An example of requested offset XFER_RDY frame REQUESTED OFFSET WRITE DATA 87 SAS Interface First frame Second frame Third frame e WRITE DATA LENGTH field This field is used to set the number of data bytes that the drive can receive The WRITE DATA LENGTH field indicates the actual number o
168. _REJECT primitive 1 If the I_Tnexus loss timer is working the drive leaves the timer working If the I_Tnexus loss timer has expired the drive aborts all the commands of the relevant initiator Otherwise if the timer has not expired the drive resends the OPEN frame 2 If the I_Tnexus loss timer is stopped and it has expired the drive aborts all the commands of the relevant initiator Otherwise if the timer has not expired the drive initializes the timer and resends the OPEN frame OPEN_REJECT Expander PATHWAY BLOCKED phy 1 If the I_Tnexus loss timer is working the drive leaves the timer working If the I_Tnexus loss timer has expired the drive aborts all the commands of the relevant initiator Otherwise if the timer has not expired the drive resends the OPEN frame At this time the drive increments the PATHWAY BLOCKED COUNT field in the OPEN frame OPEN_REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 0 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT RETRY OPEN_REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT RETRY OPEN_REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 0 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT NO DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT RESERVED INITIALIZE 1 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT NO DESTINATION OPEN_REJECT RESERVED STOP 0 Unknown Performs the same processing as the OPEN_REJECT PAT
169. a is set to INSUFFICIENT REGISTRATION 55 04 However this sense data is not reported for a SCSI device For RESERVE PREEMPT and PREEMPT and ABORT Service Actions of this command it is determined whether a reserve condition to be newly set by this command conflicts with the reserve conditions already held in the drive regarding the setting of the Scope and Type When any conflicting reserve condition exists this command is rejected with the RESERVATION CONFLICT status and no RESERVE PREEMPT or CLEAR processing is performed However the reserve conditions held by the INIT to be preempted by PREEMPT or PREEMPT and ABORT Service Action the INIT specified in the Service Action Reservation Key field are not subject to the judgment on whether a conflict exists The RELEASE and CLEAR Service Actions of this command do not conflict with any reserve conditions however the RESERVATION CONFLICT is reported if a Reservation key has not been registered or it is different from the registered one If an INIT that has not registered a Reservation key issues this command with the specification of a Service Action except REGISTER or REGISTER and IGNORE EXISTING KEY Service Action this command is rejected with a report indicating a RESERVATION CONFLICT status The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command contains the fields for specifying different restrictions imposed according to the Service Action type of PERSISTENT RESERVATION the Scope to which
170. aages untedtaetes incetbncacheseasateebiees 54 144 2 CREDIT BLOCKED venio stasis eau ainiea leat 54 TAAS DONE eeaeee sober nite han tees dia eth cathy a e dante arts tee a Cog 54 1 4 4 4 EOF End of frame Jeseter iea an ie 56 1 4 4 5 NAK negative acknowledgement cee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeenaeees 56 144 6 RRD Y ti pia e e E a a E as 56 1 4 4 7 SOF Start of frame Jirre riere pe eri ieie e aE EE R SS 56 1 4 5 Clock skew managemientsniise inio ani 57 T46 dle physical nK ct sscsacccussdatsshesdacesestecatesegsastesbol saceibineastessccatebuaneatosbyat 57 LAT SeraMblni oein na aesa ee ae Vera a SEEE EEs 58 15 Address frames 2 occsi seecesene tear ieelessedcavae it eapeads atest ayeleadanta tee ogee odes 59 1 5 1 Address frames OVCrVICW cceecceesseceenceceeeeeesaeceeaceceeneeceaeeeeaaecneaeeesaes 59 1 5 2 IDENTIFY address frame cee ccccecsceceeeeeeeeeceececeeneeceeeeeaaeceeneeeeaes 60 15 3 OPEN address Tranier tsaera eiat E E EEEE Eo 62 1 5 4 Identification and hard reset sequence eeeeeeeeneeerereerrsrrersressee 65 1 3 5 CONNEC UOS viario E cues rare ao EE Ea Eero wade 66 1 5 5 1 Connections Overview sessssssesssesesssssssssssesssesssesssessseessessseesseesseesseest 66 1 5 3 2 Connecton request si2e cavestes yeiai T REE ETE N E 66 1 5 5 3 Connection responses ee eeeeeseeeseeeseeeeeceecseceaeceseceseesseeeseeeseeeeneees 67 1 5 5 4 Arbitration fairness 0 ee cceecceessecesnceceeececeseeeea
171. able 4 10 VPD information device unique information 1 2 Ooo Qualifier Device Type Code X 83 Page Code X 00 3 X 48 Page Length Logical unit identifier PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER 0h CODE SET 1h PIV Reserved Association SN 0b 0 b 00b Identifier type 3h Reserved X 00 za Identifier length X 08 i IDENTIFIER for the logical unit Target port identifier PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER 6h CODE SET 1h PIV Reserved Association hes 1b 0 b 01b Identifier type 3h Reserved X 00 IDENTIFIER for the target port i e the SAS address EZ EE w e Relative target port identifier PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER 6h CODE SET 1h PIV Reserved Association are Ea 1b C O b 01b Identifier type 4h 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 15 16 17 18 19 20 27 28 29 30 C141 C013 147 Command Specifications Table 4 10 VPD information device unique information 2 2 Eau Identifier length X 04 32 33 BEN EN Reserved Reserved MSB Relative target port identifier X 0001 or X 0002 Target Device name NAA format PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER 6h CODE SET 1h PIV Reserved Association ee 1b 0 b 10b Identifier type 3h Reserved De at a IDENTIFIER for the SAS target device Target device name SCSI name string format PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER 6h CODE SET 3h a oe a ec e eteron E e E a E E T E T BE S T A ASCII of IDENTIFIER
172. able 4 21 Page code Buffer Overrun Underrun Page Disable Write Error Counter Page Enable Read Error Counter Page Enable Verify Error Counter Page Enable Non medium Error Page Enable Temperature Page Disable Start stop Cycle Counter Page Enable only 0002 Application Client Log Page Enable Self Test Result Log Page Disable Background Medium Scan Page Disable Protocol Specific Port Log Page Disable b Page length C141 C013 This field specifies the length in bytes of the following log parameters If the application client sends a page length that results in the truncation of any parameter the device server terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 The log pages contain one or more special data structures called log parameters as shown below Each log parameter begins with a 4 byte parameter header followed by one or more bytes of Parameter Value data 189 Command Specifications Table 4 22 Log parameter Parameter Code MSB Eas EE EE Parameter Code LSB a 2 pu ps tsp ere mec wen LP ES Parameter Length Parameter Value pes ES a Parameter code b Byte 2 190 This field identifies the log parameter being transferred for that log page 1 2 3 4 DU Disable Update 1 The HDD does not update the log parameter value except in response to a LOG SELECT command that specifies a new value f
173. above 344 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters Accounting date page OE code 0002 Table 5 51 Accounting date page 0E code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Accounting Date X 06 Parameter Length Accounting date Year 4 ASCII characters Accounting date week 2 ASCII characters LSB The Accounting date specified by parameter code 0002h is a parameter that may be savable using a LOG SELECT command to indicate when the device was placed in service If the parameter is not yet set or is not settable the default value placed in the parameter field shall be 6 ASCII blank characters 20h The field shall not be checked for validity by the device server Specified cycle count over device lifetime page OE code 0003 Table 5 52 Specified cycle count over device lifetime page OE code 0003 C141 C013 X 0003 Parameter code a Count Over Device Lifetime LSB X 04 Parameter Length Specified Cycle Count Over Device Lifetime 4 byte binary number 345 Parameter Data Format The Specified cycle count over device lifetime is a parameter provided by the device sever The specified cycle count over device lifetime parameter shall not be savable by the INIT using the LOG SELECT command The parameter value is a4 byte binary number The value indicates how operation or reliability outside the limits specified by the manufacture of the device e Start stop cycle counter page OE code 0004 Table 5 53 Start s
174. aecaeeeneesecaeeeees 174 4 1 8 REZERO UNIE OL iecescinae ist hae nine have diated eer nite os 177 4 1 9 START STOP UNIT 1B a sccsissetesetevteaesdeteceenscessaanesteertqatesasioceiaet 178 4 1 10 RESERVE 16 fcc23 tcir hehe ate ete eg 180 4 1 11 RESERVE EXTENDED 56 cc eceseseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeceaecaeeereeseceaeenees 182 41 12 RELEASE 17 reien a eee e a A onsen eaaa 183 4 1 13 RELEASE EXTENDED 57 c ccsscssssessecceseteeseccesecseccetenseneeseeseaees 184 4 1 14 REQUEST SENSE 03 ou ecceccescsseseccesecseeeeeeseceeeeaeeeeceaecaeeeneesecaeeeees 185 4 115 LOGSELECT 4C rreren ene e a T e e a 187 C141 C013 CHAPTER 5 C141 C013 Contents 4 1 16 LOG SENSE 4D orep ae eG hed seas 192 4 1 17 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN SE ceseesccessecsseceseceeceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 194 4 1 18 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT SB ccc eeceeseceseceteceseceseeeseeeseeeees 201 4119 REPORT LONS AO ierices ette reia eaea e ikia 207 4 1 20 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER A3 eseeesereerererrresrrrsree 209 4 1 21 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER A4 0 c ce ccceccceesseenceeteceteceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 211 4 2 Data Access Command5s ccecccccesssecenceceeeceeaeceeaeeceeeeecseceeaeceeatecaes 213 4 2 1 READ 08 68 Gata Gite ai thie te AU ANE ANT 213 A22 READ EXTENDED 28 ureei e E a eies 215 423 WRITE OA eener a E E A E EE EEA ieee tenes 216 4 24 WRITE EXTENDED QA rire ienie aiii iet R 218 4 2 5 WRITE AND VERIFY 2E 0 ccccccessss
175. ains the hashed value of the source SAS address The RETRY DATA FRAMES bit is set to one for XFER_RDY frames and shall be set to zero for all other frame types When set to one this bit specifies that the SSP INIT port may retry write DATA frames that fail The RETRANSMIT bit is set to one for TASK frames RESPONSE frames and XFER_RDY frames and shall be set to zero for all other frame types This bit specifies that the frame is a retransmission after the SSP port failed in its previous attempt to transmit the frame The CHANGING DATA POINTER bit is set to one for DATA frames and shall be set to zero for all other frame types When set to one this bit specifies that the frame is a retransmission after the SSP TARG port failed in its previous attempt to transmit the frame or a subsequent frame and the dataoffset field of the frame may not be sequentially increased from that of the previous frame The NUMBER OF FILL BYTES field specifies the number of fill bytes between the INFORMATION UNIT field and the CRC field The NUMBER OF FILL BYTES field shall be set to zero for all frame types except DATA frames i e all other frame types are already four byte aligned C141 C013 79 SAS Interface 80 The TAG field contains a value that allows the SSP INIT port to establish a context for commands and task management functions For COMMAND frames and TASK frames the SSP INIT port shall set the TAG field to a value that is unique for the I_T nex
176. al command Note This error could also be caused by a UNIT ATTENTION condition being generated caused by a programming error of another INIT so when the values in the parameters read in are illegal recovery method 2 should be performed or the operations of the other INITs should be confirmed Issue the READ or READ EXTENDED command and read the data for the block where the error occurred Investigate the cause of the data not matching and perform data recovery processing from the INIT Reissue the original command Retry It is desirable at this time to confirm the operations of the other INITs Issue the LOG SENSE command and read the Current values of the LOG SELECT parameters Search for any parameter values which exceed the threshold value or have reached the maximum value then issue the LOG SELECT command from the INIT and perform resetting Reissue the original command 1 Issue the INQUIRY command and read the operation mode information 2 If the parameter values are appropriate reissue the original command Note This error could also be caused by a UNIT ATTENTION condition being generated caused by a programming error of another INIT so when the values in the parameters read in are illegal recovery method 2 should be performed or the operations of the other INITs should be confirmed C141 C013 381 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 6 2 3 Error logging In order to collect information that is e
177. ality of the CDB is confirmed and the command is terminated If this bit is 0 a GOOD status is reported at the point when writing of the unwritten data in the data buffer is completed and the command is terminated C141 C013 223 Command Specifications 4 3 Format Commands 4 3 1 FORMAT UNIT 04 ee eee el ee Eg xo gt 1 o 0 o Pmm cms Defect List Format 0 0 0 This command initializes formats the entire area of the disk media that can be accessed from the INIT User Space At the same time the HDD also implements defect management processing allocating alternate blocks for defective portions of the disk media in accordance with the specifications in this command Furthermore when the disk media is initialized with any of the following format attributes changed the INIT must issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command before issuing this command and specify those format attributes in advance e Logical data block length e Logical data block count 224 C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands 1 Defect list In order to register or specify the positions of defects on the disk media in connection with defect management processing that can be specified from the INIT the following types of Defect List are defined a P List primary defect list Defect position information permanent defects is registered in this list at the time the disk drive is shipped from the factory The P List registers areas on
178. always reports 0 to the LOG SENSE command see Section 4 1 15 The HDD will accept this command when this bit is 1 However the HDD will not compare the log parameter with the threshold ignoring the value specified in the command TMC Threshold Met Criteria This field is invalid because the ETC bit is 0 The LOG SELEVT command see Section 4 1 15 will be accepted when the value of this field is not 00b However the HDD will ignore the value specified in the command Note that 0 will be posted for the LOG SENSE command LBIN This bit is only valid when the LP bit is 1 When the LP bit is 1 and this bit is 0 the list parameter is represented by ASCII codes When the LP bit is 1 and this bit is 1 the list parameter is represented by binary codes LP List Parameter 1 The parameter is a data counter 0 The parameter is a list parameter If this bit is specified by the LOG SELECT command the HDD ignores the specified value and its operation is not affected C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters 5 2 1 Support Log Page X 00 The supported log page returns the list of log pages implemented by the drive Table 5 22 Support log page X 00 oe EGE eae ene a e e a 0 S S E a S spose X 38 Supported Page C141 C013 329 Parameter Data Format 5 2 2 Buffer Overrun Underrun Page X 01 Table 5 23 Buffer overrun underrun page X 01 Sa ewes ee ee e ee e e e i X 00 Reserved
179. an failure prediction is reported The HDD always monitors events that represent signs of deterioration or failure and collects data about such events Data that will be used as the basis for failure prediction is generally stored in memory during ordinary service operation to prevent a reduction in HDD performance Should the data in memory be lost at power off however the data collected in memory is written and saved to disk media at certain time intervals or when a specific operation is performed When the power is turned on again the data that was written to the disk most recently is read and loaded into memory and then data collection for failure prediction resumes If reading statistical information from disk media fails at subsequent power on no transition is made to the ready state In this case the error reported is Logical Unit Failed Self configuration 4C xx If an error occurs while statistical information is being written to a disk no error is reported except when the LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command is issued The statistical data on the disk is updated under any of the following conditions 1 When a LOG SENSE or LOG SELECT command is executed with the SP bit set to 1 2 When an accounting year week Log Page OE is specified in the LOG SELECT command 3 When the LOG SELECT command specifies an application client log Log Page OF 4 Immediately after control statistical and other information are read c
180. and to a target to perform an input output operation and it is described as the CDB Common Command Set CCS SCSI standard logical specifications established by a working group of the American National Standard Institute ANSI Requirements and features for supported direct access devices e g hard disk devices are stipulated with the CCS Initiator INIT This is a FC device which initiates input and output operations on the FC bus In this manual initiator has been abbreviated to INIT Sense Data When several items of error information are included in a command s completion status this is information generated by the target for reporting detailed information on that status Sense Key This is a 4 bit code displayed in the sense data It contains information for classifying the type of error that was detected Small Computer System Interface SCSI Input output interface standardized by the American National Standard Institute ANSD Specification Number ANSI X3 131 1986 Status This is 1 byte of information reported to the initiator by the target device when execution of each command is completed which displays the command s completion state Target TARG This is the FC device that executes the input output operations initiated by the initiator INIT In this manual target is abbreviated TARG C141 C013 417 This page is intentionally left blank Acronyms and Abbreviations A ACK ACKnowledge
181. ansferred to the INIT from the data buffer are as described below 130 C141 C013 a b c d 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature Data read by a READ or a READ EXTENDED command and which have been read to the data buffer by Look Ahead are data which are objects of caching Depending on the timing for halting Look Ahead it is possible that data read by the READ command will be overwritten by Look Ahead Data which have been hit by the READ or READ EXTENDED command and transferred to the INIT once are also objects of caching as long as they are not invalidated Data transferred from the INIT and written to the disk media by the WRITE and WRITE EXTENDED command are objects of caching Data transferred from the INIT and written to the disk media by WRITE AND VERIFY command is not the objects of caching 3 Disabling caching data C141 C013 Various data which are objects of caching in the data buffer are disabled in the following cases a b If any of the following commands is issued for the same data block as data which are the object of caching that data block ceases to be an object of caching WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY If any of the following commands is issued all the data which are objects of caching are disabled LOG SELECT MODE SELECT MODE SENSE READ BUFFER READ DEFECT DATA READ LONG RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS SEND DIAGNOSTIC START
182. are determined according to the specifications in the MRIE and Report Count fields At this time the sense key of 0x5D and additional sense code of OxFF are reported 0 This specifies that the test of the failure prediction function and its reporting method be disabled The value of this bit cannot be saved and the stored value is fixed at 0 The current value is initialized to 0 when power is turned on or when Hard Reset LU Reset is received C141 C013 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters EBACKERR Enable Background Error 0 Background self test and Background Scan errors are not reported 1 Background self test and Background Scan errors are reported However the reporting means is determined depending on the value of the MRIE bit and the values in the Interval timer and Report Count fields are ignored This bit is valid when the EWASC bit is set to 1 Owing to this if the EWASC bit is set to 0 error reporting will not be executed even if the EBACKERR bit is set to 1 Perf performance This bit of zero indicates that informational exception operations that are the cause of delays are acceptable A Perf bit of one indicates the target is not cause delays while doing informational exception operations A Perf bit set to one may cause the target to disable some or all of the informational exceptions operations thereby limiting the reporting of informational exception conditions MRIE method of reporting infor
183. asanndnausenntadnsaents 21 1 1 Topologies in SAS Interface 0 eee eccceeceecseeceeneceeaeeceeeeeenaeeeeaeeeeneeees 22 Pile SAS ea yeti g scssss itv a aE a dott is iestacee tienes Ee 23 1 1 2 Physical links and pPhyS 000 ce cesceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeecaaecaecaeenaeenaeees 24 1 1 3 Ports narrow ports and Wide ports cee eeeeeeeeeseeereeeseeceecnaecnaeenaeens 24 ENA SAS devices noine i Teit Meee tere eee ec eee ts eke 26 FIS jPath way Siea hs eiakedotha athletes tadetes tebe a e eiee 27 1eE G gt COMME CHONG ea bos setae sat Ladsoh td E A 28 E2 Names and adentitiers senesenca e e e 29 12 1 SAS addresses sonnen t ee ieee E nae tbe ee 29 12 2 Hashed SAS address cs crse sozescte avaspdecetertsateearssinteecteate ei eiei ae 30 F3 Phy layer cistern cna de ri ae e ia eee eee esas 31 EIE 8b10b codin Sess neon ait ee oe eae He oe ee 31 1 3 2 LEmk reset SEQUENCE se ss2n ade Seki hie st a or ae ataa E orat 32 1 3 3 Start conditions of the link reset sequence 0 eee eeeeeeeeereeereeeeeeeaeees 33 1 3 4 Out of band OOB signals eee eccceeeceesteceeeeeceeaeeceeeeeenaeceeaaeeeeeeeess 33 1 3 5 lt SAS OOB sequency si eileen a Seine ee 36 1 3 5 1 Exception handling in the OOB sequence lees esseceeceeeeeeee 38 1 3 6 SAS speed negotiation sequence ce cesceecesceeeeeeeeeeeecssesnaecnaeenaeens 38 1 3 6 1 Phy reset sequence after devices are attached 00 0 0 cece eeseceseceneceeeees 42 1 3 6 2 When the sp
184. at stop scanning include the following C141 C013 A hardware error is detected Status expected to lead to failure is detected Formatting is performed without a P List Format Corrupted is encountered The temperature drops below 10 C or exceeds 60 C 397 Disk Media Management 7 4 3 Mode Page Table 7 1 Mode Page 0x1C SubPage 0x01 Background Control Mode Page wane EAEEREN EJEA EDED Subpage Code 01 Subpage Length Default 398 C141 C013 7 4 Background Media Scan BMS e EN_BMS Enable Background Media Scan When this bit is set to 1 the Background Media Scan BMS function is enabled Media scan processing will begin at the time determined by the BMS Interval Time bytes 6 7 specification When this bit is cleared to 0 the BMS function is disabled Clearing this bit to 0 while BMS media scan processing is in progress immediately suspends the media scan processing Setting the bit back to 1 immediately resumes media scanning from the point of suspension e EN_PS Enable Pre Scan When this bit is set to 1 the Pre Scan function is enabled Clearing this bit to 0 while Pre Scan processing is in progress immediately suspends the scanning processing e BMS Interval Time Once Background Media Scan including Pre Scan processing is started the next Background Media Scan operation will begin after the time in hours specified in this field When 0 is assigned to this field the minimum value
185. atdlectiescdgeecses 331 date of manufacture 00 0 eee eeeeseeeeeeeees 344 DOR Sectionin tact teh th sere aces ul e oat 285 DERD 22 c5 fester es rete cee tedden toy 228 defect data Condition ee eeeeeeeeeereees 242 defect data configuration 240 245 defect data format ee eeeeeeeseereeeeeee 240 defect data type eee ceeceseeereeeneeeneees 239 defect descriptor ceeeessceeeeeeees 230 231 defect descriptor list eee eeeeeeeseeeee 241 defect List cceccccceessesseveees 225 230 389 defect list format 0 0 ee 226 241 defect list length 229 241 defect management eee eeeeseeseeeeees 389 defect processing during initialization eee eee eeeeceeneeceeeeeeeeees 233 definition of data space eceeeeeeeeeees 122 C141 C013 demand read retention priority detailed information 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeereees details of parameters on MODE SELECT parameter cee eeeeeeeeee device serial NO cccccccceeeeeees 146 device serial number field eee device type code 139 device unique information 0 eee disable exception control ccceeeeeeeees disable primary ccceeseceseeeesteceeneeeeees disable queuing eeeceecceeeseceesteceeeeeeees disable read ahead 0 eee eeeeeeeeeseeeteeee Cisable SAYE ensein irestart esye disconnect reconnect parameter CISCOMUMUIY niesieni tesise di
186. ate blocks exist on the disk drive Diagnostic failure on component nn An error was detected in the HDD s self diagnosis Internal target failure An internal hardware error or a microcode detection error was detected in the HDD Calibration failed Drive failure The initial seek was terminated abnormally Or a serious error was detected in the drive s control system Invalid command operation code Logical block address out of range Invalid field in CDB Logical unit not supported Invalid field in parameter list There is an error in the command specification contents _K Sense Key C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier L Logging Necessary shown in Section 6 2 3 376 C141 C013 6 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 6 5 Sense data error classification 3 3 qp e e Power on reset or HARD RESET occurred None The HDD was initialized by a Power on or HARD RESET sequence Mode parameters changed None The MODE SELECT parameters were changed by A another INIT Commands cleared by another INIT None 25 Commands were cleared by another INIT a E Peripheral device write fault Need Unrecovered read error Sync byte not found for data field Record not found Mechanical positioning error Information Unit Too Short Information Unit Too Long Information Unit iuCRC Error Detected Need Invalid Target Port Transfer Tag Received Too Much Write Data ACK NAK Time Out NAK Rec
187. ation 2 If an invalid dword is detected in the idle state the state where random data is being sent and or received without transfer of frames or primitives the DWS Reset timeout timer 1 ms is started If at least one valid primitive is detected within 1 ms the monitoring assumes that the drive is in the SynAcquired state the state that the dword synchronization is established Otherwise the drive starts the link reset sequence C141 C013 43 SAS Interface 1 4 Link layer The link layer defines primitives address frames and connections 1 4 1 Primitives Table 1 10 defines the primitives not specific to the type of connection Table 1 10 Primitives not specific to type of connection 1 2 Primitive 44 E Type r ERE Se 7 CEEE Sequence DEA EJEA al T T T nt nt Demn O e FJ supported prim supported Supported 1 Supported 1 supported supported supported supported supported supported supported supported ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored ignored supported T T T n n ar ac 3 ao 5 5 a a a pary Fy C141 C013 1 4 Link layer Table 1 10 Primitives not specific to type of connection 2 2 mae e ol Primitive USE 4 pan IJEJT Type OPEN_REJECT RETRY I T single OPEN_REJECT RESERVED CONTINUE 1 I T single OPEN_REJECT BAD DESTINATION I
188. ation Processing 7 3 Alternate Block Allocation Processing If errors on the disk media which cannot be recovered from are detected or if a recoverable error occurs repeatedly in the same data block it is necessary for the INIT to allocate an alternate block for the data block where the error occurred using the REASSIGN BLOCKS command The procedure for alternate block processing is shown below An attempt will be made to copy the contents of the data area of the logical data block specified in the Defect Data list to the alternate block allocated by this command but in some cases the data cannot be copied Confirmation of the contents of data in the allocated alternate block saving of data before issuing this command and restoring of data after executing this command are the responsibility of the INIT 1 Verify data blocks in accordance with the procedure in Section 7 3 for data blocks where error occurs When such a data block is judged to be normal alternate block allocation need not be implemented In this case rewrite the original data to that data block if necessary When the data block is judged to be defective implement the processing in item 2 and after 2 Specify a logical block address for a data block which is judged to be defective and issue the REASSIGN BLOCKS command 3 Ifthe REASSIGN BLOCKS command is terminated normally verify that logical data block according to the procedure in Section 7 3 If that data block
189. ation and creates the G List In other combination defect processing methods the INIT can clearly specify whether the verification operation is prohibited or permitted by the DCRT flag of the Format parameter 234 C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands 4 3 2 REASSIGN BLOCKS 07 This command allocates alternate data blocks for defective data blocks specified in the Defect Data list transferred form the INIT The INIT specifies the logical block address of one or more defective data blocks in the Defect Data list which it transfers to the HDD The HDD searches for unused spare sectors for use as alternate blocks and allocates these alternate blocks for the specified logical data blocks Also in the case of data blocks for which alternate data blocks have already been specified the HDD allocates other usable spare sectors as alternate blocks for those data blocks Using this command copying of the contents of the data in the logical data blocks specified in the Defect data list to the allocated alternate data blocks is attempted If the data in logical data blocks which are specified in the Defect data list are correctable by ECC correction the corrected data are copied and those data which are not correctable by ECC are copied as is in the uncorrected state including the errors and in the case of other media errors X 00 is copied in all bytes Furthermore the contents of data in data blocks other than the logical data blocks speci
190. ation processing methods Table 4 40 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing 1 2 FmtData CmpLst Defect List FOV DPRY Defect Defect Processing Method Format List Length Format parameters not Alternate block allocation is performed Note 4 transferred for defects registered in the P List The previously existing G List is erased Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List and the previously existing G List The previously existing G List is saved Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the previously existing G List Note 1 Ae ia A S The P List is saved but it is not used in Note 3 defect processing The previously existing G List is saved Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List The previously existing G List is erased and it is not used in defect processing Neither the P List or the G List is used in defect processing alternate block allocation processing is not performed The P List is saved but the previously existing G List is erased Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List in the previously existing G List and the defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT Note 3 The D List is added to the previously existing G List C141 C013 233 Command Specifications Table 4 40 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing 2 2 FmtData CmpLst De
191. aunecevestuecunesvsauuecievestusuenadsuscuwesuneusvacsvescuaswesdvvadeusisvedsusueradeaues 421 14 C141 C013 Figures Tables C141 C013 Contents Illustrations Figure 1 1 SAS drive connection patterns eee eee essecsseceseceeceseceeeeeseeeseeeeeeeees 22 Figure 1 2 SAS control layers esonte N eat A ace e T cuba bet E cated 23 Figure 1 3 Physical links and phys 0 cece esceesceeseeeseecsseceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 24 Figure 1 4 Ports narrow ports and wide ports 0 ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeens 25 Fistire 1 5 SAS devices A feted caver hii leet de lee arlene bale 26 Figure 1 6 Example of potential pathways 0 0 0 cee ceecesceseeeeeeeeecnseceaeenaeeeseenes 27 Figure 1 7 Reset related terminology 0 0 ec eeceeceeseecsceceseceseceseceseceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 32 Figure 1 8 OOB signal transmission cee eeeeeeeseeenceceseceseceseceseceseeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 34 Figure 1 9 OOB signal detection oe ee ceeesseeeeeeeseeeseeeaeesaecaeeeesseesseeseeeeees 36 Figure 1 10 SAS to SAS OOB sequence 0 0 ee eeeesseesecnseceseceseceseceeeeseeeseeeeeeeees 37 Figure 1 11 SAS speed negotiation WindOwW csesceessecsseceteceeceeceeeeeseeeseeeeeeeees 39 Figure 1 12 SAS speed negotiation sequence Example 1 ec ceeeeeeeeereeeeeeees 41 Figure 1 13 SAS speed negotiation sequence Example 2 ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 41 Figure 1 14 Phy reset sequence Example ccccesceesesseceseceseceeceseeeseeeseeeseeeees 42
192. aution is necessary Table 4 45 Defect data conditions Block Address Format Byte Distance from the Index Format 1 3 Physical Sector Address Format 1 Regardless of the size of the User Space all the defect position information for the disk media other than the system space is reported Defect position information is also reported for areas which cannot be clearly accessed from the INIT such as the spare sectors for alternate blocks 2 Logical data blocks which have undergone slip processing due to defective sectors and logical data blocks which have undergone alternate processing are reported Defect position information is not reported for areas which cannot be clearly accessed from the INIT areas which do not have logical block addresses such as cylinders and sectors etc which are not used as User Space or CE Space 3 The byte position which indicates the first byte in defective sector data is reported 242 C141 C013 C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands The number of defects reported by this command differs depending on the defect data format When data are in the Block Address Format defect position information is not reported for portions which cannot be clearly accessed from the INIT When data are in the Block Address Format or the Physical Sector Address Format even if defects exist in multiple locations within that sector that defect information is reported by one defect descriptor When data a
193. ave two connection patterns point to point connection and expander connection SAS HBA INIT Figure 1 1 SAS drive connection patterns SAS supports the three protocols listed below Among these protocols SAS drives support only SSP e Serial SCSI Protocol SSP e Serial ATA Tunneled Protocol STP e Serial Management Protocol SMP 22 C141 C013 1 1 Topologies in SAS Interface 1 1 1 SAS Layering As shown in Figure 1 2 for SAS the following six control layers are defined e Physical layer Electric properties related to cables connectors and signals e Phy transceiver layer 8B 10B code OOB and speed negotiation e Link layer Primitives address frames and connection control e Port layer Wide port control e Transport layer Frame control e Application layer SCSI commands mode pages and log pages Application layer Transport layer Port layer Link layer Phy layer Physical layer Figure 1 2 SAS control layers C141 C013 23 SAS Interface 1 1 2 Physical links and phys A physical link is a set of four wires used as two differential signal pairs One differential signal transmits in one direction while the other differential signal transmits in the opposite direction Data may be transmitted in both directions simultaneously A physical phy contains a transceiver which electrically interfaces to a physical link which attaches to another physical phy Phys are contained in po
194. ays report 0 and ignore specified value Autoload Mode not supported These field specify the action method of asynchronous event reporting protocol The HDD is not supported these field Therefore the HDD always report 0 and ignore specified value Busy Timeout Period The HDD does not support these fields This means that the HDD always reports 0 and ignores any value specified for one of these fields Extended self test completion time This field contains advisory data that an application client may use to determine the time in seconds that the device server requires to complete an extended self test when the device server is not interrupted by subsequent commands and no errors occur during execution of the self test This field only use to report the value by the MODE SENSE MODE SENSE EXTENDED command Therefore the HDD ignores specified value by the MODE SELECT MODE SELECT EXTENDED command 307 Parameter Data Format 5 1 8 Notch Parameters Page Code 0C Table 5 10 MODE SELECT parameters notch parameters i pam fo fo feo 0 0 veiwe 0 1 oo oe 0 a E This page is used to report the top address and final address of each zone If the zone number 1 of the notching zone is set in the Active notch field and this parameter is issued the starting and ending address of the specified zone can be referred to by the MODE SENSE command Also if Page 3 and Page 3F are specified by the
195. bbreviation and index Chapter 1 SAS Interface This chapter describes the topology physical and electrical requirements interface protocol and other operations of the interface Chapter 2 Command Processing This chapter describes the basic logical specifications related to command processing Chapter 3 Data Buffer Management This chapter describes the data buffer configuration data transfer processing functions and cache operations Chapter 4 Command Specifications This chapter describes detailed command specifications and how to use them Chapter 5 Parameter Data Format This chapter describes the parameter data formats provided by the disk drives and how to use them Preface Chapter 6 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods This chapter describes the configuration and contents of sense data which report to the host system when an error occurs etc key information necessary for error recovery recommended procedures for error recovery to be executed through host system software and retry processing Chapter 7 Disk Media Management This chapter describes the procedure for initializing the disk media methods of treating media defects and data recovery methods Glossary The glossary explains technical terms which are necessary to the reader s understanding when reading this manual Acronyms and Abbreviations This list shows the full spelling of abbreviations used in this manual Index 2 C141 C013 Preface
196. been issued by other initiators are also cleared in a multi initiator environment After this task is performed the unit attention condition for Target Reset Function Occurred 06 29 03 is generated for all the INITs 3 CLEAR TASK SET CLEAR TASK SET is used to abort processing of the L nexus commands specified by an INIT Environment settings and conditions such as MODE SELECT parameters that have been specified in advance are not changed After this task is performed the unit attention condition for Command Cleared by Another INIT 06 2F 00 is generated for the INITs whose commands have been subject to abortion except for the INIT that has issued this task 4 ABORT TASK SET ABORT TASK SET is used to abort the I T L nexus commands specified by an INIT 5 ABORT TASK ABORT TASK is used to abort processing of the I T L Q nexus command specified by an INIT e Abort processing during write operation In particular if a command to write data to the disk medium which is currently being executed is cleared the HDD aborts processing of that command as shown in Table 2 10 Stopping overlapped commands which are currently being executed see 2 8 1 is accomplished by the same treatment The INIT must investigate the command completion status then if necessary it must implement data recovery processing 120 C141 C013 2 8 Command Processing Exceptions Table 2 10 Reset processing during write Type of command Halting pr
197. below Table 4 2 VERSION field ANSI X3 131 1986 SCSI 1 ANSI X3 131 1994 SCSI 2 X 03 ANSI X3 301 1997 SPC Rev 11 alam ao a Responds this value xor T10 1236 D T10 1236 D SPC 2 2 C141 C013 139 Command Specifications 140 Response data format field This field shows the code which shows the standard INQUIRY data format Additional data length This field shows the length of the INQUIRY data byte length after byte 5 This value shows the length in the INQUIRY data held by the HDD without relation to the specification in the transfer byte length field in the CDB and is always X 5B total data length 96 bytes Supported functions The bit positions shown below are the functions which the HDD supports are shown in the bit correspondence 1 indicates that that function is supported and 0 indicates that that function is not supported Byte 3 NORMACA Normal ACA supported ACA support 0 HISUP Hierarchical support Defined the hierarchical addressing model to assign LUN 1 Byte 5 SCCS SCC support Embedded storage array controller equipment 0 Byte 6 BQue Basic queuing Combination with CMDQUE 0 EncServ Enclosure service Enclosure service 0 MultiP Multi port Supported multi port 1 MChngr Medium changer Medium Changer 0 Addr16 Wide SCSI address 16 16 bit SCSI addressing 0 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Comma
198. byte 4 The format and contents of this response data are shown in Table 4 57 Table 4 57 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data page code list ee LEA X 00 Page Code X 00 Page parameter length X 02 Page parameter length X 00 Page Code List X 40 Logical Physical Address Conversion 260 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 2 Logical physical address conversion This response data reports the execution results of address conversion specified in the Logical Physical Address Conversion parameter in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command in bytes after byte 4 The format and contents of this response data are shown in Table 4 58 Table 4 58 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data logical physical address conversion E X 40 Code a X 00 Page Parameter Length ee X 0A lt Parameter Length Address Format Before Conversion Logical or Physical Address The value of the Page Parameter Length field in this response data is a variable length within the range of 2 8n in the FC specifications For example if multiple logical data blocks are located in 1 physical sector or if 1 logical data block is located in multiple physical sectors n address information items are reported as the address conversion results In the current HDD specifications multiple address information items are not reported in this response data but the Page parameter length always shows X 000A However
199. bytes Table 5 13 SAS phy mode descriptor format This page cannot be modified Reserved x 00 PHY IDENTIFIER 0h or 1h PHY OPERATION CODE Reserved x 00 Reserved Ob ATTACHED DEVICE TYPE Reserved 0000 b Reserved 0000 b NEGOTIATED PHYSICAL LINK RATE 8h or 9h Reserved 0000 b ATTACH SSP INIT PORT ATTACH STP INIT PORT ATTACH SMP INIT PORT Reserved 0b Reserved 0000 b ATTACH SSP TARGET PORT ATTACH STP TARGET PORT ATTACH SMP TARGET PORT Reserved 0b SAS ADDRESS ATTACHED SAS ADDRESS ATTACHED PHY IDENTIFIER Reserved PROGRAMMED MINIMUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE 8h HARDWARE MINIMUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE 8h PROGRAMMED MAXIMUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE 9h HARDWARE MAXIMUM PHYSICAL LINK RATE 9h Reserved Vender Specific C141 C013 Reserved 313 Parameter Data Format a PHY IDENTIFIER Indicates the reported number for a Primary Secondary Port For a Primary Port X 00 is set and for a Secondary Port X 01 is set b PHY OPERATION CODE The operation code specified by SMP PHY CONTROL is set c ATTACHED DEVICE TYPE Indicates the Device Type received in the IDENTIFY address frame d NEGOTIATE PHYSICAL LINK RATE Indicates the physical link rate that has been established through a speed negotiation sequence 8 1 5 Gbps 9 3
200. ce 1 4 7 Scrambling Scrambling is used to reduce the probability of long strings of repeated patterns appearing on the physical link All data dwords are scrambled Table 1 17 lists the scrambling for different types of data dwords Table 1 17 Scrambling for different data dword types connection state Data dword type Description of scrambling Outside connections SAS idle dword When a connection is not open and there are no other dwords to transmit vendor specific scrambled data dwords shall be transmitted Address frame After an SOAF all data dwords shall be scrambled until the EOAF Inside SSP SSP frame After an SOF all data dwords shall be connection scrambled until the EOF SSP idle dword When there are no other dwords to transmit vendor specific scrambled data dwords shall be transmitted To generate scrambled values that are to be encoded and transferred on the physical link layer dwords to be sent are XOR ed with the predefined pattern If there is no transmission error the received data of the dwords is XOR ed with the same pattern after being decoded so that the dword values of the original data can be obtained The pattern that is XOR ed with the data dwords is defined by the output of a linear feedback shift register implemented with the following polynomial G x x x x ag Sg The value of the linear feedback shift register shall be initialized at each SOF and SOAF to FFFFh 58 C14
201. ck address that is its object during access In logical data block addressing specifying of a data block address is a function which specifies 2 continuous binary numbers for each drive Furthermore the INIT can know the logical data block address range in the user space where specification is possible using the READ CAPACITY command 1 User space logical block addresses The top data block in the user space is made logical data block address 0 then continuous logical data block addresses are allocated to each data block until the last data block in the user space The HDD makes cylinder 0 track 0 and sector 0 the top logical data block and allocates subsequent logical data blocks in the order described below to addresses in ascending order 1 Within the same track logical data blocks are allocated to sector numbers in ascending order 2 Within the same head of the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to the sectors in each track according to 1 in the ascending order of cylinder numbers 3 Within the next head of the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to the sectors in each track according to 1 and 2 in the ascending order of track numbers 4 On the last track inside the same cell succeeding logical data blocks are allocated to sectors except for spare sectors according to 1 5 After all the allocation in 1 to 4 is completed within the same cell succeeding logical data blo
202. ck type errors detected in read operations on the disk media The number of retries specified in this parameter is the maximum number of times reading is retried for each individual portion of data in each logical data block If the HDD cannot perform correction of the data On the fly for each portion of data in the data block it retries the reading of those portions The reread retry is executed the number of times specified by the drive parameter internally by the HDD before this retry is executed so actually the retry is executed the number specified here plus the number of internal retries The value specified in this parameter is applicable to the READ READ EXTENDED READ LONG commands and the read test in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Correctable bit length This parameter indicates the burst error length bit length which it is possible to apply data correction according to the ECC to It is impossible to change this parameter from the INIT For information on the maximum capabilities see the Product Manual Head offset count not supported The HDD is not supported this field Therefore the HDD ignores the specified value in this field Data strobe offset count not supported The HDD is not supported this field Therefore the HDD ignores the specified value in this field Write Retry Count This field specifies the maximum number of times writing of data to the disk media is retried in the case that there has been an inter
203. cks are allocated in accordance with 1 and 2 starting from the same head allocated from the last logical data block cell immediately prior to the next cell head logical data block 6 Henceforth with each cell switching the head is switched between ascending order and descending order and logical data blocks are allocated accordingly Up to the last cell of the relevant zone succeeding logical data blocks are allocated sequentially according to cell numbers C141 C013 125 Command Processing 2 Alternate area 126 The alternate area in user space spare sectors within each cell and alternate cells are excluded from the abovementioned logical data block addresses Access to allocated sectors as alternate blocks within the alternate area is performed automatically by the HDD s defect management sector slip processing and alternate block processing so it is not particularly necessary for the user to access the alternate area Also data blocks in the alternate area cannot be clearly specified and accessed directly C141 C013 CHAPTER 3 Data Buffer Management 3 1 Data Buffer 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature In this chapter the configuration of the data buffer with which the HDD is equipped its operation and the operation of the cache feature are described 3 1 Data Buffer 3 1 1 Data buffer configuration and basic operation The HDD is equipped with a data buffer which makes it possible to efficie
204. code Read error any 3 13 NOSB error e 94 Microcode Read error any 3 14 NRF error e 95 Microcode Read error any 3 15 error during seek e 97 Microcode Read error any 4 44 or other errors during microcode read 98 Invalid microcode Header Check Sum Al SA Read error any 3 11 error during SA read A3 SA Read error any 3 13 error during SA read A4 SA Read error any 3 14 error during SA read A5 SA Read error any 3 15 error during SA read A7 SA Read error any 4 44 error during SA read A8 Invalid SA Header Check Sum AA SA Read error DSP overrun DRV hardware error AB SA Read error abnormal rotation of spindle motor AC SA Read error on track failure EO Initial calibration failed C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier C141 C013 369 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 6 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 6 6 Sense 2 4E Overlapped commands Before execution of a tagged command was completed the same attempted INIT issued a command to the same LUN with the same tag 55 04 Insufficient Registration PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is issued from Resource insufficient device server resource SMART predictive failure SMART related sense data 12 The read error rate attribute has reached the failure threshold 14 The frequency of grown defect allocation attribute has reached the failure threshold 41
205. considering expanded specifications in the future the INIT should make it possible to correspond to variable lengths for the Page parameter length C141 C013 261 Command Specifications 262 The Address Format Before Conversion field in byte 4 and the Address Format After Conversion field in byte 5 are the same values as the codes which show the expression format for address information specified by the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command parameters The Address Format After Conversion field shows the expression format of the address information reported in bytes 6 to 13 of this response data Address format codes are as shown in Table 4 59 Table 4 59 Address format Address Format Logical Block Address Format Byte Distance from the Index Format Physical Sector Address Format The description of address information shown in bytes 6 to 13 is the same as the description specifications in the D List transferred from the INIT by the FORMAT UNIT command For details see the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 4 3 1 Furthermore when the logical block format is used the address is shown in bytes 6 to 9 and zero is reported in the remaining byte positions However when the address information specified in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command points to a position on the disk media which is not used as physical data blocks X KFFFFFFFF 00000000 is reported as the logical block address after conversion C141 C013 4 4 Maintena
206. contains 000b all data after byte 1 is not valid One possible reason for support being 000b is the device server s inability to retrieve information stored on the media When this is the case a subsequent request for command support data may be successful c CDB size This field contains the number of bytes in the CDB for the operation code being queried and the size of the CDB Usage Data field in the return data d CDB usage data This field contains information about the CDB for the operation code being queried The first byte of the CDB usage data contains the operation code for the operation being queried All bytes except the first byte of the CDB usage data contains a usage map for bits in the CDB for the operation code being queried The bits in the Usage map have a one for one correspondence to the CDB for the operation code being queried If the device server evaluates a bit as all or part of a field in the CDB for the operation code being queried the usage map contains a one in the corresponding bit position If the device server ignores or treats as reserved a bit in the CDB for the operation code being queried the usage map contains a zero in the corresponding bit position The usage map bits for a given CDB field all have the same value Thus the CDB usage bit map for this command for a device server that implements command support data but not vital product data is 12h 02h FFh 00h FFh 00h 7 V
207. d However if the error is corrected with ECC only the CHECK CONDITION is not reported and no sense data is created C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters 5 1 2 Disconnect Reconnect Parameters Page Code 2 The format of the page descriptor in this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 5 3 Table 5 3 MODE SELECT parameters disconnect reconnect parameters X OE Page Length X 00 X 00 4 5 Bus Inactivity Limit Default X 000A Variable X 0000 6 7 X 0000 8 9 Connect Time Limit Default X 0000 Variable X 0000 10 11 Maximum Burst Size Default X 0000 Variable X 0000 X 00 Reserved X 00 Reserved 14 15 First Burst Size Default X 0000 Variable X 0000 a Bus inactivity limit This parameter specifies the maximum period of time from the time of OPEN processing for the address frame during which the TARG executes no operations as a multiple of 100 ps The HDD ignores the value specified by this parameter and operates according to the default value of 0xO00A C141 C013 287 Parameter Data Format 288 Connect time limit This parameter specifies the maximum period of time for which the open state of the connection can be maintained before the TARG starts the closing processing as a multiple of 100 us This value of the HDD is infinite This parameter cannot be changed by INITs
208. d with the GOOD status At this time the HDD generates the UNIT ATTENTION condition UNIT ATTENTION 6 Microcode has been changed 3F 01 for all the INITs except the one that has issued this command If the HDD is in the Not Ready state i e the spindle motor is not rotating when the HDD determines that the microcode can be downloaded this command terminates with the CHECK CONDITION status NOT READY 02 04 Additional Sense Code indicating the NOT READY state Additional Sense Code Qualifier 04 xx Other behavior is the same as when Mode 0 1 1 0 During downloading of microcode the supply of power to the drive must not be cut off such as an instantaneous power failure If a power failure occurs for instance while downloading the microcode to the FLASH ROM the HDD may be severely damaged The worst case scenario in this event would be an inoperable drive C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 8 Mode 1 0 1 0 Echo buffer In this mode the HDD transfers data from the INIT and stores it in the echo buffer The BUFFER ID and BUFFER OFFSET fields are ignored in this mode C141 C013 269 Command Specifications 4 4 4 READ BUFFER 3C es x0 r o o o o we X 00 Buffer ID Buffer Offset MSB Transfer Byte Length 9 foe fo oo ofojo This command is used in combination with the WRITE BUFFER command to diagnose the normalcy of the HDD s data buffer memory and the SAS interface
209. d Specifications The description format of the address information specified in bytes 6 to 13 is the same as the description specification of the D List transferred from the INIT by the FORMAT UNIT command For details see the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 4 3 1 furthermore when the logical block address format is specified it must be described in bytes 6 to 9 and zero must be specified in the remaining byte positions When a logical data block address which does not exist outside the range of the MODE SELECT parameter is specified in the logical block address format or when an area which cannot be allocated as User Space on the disk drive cylinders which physically do not exist is specified in the Byte Distance from the Index format or the Physical Sector Address format that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and address conversion is not executed Details of the address conversion algorithm executed when this parameter page is specified and the data format etc of the conversion results reported to the INIT are explained in RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command Section 4 4 2 3 Logical unit Self Test 256 When 0 is specified in the SelfTest bit and the values other than zero is specified in the SELF TEST Code field in CDB the HDD executes the Self Test specified in CDB In this case the INIT can read the executed res
210. data counter 0 The parameter is a list parameter If these bits are specified by LOG SELECT command the HDD terminates normally But the HDD s action is not changed For LOG SENSE command these bits always report value defined in each log page see Chapter 5 191 Command Specifications 4 1 16 LOG SENSE 4D O O D a D 192 This command provides a means for the application client to retrieve statistical or other operational information maintained by the device about the device or its logical units It is a complementary command to the LOG SELECT command The Parameter Pointer Control PPC bit is not supported It should be zero An Save Parameters SP bit of zero indicates the device server performs the specified this command and does not save any log parameters If saving log parameters is implemented an SP bit of one indicates that the device server performs the specified this command and saves all log parameters identified as savable by the DS bit to the disc medium The Page Control PC field defined the type of parameter values to be selected see 4 1 15 for the definition of the page control field The PC bits are ignored by the drive The drive assumes that current cumulative parameters are selected The Page Code field identifies which page of data is being requested If the page code is reserved or not implemented the device server terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status
211. data page X38 evens tee a aN 357 S nse data formal ieceri aiet Ea ene ae eine 360 Sense key inherent information cee eseeseeseeeneeenseceseceaeceseeeseeees 363 SENSE KEV nha hur ena nie dene hed Ae A E Gi e wlth 364 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 365 Sense data error classification cee ceeceseceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeaeecaeenaeees 375 Error recovery processing Procedures cc eescesceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 378 Disk drive errors and number of retrieS cece eeeeeeseeeneeereeeneeeneees 387 Mode Page 0x1C SubPage 0x01 Background Control Mode PAGO EAT EAA eee pated E E EEEE ts aeons EA AS 398 Background Media Scan Log Page format ee eeeeseeseeeseeeneeeeees 400 BMS Status parameter format 0 cece eeseceseceseceeeceeeeeseeeaeeeneeenaees 401 Medium Scan parameter format eee eesecsseceneceeceeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeaes 402 SMART ASC AS CO menuei a E EE 412 SMART thresholds zi ss uicssnisuecestapoeergesdinest aeeeasetieteaveaseartectoenst 415 C141 C013 CHAPTER 1 SAS Interface 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 Topologies in SAS Interface Names and identifiers Phy layer Link layer Address frames Transport layer C141 C013 This chapter describes the topology interface protocol and operation of the SAS interface 21 SAS Interface 1 1 Topologies in SAS Interface As shown in Figure 1 1 SAS drives h
212. dicates the total number of bytes of defect descriptor list that can be transferred It has either 4 or 8 bytes depending on the format of the defect descriptor Also the values shown in this field are the total number of bytes described in the Defect List Format which specifies the specified type P List or G List of defect data regardless of the value specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB The INIT should check whether the value shown in this field plus 4 is a smaller value than that specified in the Transfer byte count field in the CDB in order to confirm that all the defect data requested in this command have been transferred Also since the value shown in this field is divided by the number of bytes 4 or 8 per defect descriptor quotient the INIT can know the number of defects on the disk media 2 Defect descriptor list The data transferred after the 4 byte header is the Defect descriptor list Defect data in which the defect position information are described with the type and format specified in the CDB One Defect descriptor has a length of 4 bytes when in the Block address format and a length of 8 bytes when in the Byte distance from the index format and Physical sector address format The Defect descriptors do not necessarily transfer defect position information in ascending order See the description of the FORMAT UNIT command Section 4 3 1 concerning the configuration and contents of th
213. disk media Whichever value is specified in this field the HDD does not apply sector interleave but physically positions logical data blocks continuously in continuous sectors 226 C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands 3 Format parameters Table 4 37 lists the data format of the Format parameter transferred from the INIT when 1 is specified in the FmtData format data bit of the CDB Table 4 37 FORMAT UNIT command parameter list configuration Header ee ee ee ee Defect List Length MSB Defect List Length LSB Defect List D List C141 C013 227 Command Specifications a Header The top of the format parameter transferred from the INIT is a 4 byte header The INIT can specify the method used for defect processing that is executed by this command by control flags within the header FOV format option valid 0 Indicates that the INIT does not specially specify concerning the functions specified by the control flags in bits 6 to 4 of byte 1 see following DPRY to STPF The HDD executes format processing in accordance with the default values of the various control flags If the INIT specifies 0 in this bit 0 must be specified in all the control flags in bits 6 to 4 of byte 1 1 Indicates that the INIT is clearly specifying the functions specified by the control flags in bits 6 to 4 of byte 1 see following DPRY to STPF The HDD executes format processing according to the values specified in
214. e INDX SCT INDeX SeCTor IP Initialization Pattern ISG InterSector Gap L LBdata Logical Block data LBN Logical Block Number LED Light Emitting Diode MR Magneto Resistive MS Multiple Select 419 Acronyms and Abbreviations O OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer OOB Out Of Band P P list Primary defect list P N Parts Number PBdata Physical Block data PC board Printed Circuit board PCA Printed Circuit Assembly PER Post ERror PF Page Format PLOSync Phase Lock Oscillator Synchronous PMI Partial Medium Indicator PR4ML Partial Response class 4 Maximum Likelihood R RC Read Continuous RCD Read Cache Disable REQ Request RH Relative Humidity RMB ReMovaBle RST ReSeT RSV ReSerVed S S N Serial Number SBd Synchronized Byte data area SBi Synchronized Byte identifier area 420 SCSI SCT SEL SelfTest SG SOAF SOF SP SPR SR SSEC STPF SURF TB TPI TRM UnitOfl VCM VPD VU WCE WP Small Computer System Interface SeCTor SELect Self Test Signal Ground Start Of Address Frame primitive Start Of Frame primitive Save Page SPaRe block Servo Soft sector Stop sector SURFace T Transfer Block Tracks Per Inch TeRMinator U Unit Offline V Voice Coil Motor Vital Product Data Vendor Unique W Width Write Cache Enable Write Protect C141 C013 Index 10 Byte CDB basic format eee 104 12 Byte CDB basic format 105 6 Byte CDB basic format eee 104 SbLOD
215. e 1 3 B Positioning Error detected by LBA did not match due to Cylinder number s mismatch 1 3 B read of medium 01 Recovered data with retries A data error was recovered from by reading was retried 1 3 B 1 3 B 1 1 1 Recovered data with positive A data error was recovered by read retry with offsetting head to 1 head offset positive direction 03 Recovered data with negative A data error was recovered by read retry with offsetting head to head offset negative direction 0 6 Recovered data without ECC Automatic alternate allocation was applied without ECC data auto reallocated correcting a data error 00 Recovered Data with Error A data error was recovered by read retry with ECC correcting Correction Applied 07 Recovered data without ECC Rewriting to the same sector was performed without ECC 1 recommended rewrite correcting a data error Defect list error in primary list An error was detected during reading of the defect list P List 80 Log information read error An error was detected during reading of statistical information 19 i i 81 Log information write error A write error was detected during writing of statistical information Mode Select SA write Error An error was detected during writing of SA information Mode Select Parameter Drive Parameter SA write An error was detected during writing of SA information Device Information 0 i in pri Defect list error in grown list An error was de
216. e Defect descriptor in each format 1 C141 C013 When 1 is specified in both the P List bit and the G List bit in the CDB and transfer of both the P List and G List is requested the HDD first of all transfers the P List then transfers the G List afterward merging of the defect information in the two lists is not performed When 0 is specified in both the PList bit and the GList bit in the CDB only the header is transferred by that command but the following information is shown in the header at this time Plist bit 0 GList bit 0 Defect List Length field The total number of bytes described in the Defect List Format specifying defect data included in the P List and G List 241 Command Specifications 3 Even if defect data of the type specified in the CDB do not exist in the defect list P List or G List if the defect list is empty 1 is displayed in the PList bit and the GList bit in the header transferred to the INIT corresponding to the specification in the CDB 4 By the INIT issuing this command specifying 4 in the Transfer Byte Length field in the CDB and by investigating the information in the header transferred by the HDD it can know the length number of data included in the P List and G List 5 Depending on the combination of defect data type specifications and format specifications the following conditions exist concerning the transferred defect data so c
217. e connect request because none of the prospective physical links support the requested connection rate the expander device shall return OPEN_REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED If the OPEN address frame reaches the destination it shall return either OPEN ACCEPT or OPEN_REJECT Rate matching shall be used on any physical links in the pathway with negotiated physical link rates that are faster than the requested connection rate C141 C013 1 5 Address frames 1 5 5 3 Connection responses Table 1 25 lists the responses to an OPEN address frame being transmitted Table 1 25 Connection responses Response Description Arbitration in progress When an expander device is trying to open a connection to the selected destination port it returns an AIP to the source phy The source phy shall reinitialize and restart its Open Timeout timer when it receives an AIP AIP is sent by an expander device while it is internally arbitrating for access to an expander port OPEN_ACCEPT Connection request accepted This is sent by the destination phy OPEN_REJECT Connection request rejected This is sent in response by the destination phy or by an expander device OPEN address If the AIP primitive has been detected just before the OPEN frame address frame this indicates a top priority connection request meaning that the OPEN_ACCEPT primitive or an OPEN_REJECT primitive must be sent If an AIP primitive has not been detected yet
218. e until the HDD can receive the next command depends on the operating state with other INITs so ordinarily it cannot be predicted In such a case it is necessary for the INIT that issued the command for which this status was received to repeatedly issue the command until it is accepted 2 RESERVATION CONFLICT status This status shows under a multi initiator environment that the HDD is currently reserved by another INIT and cannot be used until that reserved status is released The period over which the reserved status continues should be managed by the system but normally an INIT that receives this status reissues the original command after waiting an appropriate length of time The wait time until a command is reissued is generally an inherent value of the system and it is necessary that consideration be given to the operating states of the other INITs in the system when deciding it Of the INIT which reserved the HDD falls into a state which it cannot recover from for any reason before the reserved state is released it will be impossible for other INITs to access the HDD because that reserved state will continue In such a case it is necessary for the INIT to take one of the following measures to forcibly release the reserved state and recover the access right e HARD RESET sequence 3 Command completion wait time out This error is a state where the completed status for a command is not reported within the time expected by th
219. e 0 MSB Parameter Code 0x0001 to 0400h 1 LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 3 Parameter Length 0x14 asss LSB o8 Reassign Status Sense Key oo a Additional Sense Code Additional Sense Code Qualifier road Vender Specific 0x00 15 LBA The Time Stamp field reports the cumulative power on time in minutes as registered in this parameter 402 C141 C013 C141 C013 7 4 Background Media Scan BMS The values that may be reported in the Reassign Status field are as follows Oh Reassignment has not been performed Th The Reassign or Write command issued by the initiator is being awaited 2h Automatic alternate processing has been performed 3h Reserved 4h Automatic alternate processing failed Sh Rewrite processing has succeeded in recovery 6h From Initiator alternate processing is executed via the Reassign command or Write command Th From Initiator the Reassign command was issued and alternate processing was executed but the data was not valid Qh From Initiator the Reassign command was issued but the alternate processing failed 9 to Fh Reserved The Sense Key Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields contain error information in the same format as the sense data The Vendor Specific field reports 0x00 LBA field reports the LBA that has encountered the error 403 Disk Media Ma
220. e Code 1 282 5 1 2 Disconnect Reconnect Parameters Page Code 2 00 eeeceesteeeeeees 287 11 Contents CHAPTER 6 12 5 1 3 Format Parameters Page Code 3 oo eee eeseeseceseceneceseeeeeeeeeeneeenaes 289 5 1 4 Drive Parameters Page Code 4 cee ce ceccceeseceenceceeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeees 294 5 1 5 Verify Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 7 eceeeeeeseeeneee 296 5 1 6 Caching Parameters Page Code 8 eeeeseceseceseceseceseeeeeeneeenaes 298 5 1 7 Control Mode Parameters Page Code OA cee ceeceeeeeeeereeereeeneee 304 5 1 8 Notch Parameters Page Code OC e cc ceeceecsceeececeeeeeetaeceeneeeeneeees 308 5 1 9 Port Control Parameter Page Code 19 leseese 310 5 1 10 Power Condition Parameter Page Code 1A eeeeecceesteceeeeees 316 5 1 11 Informational Exceptions Control Page Page Code 1C 317 5 1 12 Background Control Mode Parameter Page Code LC subpage OD ictus i oe kein ponte eines 322 5 1 13 Additional Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 21 325 9 2 Log Parameters isi cuh stones e e tintin A ET Et 327 5 2 1 Support Log Page X 00 2 cc ceccesesesseseceesseeseceesebesseostonedeesteesoneeonse 329 5 2 2 Buffer Overrun Underrun Page X 01 0 eee eeecceesceceeeeeeteceeneeceeeeeee 330 5 2 3 Write Error Count Page X 02 occ ceecceceeceeeseeceeneeceeeeeesaeeeeaaeeeeneeees 331 5 2 4 Read Error Count Page X 03 oo eee eescesecsseceseceeeceseeeeeeese
221. e DATA frame At this time the SENSE DATA for INFORMATION UNIT TOO LONG is reported e TAG field When a DATA frame in which the same value as that set in the TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field of the XFER_RDY frame is received but the tag is different from the one of the XFER_RDY frame the drive sends the ACK primitive and CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive and discards the DATA frame e TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG TPTT field When a DATA frame with the TPTT field that does not match with the TPTT field of the XFER_RDY frame is received the drive sends the ACK primitive and CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive and discards the DATA frame At this time after temporarily closing the connection the drive re opens a connection and sends the SENSE DATA for INVALID TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG RECEIVED C141 C013 C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer DATA OFFSET field The DATA OFFSET field is used to check whether frames are being transferred in the correct order When the drive receives a frame with an offset value that the drive does not expect the drive sends the ACK primitive and CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive and discards the DATA frame At this time after temporarily closing the connection the drive re opens a connection and sends the SENSE DATA for DATA OFFSET ERROR Received data length When a data item with a data length exceeding the value specified in the WRITE DATA LENGTH field of the XFER_RDY frame is received the drive sends the ACK primitive and CRE
222. e HDD performs OPEN processing and begins transferring the succeeding data data pre fetch after it transfers the XFER_RDY frame Writing of data to the disk media is performed in parallel and data transfer with the INIT continues until the empty space in the data buffer is full or until transfer of all the data specified in the command is completed From then on the XFER_RDY data receiving are repeated until transfer of all the blocks of data specified in the command is completed When writing of all the specified data is completed the HDD reports the status and terminates the command 129 Data Buffer Management 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature In order to use the data buffer more effectively and improve the disk drive s effective access speed the HDD is equipped with a simple cache feature called a Look Ahead Cache Feature The Look Ahead cache feature is an effective simple cache function for an INIT which reads data blocks on the disk media sequentially using multiple commands 3 2 1 Caching operation When the HDD is executing a READ command or a READ EXTENDED command it reads the requested data from the disk media and transfers it to the INIT while at the same time reading looking ahead at data blocks which are subsequent to the last logical data block specified in that command to the data buffer Then when a READ command or READ EXTENDED command issued later specifies any of those Look Ahead data blocks the HDD transfers
223. e INIT that issued the command One cause of this error occurring besides a malfunction of the HDD is that the command was cleared by some method which the INIT that issued the command cannot clearly detect such as a HARD RESET sequence or the command was cleared when an unrecoverable error was detected in arbitration processing executed by the HDD etc When this error occurs then judge which recovery method to use based on the contents of the sense data see Section 6 2 2 Not only does command execution time differ widely depending on the type and specified contents of the command but since it has an influence on the following factors it is necessary to give adequate consideration to these points when setting the monitoring time value at the INIT C141 C013 373 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods e Since the command stack feature exists see Section 2 4 even if the HDD accepts a command normally if a command issued by another INIT is being executed or if there are other commands in the stack execution of the command is caused to wait until all the other commands have been processed The execution wait time is dependent upon the type of command issued by the other INITs and the contents of its specifications e Ifthe HDD has executed error recovery processing retried for an error that occurred on the SAS I F or in the disk drive command completion time will be longer than normal 6 2 2 Sense data analysis and error recov
224. e Scan ee eee eeeeeeeseereeeneee 397 7 4 2 4 Conditions for Operation eee ceecesecssecesecesecesecseeeeseeseeeseaeeeeeeneeeeaes 397 TA gt Mode Pas iin ts icra Aneesh Labi ini vob cities tie 398 7 4 4 Background Media Scan Log Page eee ceeceeeeseeeeeeeeneeeseeeneeenaes 400 Ja Drive Sel Test DST 2 22 asicavi weed ae eek een age e 404 Ped GL COV ERVICW e a Me eteuee sath lates Sedan e bt ak cette ns E tae 404 TAL Selite MOUS 2c seschctiessedsbebescctebtasacecsestebes sus a eiee EEEN betes 405 752 1 Foreground M dena ne neti a a SE i 405 7 552 2 Backorovnd Modeen iri ioir nn e e a 406 7 5 3 Matters that are common to both modes 1 0 00 eee eeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 407 RIA Short self test eea eee eaa a a Eaa 407 7 3 3 gt Extended self test saswinh cians eE ONE ES 407 5 6 Test serments isareti teree a a ei E A A 407 13 Contents 7 6 SMART Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology 410 KOl OVERVIEW Tt ier ohare sce d Abe AE eA AE E 410 FO 2 Data analysis isini nee arl o a it ede 411 7 6 3 Failure prediction method ccc eccccesseceseeceeneeceeeeeceeeeeeaeceeaeeceeeeees 412 7 6 40 Reporting function tiesni ainn aaa a S 416 GIOSSALY siciiicisccicsssscnticctsecaierenaieasiecuvecsdedvenansecusacuuedseecnenaubessenteuedsiueveaduenuacetecedss 417 Acronyms and Abbreviations cccccccssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 419 WINGO X vieseieccnssse cca dvnn
225. e byte length of a logical data block on the disk media The logical data block length and physical data block length are the same in the HDD The data block length can be specified at 512 to 528 bytes 4 byte boundary If less than 512 bytes is specified in this field the HDD performs rounding processing there is a rounding processing report setting the data block length at 512 bytes If more than 528 bytes is specified rounding processing is performed there is a rounding processing report setting the data block length at 528 bytes If the block length is not 4 byte boundary rounding processing is performed to change 4 byte boundary If zero is specified in this field the value specified in bytes 12 and 13 Data byte length sector of Page 3 Format Parameter is set At that time if Page 3 is not specified at the same time the current value in Page 3 is used If the value set in this field differs from the value specified in bytes 12 and 13 Data byte length sector of Page 3 Format Parameter the data block length in the block descriptor is set C141 C013 159 Command Specifications c Page descriptor The Page Descriptor consists of a two byte page header or four byte page header when using subpage format followed by a parameter field It is classified based on the parameter function attribute into units called Pages The individual Page descriptors in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands may b
226. e data in the HDD s data buffer to the final byte position has been completed When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer The format of the data transferred to the INIT when this mode is specified is shown in Table 4 63 Table 4 63 READ BUFFER command buffer data mode 0000 0001 1 Effective Buffer Data Length MSB Header Data C141 C013 Effective Buffer Data Length L Effective Buffer Data Length LSB ie Buffer Data Byte 0 Buffer Data Byte 1 L Buffer Data Byte n 4 The Effective buffer data length field in the header indicates the size of the data buffer byte length This value indicates the size of the HDD s data buffer that can be used by the WRITE BUFFER and READ BUFFER commands without relation to the length specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB or the length of the data actually stored in the data buffer by the WRITE BUFFER command When this mode is specified the Effective buffer data length shows the size cache segment volume of the HDD s entire data buffer area Also the length of the buffer data transferred to the INIT by this command is the value for the number of bytes in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB 4 bytes or the value indicated in the Effective buffer data length field in the header whichever is smaller 271 Command Specifications 2 Mode 0
227. e data in the other cache segments are held Figure 3 1 shows the data buffer image C141 C013 127 Data Buffer Management l _ _ ____ Segment _______ Segment 7 Segment 6 Segment 5 Segment 4 Segment 3 Segment 2 Segment 1 Segment 0 7 gt Disk Media Valid Data Write Write Read Read INIT _ Figure 3 1 Data buffer configuration in the case of 8 cache segments The basic functions and operations of the data buffer in a read operation and a write operation are shown below 1 Read operation Data read from the disk media are temporarily stored in the data buffer Then they are transferred to the interface with the timing specified by the HDD The basic read operation procedure is as shown below 1 When the HDD receives a command it temporarily closes the connection and locates the data block specified by the command on the medium 2 When the target data block has been located the HDD reads the data form the disk media to the data buffer At this time if a recoverable error is detected the HDD performs error recovery processing according to the specification in the MODE SELECT parameter or corrects the data in the data buffer 3 When the HDD has read out to the data buffer the amount of data that the HDD itself has
228. e data indicate the following contents and the INIT can determine the correct Transfer byte length from their contents 275 Command Specifications e Sense Key 05 ILLEGAL REQUEST e Additional sense code 24 00 Invalid field in CDB Additional sense code qualifier e VALID Bit ee e ILI bit aia i e Information Field Transfer byte length in the CDB Original Transfer byte length Remark The calculation formula for the information field expresses 1 logical data block as n physical sectors and when negative as a complement of 2 Error recovery processing during execution of this command is in accordance with the specifications in Page code 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameter Page code 21 Additional error recovery parameters e The ARRE flag and the DTE flag are not applied e The TB flag is treated as if 1 was specified 276 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 4 4 6 WRITE LONG 3F zp EEEE E E E e E aa Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address ss eo 0 0 0 0 0 0 S E o EE This command writes the data block data transferred from the INIT together with the ECC to form bytes in the logical data blocks on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB Normally this command is used for checking the ECC function in combination with the READ LONG command The object of this command s operation is only 1 data block Also the data
229. e defined in Table 4 28 Table 4 28 Persistent reservations scope Logical Unit Persistent reservation applies to the full logical unit Reserved Reserved Element Persistent reservation applies to the specified element not supported Reserved Reserved a Logical unit scope A Scope field value of LU shall indicate that the persistent reservation applies to the entire logical unit A drive that supports PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT must also support the Logical Unit scope b Element scope not supported This Scope field value indicates that reservation has been applied to the element specified in the Scope specific Address field of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list The support of Element Scope is optional e Persistent reservations type The Type field value defines the reserve attribute applied to the data block in the logical unit Table 4 29 shows the characteristics of each of the type codes The codes for each of the types and the drives that support such codes are explained in the table The requirements of the drives indicated in the table are divided into two separate categories The first paragnaph defines the required handling for read operation The second paragraph defines the required handling for write operations C141 C013 199 Command Specifications Table 4 29 Persistent reservations type codes a Write Reads Shared Any INIT can execute a read type command PAGINE Writes Exclusive Any wr
230. e phy B powers on 36 C141 C013 1 3 Phy layer Scenario 1 Both SAS phys start SAS OOB sequence at same time COMINIT COMSAS Phy A Tx Phy B Rx Phy ARx Phy B Tx gt COMINIT COMSAS Scenario 2 SAS phy A starts SAS OOB sequence COMINIT COMSAS Phy A TX A Phy B Rx Time z Phy A RX B N Phy B Tx lt gt Pam COMINIT COMSAS Scenario 3 SAS phy B misses SAS phy A s COMINIT COMINIT 1 COMSAS Phy A Tx PhyBRx A Phy A Rx Phy B Tx gt COMINIT COMSAS A SAS phy A power on B SAS phy B power on Time 0 SAS phy reset sequence begins Time z SAS speed negotiation sequence begins Figure 1 10 SAS to SAS OOB sequence C141 C013 37 SAS Interface 1 3 5 1 Exception handling in the OOB sequence e When the COMINIT signal cannot be detected When a drive sends the COMINIT signal but the COMINIT signal from the other side cannot be detected the drive waits for the reception of the COMINIT signal from the INIT or expander until the hot plug timeout time 500 ms elapses If the hot plug timeout time elapses before the COMINIT signal from the other side has been received the drive sends the COMINIT signal again to start a new link reset sequence If the drive receives the COMSAS signal while waiting for the COMINIT signal it sends the COMSAS signal and takes the OOB sequence as having been performed successfully in spite of the fact that it has not received the
231. e received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame ATTACHED STP INITIATOR PORT Reports the STP INIT value received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame ATTACHED SMP INITIATOR PORT Reports the SMP INIT value received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame ATTACHED SSP TARGET PORT Reports the SSP TARGET value received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame ATTACHED STP TARGET PORT Reports the STP TARGET value received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame 355 Parameter Data Format 356 ATTACHED SMP TARGET PORT Reports the SMP TARGET value received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame SAS ADDRESS Reports the port SAS address of the HDD port SAS address Port A SCCC CCCX XXXX XXX 2 port SAS address Port B SCCC CCCX XXXX XXX 3 C Company ID X Serial number for WWN ATTACHED SAS ADDRESS Reports the SAS address received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame ATTACHED PHY IDENTIFIER Reports the phy address received from the INIT with an IDENTIFY address frame INVALID DWORD COUNT Reports the cumulative count of INVALID DWORD errors detected in a sequence of SP_WDS other than the PHY RESET sequence RUNNING DISPARITY ERROR COUNT Reports the cumulative count of RUNNING DISPARITY errors received except in the PHY RESET sequence LOSS OF DWORD SYNCHRONIZATION COUNT Reports the cumulative count of the LINK RESET sequences of a PHY RE
232. e same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SENSE command 174 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 18 MODE SENSE EXTENDED command group 2 parameter configuration 1 2 Header SE ESI EAE 0 Sense Data Length MSB Sense Data Length LSB X 00 Media Type X 00 6 X 00 Block Descriptor Length MSB O7 X 00 or X 08 Block Descriptor Length LSB 3 w o o prom o o o o D S E Block Descriptor ESS TEA S B S Page Descriptor a r elelee life os o meme E Page Length C141 C013 175 Command Specifications Table 4 18 MODE SENSE EXTENDED command group 2 parameter configuration 2 2 Sub Page Descriptor 7 fe sfe afar fo Page Sub Page Code Header Page Length z Parameter Field 176 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 8 REZERO UNIT 01 C141 C013 This command moves the read write heads of the disk drive to the initial position physical cylinder 0 physical track 0 A data block with the physical block address of zero exists at the initial position Initialization of the disk drive s positioning control system and automatic adjustment are also performed by this command 177 Command Specifications 4 1 9 START STOP UNIT 1B This command controls the power condition of the disk drive For the power condition see Chapter 2 Power Condition The control of the power condition is performed with the Start bit in bit 0 of the CDB byte
233. e specified independently by the INIT and multiple Page descriptors may be specified continuously in the desired sequence Page code This field specifies a code Page No that indicates the type of Page descriptor SPF Sub Page Format When this bit is set to 0 this indicates that the Page_O Format Short Page Format is being used and when this bit is set to 1 this indicates that the Sub_Page Format Long Page Format is being used If 1 is specified for a page that does not support the Sub_Page Format pages other than Page 19 and Page 1C the MODE SELECT command is terminated with the CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid Field in Parameter List 26 00 and all the parameters specified with the command are invalidated Page length This field indicates the length in bytes of the parameter field subsequent to byte 2 or byte 4 when using subpage format excluding the page header of the Page Descriptor This length is specific to each page code The INIT must specify the same value as the page length reported by the HDD in the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command except in cases it is described in each of the page descriptor descriptions in this item d MODE SELECT parameters of the HDD The parameter list configuration and its length that can be transferred to the HDD by the INIT in the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command are as shown in Table 4 13 If a Page descripto
234. ear some or all of the queued commands 2 4 UNIT ATTENTION Condition The Unit Attention condition is a function for notifying the INIT asynchronously of events status changes which occur in the TARG or logical unit 2 4 1 Generation of the UNIT ATTENTION condition Events which cause the Unit Attention condition to be generated are any of the following events 1 When a Power On or RESET occurs If the HDD is reset by a power on HARD RESET or LOGICAL UNIT RESET regardless of whether the disk drive is in the ready state or not the Unit Attention condition is generated to all the INITs 2 When I T Nexus Loss occurs When I T Nexus Loss has been detected and command processing of an INIT that has detected the I T Nexus Loss is aborted the Unit Attention condition is generated for the INIT 3 When drive parameters are changed if changed by another INIT If any of the following parameters is changed from an INIT the Unit Attention condition is generated for all the INITs except the one that changes that parameter e A parameter specified by the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command e A parameter specified by the SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command C141 C013 111 Command Processing 4 Commands cleared by another INIT If the following events have occurred the command which is currently being executed and commands in the queue are cleared and this Unit Attention condition is generated e The CLEAR TASK SET is is
235. eceeaeeceeaeeceeeeeaecseaeeeees 67 1 5 5 5 Aborting a connection FEQUESE oo eee eee eseecnseceseceseceseeeseeeteeeseeeeeeenes 69 1 5 5 6 Closins a COMME CH ON sesv2s g c 25 Hits te restates a R 70 1 5 5 7 Breaking a COMNECUON 2 20 scceescece es cedeieceteeetescetabbevtewseeeecadeabeesneeereeees 71 135 58 Rate matching senner neon earr aait EPERE 71 C141 C013 CHAPTER 2 C141 C013 Contents 1 5 6 SSP link layers tccaeati ieee he ain wi ties eal wee 72 1 5 6 1 SSP frame transmission and reception eceeceeeceseeeeeeeeeeenseceaeenaeees 73 15 6 27 SSP flow Control sctci soes 8s tise iis hen hades civielea eed eh 73 1 5 6 3 Interlocked frames i sisoiissccedtiveschasessacteugs dadeblui davebitngsebestisaterstedatebhybeats 73 1 5 6 4 Closing an SSP CONNECTION cece ceeceseeeseeeeeeeeaeeeaeecaeecaecnaecnaeenaeees 76 1 6 Transport layetc c onc casein eee nares dae eelied ee ee ele 78 EOL SSP frame formatiei enna eo a a e AETIA 78 1 6 2 TnformatiOn Units orssn itenni s aa a as 81 1 6 2 1 COMMAND information unit seseseesseesesssssesssesssesssesssesssesssressresseess 81 1 6 2 2 TASK information unit eeneioe EEE n EE Os 84 1 6 2 3 XFER_RDY information unit eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesesesesesesesesesesesesesesesess 86 1 6 2 4 DATA information Umit cece ceecceceeeceeeeeeeeeaeceeaeeceeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeneeees 89 1 6 2 5 RESPONSE information Umit ccc ceeceeseeceeseeceeaeeceeeeeesaeeeeaaeceeneeees 92 1 6 3 S
236. eceived by the HDD is 128 per HDD without relation to the INIT When the HDD receives a new command if the command queue is full the new command is responded to with the TASK SET FULL status The HDD controls the command queue but it is possible for the INIT to delete commands from the queue by adding a command When the HDD adds a command to the queue an INIT can specify the TASK ATTRIBUTE of the CMND frame to give the HDD instructions about the execution order of commands or the command to be executed next There are three TASK ATTRIBUTEs ORDERED HEAD OF QUEUE and SIMPLE When ORDERED is specified the HDD executes commands in the order they are received All the commands received with SIMPLE specified before a command received with ORDERED specified are regardless of the INIT executed before the command received with ORDERED specified All the commands received with SIMPLE specified after a command received with ORDERED specified are executed after the command received with ORDERED specified Commands received with a HEAD OF QUEUE are registered at the top of the queue for waiting execution The HDD does not interrupt the current command execution and executes them after completion of current command execution When commands with the HEAD OF QUEUE are received continuously the HDD first executes the command which was received last If 0000 or 0001 is specified by the Queue algorithm modifier in the control mode page the HDD pe
237. eceseceseceseceeeceseeeseeeeneeeaes 51 OPEN REJECT retry primitives esseere irsrsirrrioitresieeireiieteisioni 52 DONE PMV Seniai A RE e E ae ten ii 55 Clock skew management ALIGN insertion requirement 0 0 0 57 Scrambling for different data dword types cece cesceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeenes 58 Address frame format sssri iiis n R Aa 59 IDENTIFY address frame format eeeeeeeeeeeeeerereeresreereerrrrrererrresee 60 DEVICE TYPE fielder t tinie tacdiecebldcetaisbl ccs shtsedi Eiai 60 OPEN address frame format eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeessereestesrssreeresrrssesreses 62 PROTOCOL Meld in vctact dae aE T A es 62 CONNECTION RATE field otrie n ea 63 ARBITRATION WAIT TIME field eee eeeeeeeeeeeneeceseceaeeneeeees 64 Connection LESPONSES saioei ioe eroien ne oa aaee eE aA aae 67 Arbitration priority for OPEN address frames passing on a physical AKsar e eaae a OaE A E arate 68 Abort connection responses ssesesereesesreeresresstrrieseerssresresresresressese 69 Close connection responses s seesssesreesesresresresstsrieseerestesresresrerrreeeee 70 Break connection responses sssssssesssssssssessssssrsssssssssssseessesssessseessess 71 Rate matching ALIGN and or NOTIFY insertion requirements 72 SSP frame interlock requirements ccscceesseceeeeceeeeeeeeceeaeeceeneeesas 74 SSP frame format aenean erei vases sions a a a TE TE 78 FRAME TYPE field csccs sce sei ed ek eee ae 79 COMMAND information UMIt
238. ecuted next If the write cache function is disabled a status byte is reported after writing to the disk media of all the data transferred from the INIT is completed then execution of the command is terminated 216 C141 C013 C141 C013 4 2 Data Access Commands Even when there is an error in the specification in the CDB or when a write operation to the disk media cannot be executed normally due to various other causes the transfer of data data is pre fetched to the data buffer from the INIT to the HDD may be executed In this case the length of data transferred from the INIT to the HDD is undefined Also all the data transferred to the HDD will not necessarily be actually written to the disk media However if the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status and the sense key of the sense data indicates ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 the data from that command is not written to the disk media by a write operation 217 Command Specifications 4 2 4 WRITE EXTENDED 2A Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Logical Block Address Block Address LSB Transfer Block Count MSB Transfer Block Count LSB pe ee fe os Soe This command transfers the number of blocks of data specified in the Transfer block count field from the INIT and writes them in continuous logical data blocks with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The func
239. ed to the INIT Current Values Reports each Current parameter value The Current values are either of the following values Values specified by a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command which is finally normally terminated When a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is not executed after the power is switched on after a Hard Reset or LU Reset issued by any INIT is received the same values as Save values However if Save values do not exist for parameters other than those on Page 3 and Page 4 excluding byte 17 the same values as Default values Variable Values The INIT reports variable parameter fields and parameter bits through the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command A 1 is reported in the variable fields and bit positions in each page descriptor and 0 is reported in the fields and bit positions which cannot be changed See the description of each page descriptor for the MODE SELECT command Chapter 5 concerning the variability of each parameter Default Values Reports the Default value of each parameter See the description of each page descriptor for the MODE SELECT command Chapter 5 concerning the actual default value of each parameter Save Values Reports the Save value of each parameter The Save values are either of the following values For parameters other than those on Page 3 and Page 4 these are the values specified ina MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command
240. eed negotiation sequence is successful eee eee eneees 43 1 3 6 3 Exception handling in the speed negotiation sequence eee 43 1 3 7 Phy layer dword synchronization DWS eccesceeseeseeneceseeneeeeaeee 43 WA Dak Va yerisien ict ecsscesies cibeched tate thaccactebea ETE 44 1AA Primitives sich iced seein einen aes nto ears 44 1 42 Primitive Sequences neni Messick ten beter eee a e e a Beebe Loe 47 1 4 3 Primitives not specific to type of CONNECTIONS eee eeeesteceteceteceeeees 47 1 4 3 1 AIP Arbitration in progress ceceseceeeeseeeeeeeseeeeecaeeceecsaecnaeenaeens 47 143 2 ALIGN isi ee digiael ahh Hae a A eal eee ae 47 Contents 4 3 3 BREA Koco ae n e pete Gove sets ves aT EA de hds aE EEA TIESA axe 48 1 4 3 4 BROADCAST vis niet ede Mabe lores E E 48 F4 3S CHOSE sets sasecttiv tad ete sabledis cadets tots coda Getcioes eabdetea a tattle bedloelaeadetins 49 1 4 3 6 EOAF End of address frame ccccccccssccecesssececsesseceesesseeeeessteeeenees 49 1403 47 ERROR l noaa ea ees hn eee ne anes 49 143 HARD RESET ieee e a eet ie a asses es 49 F439 NOTEY piee a a E E E E a 50 14 310 OPEN AGCEPT eiiieaen eerten ieee e E ee EnaA 50 14311 OPEN REJECT traa a E ieee leiden 50 1 4 3 12 SOAF Start of address frame cccccccscccceesseceeesseceesesseeeeeesteeeenees 53 1 4 4 Primitives used only inside SSP and SMP connections eee 54 14 48 ACK acknowledge scic seccacathd sacte ste cadvesd
241. eeeeeeeeeeees 142 version descriptor field 0 cee eee 142 VPD identifier list eee eee 145 VPD information 0 145 146 147 W M OE a EE E R E TENA 299 WEP Difen rena raaa i 171 WRITE OA c cesceessescesseneccesseneeceseetenees 216 WRITE AND VERIFY 2E cec 219 WRITE BUFFER 3B 263 WRITE BUFFER command 265 WRITE BUFFER transfer mode 264 write cache enable n 299 WIE CLTOF iie a wisi e EA 383 write error count page X 02 ee 331 write error recovered with possible delayitscai einai tel acs 332 write error recovered without delay 332 WRITE EXTENDED 2A 218 WRITE LONG BF heses 277 write OPeTatiON eee eeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeneeeneee 129 write retention PriOrity eee eee eseeeee 301 Write retry COUNE 0 eee eeeeeeeeeereeeneeeneee 285 WRITE SAME 41 279 X XFER_RDY information unit 86 429 READER S COMMENT FORM Your comments or suggestions on this document are cordially solicited For any comments and suggestions you may have please complete and submit this form to your FUJITSU representative The comments and suggestions will be used in planning future editions Thank you for your cooperation Date issued Manual name MBA3073RC MBA3147RC MBA3300RC SERIES MBB2073RC Name MBB2147RC SERIES MBC2036RC Company or organization MBC2073RC SERIES DISK DRIVES SERIAL ATTACHED SCSI Address INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS
242. eeeeeeeereeeeee 96 SSP linklay 6 einion 72 standard INQUIRY data 137 138 start of address frame eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 53 Start OF MAM sns a aieiaa 56 Start specification s 178 START STOP UNIT 1B 178 starting boundary eeeseeeeeeerereeeeeree 310 start stop cycle countet sseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 346 start stop cycle counter page 00 SA PEE EAE OA E EAS 344 SUALUS oerte erra ea ok neona Tea hee TETENG 108 Stats Dyte inean aeetis 108 stop form t asss seen rn a ie 229 stop specification sssseseeeeeeeeeereeresreee 179 SPPE eeen aen n ea ste 229 SUPPORT n a TEES 143 144 support log page X 00 eese 329 Supported FUNCTION 0 eee ceteceteceteeees 140 SURE fae ien eroien arene tte EEEa 292 surface addressing 292 SWP eee E ie aE TARE 307 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 35 223 T target save disable 190 TAS eeir A R 306 task aborted status ee eeeeeeeseereeeeee 306 TASK information unit 84 C141 C013 TASK SET FULL status 109 373 task Set type nsin heeded tees 305 TB284 temperat te cisnes 343 temperature page X OD neeese 342 termination status analysis 0 00 0 eee 372 WEST pohsitiabaansii ae ean nies 318 TEST UNIT READY 00 eese 135 third party release function 0 0 183 threshold met criteria 191 TMC aieea i e E EER SEa 191 total read byte processed s es 337 total read error posted 336 total recoverable read error posted tO INET eraren tt ieehi siete 337 total recoverable
243. eeeeees 336 Total recoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code OOS fais AE EEE inate oats SAE ROA eat laced 337 Total read bytes processed page 03 code 0005 337 Total unrecoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code WO0G E A E E E E E E E 338 Verify error count page X 05 sseeeesesseeseresreeresresrerrrsserresseesessreee 338 Verify errors recovered without delays page 05 code 0000 339 Verify errors recovered with possible delays page 05 code OOO A EEEE EEE E E E EEE tat 339 Total verify errors posted page 05 code 0002 sses 340 Total recoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0003 isis eres e aeaaaee a na ee Eas a aa a SEa loanteadetee las 340 Total verify bytes processed page 05 code 0005 ee eeeeeeeeeee 341 19 Contents 20 Table 5 44 Table 5 45 Table 5 46 Table 5 47 Table 5 48 Table 5 49 Table 5 50 Table 5 51 Table 5 52 Table 5 53 Table 5 54 Table 5 55 Table 5 56 Table 5 57 Table 5 58 Table 5 59 Table 5 60 Table 5 61 Table 5 62 Table 5 63 Table 5 64 Table 5 65 Table 5 66 Table 5 67 Table 6 1 Table 6 2 Table 6 3 Table 6 4 Table 6 5 Table 6 6 Table 6 7 Table 7 1 Table 7 2 Table 7 3 Table 7 4 Table 7 5 Table 7 6 Total unrecoverable verify errors posted to INIT page 05 code 0006 a ee ecg ge ee cet 341 Non medium error count page X 06 00 cee ceeceeeeeseeeereeeseeeeeeeeenaees 342 Temperature page X OD serseri nea p EEE E ra 342 Tem
244. eeeneeeneeenaes 335 5 2 5 Verify Error Count Page X 05 0 ceseesceseceseceseceseeeeeeesneeeeeeneeenaes 338 5 2 6 Non Medium Error Count Page X 06 ecccecececeeeeeeeeeeeeneeceeneeee 342 5 2 7 Temperature Page X OD eee cecceseceseceseceseceseeeeeeesneseneeeaeeeaaeenaes 342 5 2 8 Start Stop Cycle Counter Page X OE cee ceeceeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenees 344 5 2 9 Application Client Page X OF cece cesceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeseneeeaeeeneeenaes 347 5 2 10 Self Test Result Page X 10 oo ee eeeesecseecnseceseceaeeeeeeseesseeeaeeenaes 348 5 2 11 Background Medium Scan Page X15 ceils ceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeneenes 350 5 2 12 Protocol Specific Port Log Page X 18 ei ceeceeceseeeeeeeereeeneeeneeenees 353 3 2 13 SMART Status Page XOQF sscciessscedbenccctahisssteessecccastesiasebbbncactesessateeses 357 5 2 14 SMART Data Page X 38 oo eceeccsseeseeeeceseeseeeeeesecaeeeeeeseceaeeaeeeeeaeeas 357 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods scsssese 359 OL Sense Datar or iaee te aint balances EAA eet eee 359 GLI Sensedata formats nenese eskea a ien 359 6 1 2 Sense data basic information eesesseeeeseseesesereserrisstsserressesrrssresreses 361 6 1 3 Sense data additional information seeeseseeeeeseereeresressesresrrrrssresreses 371 6 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended ccscceeseeeeeeeees 372 C141 C013 CHAPTER 7 C141 C013 Contents 6 2 1 Termination status
245. een received Table 1 27 Abort connection responses Response Description BREAK This confirms that the connection request has been aborted Break Timeout The originating phy shall assume the connection request has timer expires been aborted Figure 1 15 shows the sequence for a connection request where the Open Timeout timer expires bransmater Open address frame Reset Open Timeout st H nar a ee receiver Reset Qpen Timeout ro eo pal _ Rege ee meal P _ timer Receive 1 maof idie dwords without AIP Open Timeout timer expires Transmit BREAK primitive sequence Receive BREAK primitive sequence Transmit BREAK primitive sequence Recelve BREAK primitive sequence F me time Figure 1 15 Connection request timeout example C141 C013 69 SAS Interface 1 5 5 6 Closing a connection CLOSE is used to close a connection of any protocol After transmitting CLOSE the source phy shall initialize a Close Timeout timer to 1 ms and start the Close Timeout timer Table 1 28 lists the responses to a CLOSE being transmitted Table 1 28 Close connection responses Response Description CLOSE This confirms that the connection has been closed Close Timeout The originating phy shall attempt to break the connection timer expires Figure 1 16 shows example sequences for closing a connection Example 1 CLOSES sent one at a time trans
246. eeseecseecaeeseeeseeeseesseeeeaeeeaaeenaes 122 29 Data Block Addressing six 231 cies vd tiiceis nevis Masta a 122 2 9 1 Definition of data space ee eeceeseeseeeseecseecsseceseceaeeseceteceaeeeaeeeaaes 122 2 9 2 Logical block addressing 0 ee eeeeesceeseeeseecneecnseceseceseenseesseeseeeeeneeenes 125 Data Buffer Management ssssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 127 Sek Data Butter ienen sehiuctvs ven thes e a badeoes a Eae E aaeei 127 3 1 1 Data buffer configuration and basic operation eeseceeeceeeeereeeeereeee 127 3 2 Look Ahead Cache Feature eeeeneeeeseeeereeresreerssreeresrtesesressesrrssresreses 130 3 2 1 Ga ching operationes o o a E T aTa 130 3 2 2 Caching parameters gt naar ottaen ee e ata neria iatis age see 133 3 2 3 Look Ahead operation Look Ahead volume sessessesesesseessssses 133 Command Specifications cccccccseseseseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeees 135 4 1 Control Sense Commands 0 0 0 eeeceseceseceseceseceseeeseeeseeesneeeseeeaeeeneeenaes 135 4 1 1 TEST UNIT READY 00 cece eneen es erte kateei 135 4 14 20 INQUIRY G2 928 aU a ots 136 4 133 READ CAPACITY 25 5 0 rererere iea e E a beets 151 4 1 4 MODE SELEGT I5 rrren ioiii E e E EE a is 153 4 1 55 MODE SELECT EXTENDED 55 esessssreeresesesresrssrsreersresesre 163 4 1 6 MODE SENSE 1A ccccesccssessesecscececsessesesettenteneenercensnsensesoatenees 166 4 1 7 MODE SENSE EXTENDED SA ceceeeeeceseeeeeeece
247. efect management the INIT can regard all the logical data blocks in the user space as error free and can access them For details concerning the data format on the disk medium cylinder configuration track format and sector format as well as details on defect management methods and replacement block assignment methods see Chapter 3 Data Format in the Product Manual Also see Chapter 7 Disk Media Management for an outline of defect management methods 123 Command Processing Spear sectors for each cell Spear sectors for each cel Alternate Cel lj System space Physical cylinder T T Cylinder 0 Head 0 1 4 m 1 Cell 0 Tt Cylinder 1 Cell Head 1 Zone 0 1 Cylinder 0 Head a 1 1 l 4 m 1 Cell n 1 Cell 4 l l m 1 Zone 1 Zone x 1 1 0 l 1 Alternate cell RE l 9 1 Last J cylinder Figure 2 1 124 Data space configuration 1 Alternate cylinder 1 User space C141 C013 2 9 Data Block Addressing 2 9 2 Logical block addressing The HDD uses logical data block addressing which is not dependent on the disk drive s physical structure as the method of data access on the disk medium The HDD makes correspondence between each physical sector and each logical data clock address during formatting Access to the data on the disk medium is performed in logical data block units and the INIT specifies the logical data blo
248. eived Data Offset Error Initiator Response Timeout An unrecoverable SAS related error occurred in the command execution sequence Overlapped commands attempted None 2 Before execution of a command was completed a new command was issued by the same INIT Miscompare during verify operation None 24 Data failed to match in the Byte check mode of the Verify command K Sense Key C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier L Logging Necessary shown in Section 6 2 3 C141 C013 377 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 6 6 Error recovery processing procedures 1 4 Recovery l Method Recovery Processing Procedure E It is not necessary to perform the error recovery processing Continue processing Error recovery processing is impossible Terminate processing This is a programming error and error recovery processing is impossible Terminate processing and correct the error in the system INIT programming This is an error in the SAS I F and error recovery processing is impossible Terminate processing and check the system s SAS connection Reissue the original command Retry If the command is terminated with the same error when retried perform recovery method 3 or 1 If the command is terminated with a different error when retried execute the recovery processing procedure for that error After waiting about 1 second reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries
249. ence is a minus value if the request transfer byte count is smaller it is expressed as a complement of 2 In the HDD only the READ LONG command and the WRITE LONG command display this information For details see the descriptions of these commands Sections 4 4 5 and 4 4 6 C141 C013 361 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 6 Additional sense data length This field indicates the length number of bytes after byte 8 of the sense data The value shown in this field shows the length of sense data provided by the HDD without relation to the value specified in the Transfer byte length in the CDB of the REQUEST SENSE command The length of the HDD s sense data is fixed at 48 bytes and this field always indicates X 28 40 bytes 7 Command inherent information This field indicates information that is inherent to the command where the error occurred The only command for which the value in this field is valid in the HDD is the REASSIGN BLOCKS command See the description of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command Section 4 3 2 concerning details of the information shown in this field 8 Additional Sense code Additional Sense code Qualifier The codes which indicate the reason for the error displayed by the sense key in detail are reported in these fields The INIT can decide procedures for error recovery according to the sense key and these fields The sense code and sub sense code are defined in Table 6 4 9 SKSV sense key specif
250. eplacement The target shall return the same Identifier to all initiators on all ports When this command is executed the HDD must be in the Ready state If this command is issued when the HDD is not in the Ready state the HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status NOT READY 2 Additional Sense Code indicating the NOT READY state 210 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 21 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER A4 C141 C013 Parameter List Length MSB Parameter List Length Parameter List Length Parameter List Length LSB This command requests that the device identifier information in the logical unit be set to the value received in the SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list On successful completion of this command a unit attention shall be generated for all initiators except the one that issued the service action When reporting the unit attention condition the additional sense code shall be set to DEVICE IDENTIFIER CHANGED The Service Action field can be specified only X 06 The Allocation Length field specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier that shall be transferred from the application client to the device server The maximum value for this field shall be 512 bytes A parameter list length of zero indicates that no data shall be transferred and that subsequent REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands shall return an Identifier length of zero Logical units that implement this command shall be capable of accepting a
251. equences of SSP frames 0 0 ee ceeceseceseceseceeeeeseeeeeeseaeeeseeeaaeeaaecnaeens 96 1 6 4 Exceptional event processing Of a drive oo eee eseeseeseecneeensecnseeeaeen 98 Command Processing iicvindiiniueccccstutncvenertedudcacindvencceeduancviadeanade 103 2 1 Command Format ose see hees e p E a E Eet 103 2 2 EN E A D A E 108 2 3 Command Queuing Function esssseeeeeeeseseieseerrssresresresresrtsserrissresresrest 110 2 4 UNIT ATTENTION Condition eeesseeseeeeeeesesisesesrrserresrssesrsrrsesseseesrse 111 2 4 1 Generation of the UNIT ATTENTION condition 0 ce eeeeeeee 111 2 4 2 Response and release condition at UNIT ATTENTION condition hold State erea an a eae E E E E ES O are 112 2 4 3 UNIT ATTENTION condition multiple hold 0 00s 113 2 5 Sense D ta Hold St t sorrienni arnai en iiie aS 113 2 0 Power Condino ec aea E EE ETE Eg 114 AT CED Displays a eeaeee a ara ar a A s 116 2 8 Command Processing Exceptions eseeeesseeereeseeresresreeresresserrrssresresreee 116 28A Overlapped tad sseeg teranse ea eenaa E Eeee kaTa 116 2 8 2 Ilegal LUN specification ssessseseeesseessessseesseessressessesseessresseesseesse 117 9 Contents CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 4 10 2 8 3 Reserved operation Cod rt siirsi esisi 118 2 8 4 Error recovery processing e esseereeeerreerreresresresreeresrrsserriesresresrent 118 28 3 Abort prOCeSSIN eese eei e aa ei aa t 119 2 8 6 Fatal hardware errors cee eeeceesceeseeese
252. eral phys on the left transmit SAS addresses of B only phys attached to the same SAS addresses become part of the same ports The set of phys with SAS address B attached to the set of phys with SAS address D become one port while the set of phys with SAS address B attached to the set of phys with SAS address E become another port SAS address A Narrow port Narrow link Narrow port s f Physicallink _ SAS address C SAS address B Wide link Physical link ISAS address D SAS address B Physical link SAS address D SAS address B Wide link Physicallink isas address E SAS address B Physical link SAS address E Figure 1 4 Ports narrow ports and wide ports C141 C013 25 SAS Interface 1 1 4 SAS devices A SAS device contains one or more SAS ports each containing one or more phys i e a SAS port may be a narrow port or a wide port Each single HDD unit is a separate SAS device Usually it is a single port or dual port device but does not use a wide port Figure 1 5 shows examples of SAS devices with different port and phy configurations SAS Device SAS Device i 1 fon en nee 1 Narrow port ECLCLITITTTT i rs 1 i a TER egy Figure 1 5 SAS devices 26 C141 C013 1 1 Topologies in SAS Interface 1 1 5 Pathways A potential pathway is a set of physical links between a SAS INIT phy and a SAS TARG phy When a SAS INIT phy is directly attached toa SAS
253. ery methods The INIT can judge the procedure for error recovery by analyzing the contents of the sense data Table 6 5 the classifications of error information displayed in the sense data are shown and in Table 6 6 the procedures for error recovery recommended for the INIT to execute are shown The error recovery procedure which can be executed by the INIT will differ depending on the system s condition so the optimum processing procedure should be selected for the user system with reference to the following descriptions 374 C141 C013 6 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 6 5 Sense data error classification 1 3 i Recovery Method 2 R See Table 6 6 Sync Mark not found for data field Positioning error Recovered data without ECC Recovered data with error correction applied These errors are errors detected during accessing of the disk media but they are recovered from through the HDD s retry processing However when 1 is specified in the DTE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters the command may not necessarily be executed until it is completed Rounded parameter The HDD s rounding processing was applied to the MODE SELECT parameters specified by the INIT Logical unit not ready The logical unit specified by the command is in a state where it cannot be accessed Logical unit not ready Logical unit not ready format in progress The logical unit specified by the command is currently being forma
254. es 317 MRIE eia ciel sie enone E E A E 320 Interval tamer i n eea a E E E aa aie 321 MODE SELECT parameters background control mode PrE TEE os oa EAEra ET EEEREN ESEE EE ira ess 322 MODE SELECT parameters additional error recovery parameters sman ea e EE E E E E e ER aA 325 Mode parameter default values 000 ee eesesseceseceteceneceeeeseeeseeeseeeees 326 Log parameter formatai enso nises aaa mnie 327 Support log page X00 erteni iei n a e iee 329 Buffer overrun underrun page X 01 eeeseeeerereererreserrrssresrsre 330 Write error count page X 02 ee eeeesecssecseceseceseceseceeeeseeeseeeeeeeees 331 Write errors recovered without delays page 02 code 0000 332 Write errors recovered with possible delays page 02 code OOO D E AEE tei Sesion ging E E E E A EE ET 332 Total write errors posted page 02 code 0002 333 Total recoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0003 Ja enne e a Ota e Seea esaea E EE e EEE AETS 333 Total write bytes processed page 02 code 0005 n se 334 Total unrecoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code OOOO E EES A E A E EEE E AET 334 Read error count page X 03 esessssesrsssesrseresreeresreeresrreserrissresresreee 335 Read errors recovered without delays page 03 code 0000 335 Read errors recovered with possible delays page 03 code WOOL T EAE E coterie celica Merle seth aloud tects Jak 336 Total read errors posted page 03 code 0002 cece eeeeeeee
255. esiecagabtalevoal shanse 359 sense data basic information 361 sense data error classification 00 375 sense data format cc eee 359 360 sense data hold state oe eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 113 sense data length 171 SENSE KEV ciscesssacceutssanecbiacsckovee caneesetale 361 364 sense key inherent information 362 363 sense key specific Valid oo ce ceeeeeeeeeee 362 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER A4 211 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter data cee eeeeeseeceenteeeeeeees 212 SIZE oat teased cen een nae eae eed 300 Size ENADIE ieisreseti ie estates ae 300 SKS Vii ditast one tat ein a Lae ie ence 362 SMART data page X 38 eene 357 SMART status page X 2F oo 357 SOAB ii etectnieit inside eats 53 SOR casi titel niin EE T es 56 428 SOft SCCLOTIN gerne Ea R 292 soft write protect oe eee este ceteceteceteeees 307 Spare Sector ALEA eee eeeeseceseceteceteeeeeees 390 spare sector within cell 0 eee eee 390 specified cycle count over device lifetime 3 ve ieee ain ees 345 specifying address format eee 255 specifying initialization method 226 speed negotiation sequence is Successfull seoir aieri r eae 43 speed negotiation sequence exception handling 43 SSEC ier aee E nie nate 292 SSP connection closing 76 SSP flow control seeeeeeeereerereererrsree 73 SSP frame format 78 SSP frame transmission and reception eae ii aie eran 73 SSP frame Sequence ceece
256. etail 7 5 2 1 Foreground mode Before the INIT initiates a self test in foreground mode the HDD should be reserved If the HDD specifies the execution of a self test in foreground mode it will report the status when a pertinent command is issued after completion of the self test When a self test in foreground mode is in process the HDD will report CHECK CONDITION status NOT READY 2 LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY SELF TEST IN PROGRESS 04 09 in response to any command other than the following e INQUIRY command e REPORT LUNS command e REQUEST SENSE command If a test segment error occurs while the HDD is executing a self test in foreground mode the HDD will update a test result log page and report CHECK CONDITION status HARDWARE ERROR 04 LOGICAL UNIT FAILED SELF TEST 3E 03 The INIT can obtain additional information on the error by referencing the self test result log page If the HDD fails to update the self test result log page it reports CHECK CONDITION status HARDWARE ERROR 4 LOGICAL UNIT UNABLE TO UPDATE SELF TEST LOG 3E 04 The INIT can terminate a foreground mode self test by issuing an abort request based on the ABORT TASK ABORT TASK SET CLEAR TASK SET function Upon receiving an abort request the HDD updates the self test result log page and terminates the self test in progress C141 C013 405 Disk Media Management 7 5 2 2 Background mode If the HDD receives a SEND DIAGNOSTICS command that
257. eter list transferred by the INIT in this command The parameter list is configured from header 4 bytes in length followed by a block descriptor with a length of 8 bytes This is followed by one or more page descriptors or when there is no block descriptor the 4 byte header is followed by one or more page descriptors The INIT may transfer a header only or the header and block descriptor only without the page descriptor added C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 12 MODE SELECT command Group 0 parameter configuration 1 2 Header a X 00 Media Type X 00 or X 08 Product Descriptor Length Block Descriptor SEXES ESESEAERESED a E 0 E cone a Page Descriptor Page Page Code Header a Page Length C141 C013 157 Command Specifications Table 4 12 MODE SELECT command Group 0 parameter configuration 2 2 Sub Page Descriptor SERRA Eee Lo se Pete EA age Lengt R 5 Parameter Field ES Page Header a Header Mediatype X 00 default type must be specified in this field Byte2 Bits 7 and 4 of this field have meaning only in the header transferred to the INIT by the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands The values specified in these bits are disregarded in the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands 0 must always be specified by the INIT in the other bit positions Block descriptor length This field indicates the length block count
258. execution results of the latest SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Also even if this command is executed the response data in not cleared and remains valid until the next SEND DIAGNOSTIC command is executed If this command is issued when valid response data do not exist the HDD transfers a maximum of 4 bytes of X 00 data to the INIT Table 4 56 lists the format of response data transferred to the INIT from the HDD by this command The response data are configured from a 4 byte Page header and the Page parameters which follow it 258 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 56 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command response data configuration Header Page Parameters pe oS a a Parameter T E E e Page code This field is the same value as the page code specified in the parameter list transferred form the INIT by the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command executed last and shows a code which identifies the type of response data reported in this command e Page parameter length This field shows the byte length of the page parameter after byte 4 e Page parameter Data which show the execution results of the operation specified by the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command are reported in this field C141 C013 259 Command Specifications 1 Page code list This response data reports the Page code list of the parameter page supported by the HDD in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command after
259. f data bytes to be received by the drive and may not be divisible by four Figure 1 21 shows an example case where multiple XFER_RDY frames are sent INIT TARG write Cmd A ACK RRDY write Cmd A ACK RRDY write Cmd A ACK RRDY Tae XFER RDY Cmd A ACK DATAs P All the data specified by the length in the ACKs RRDYs XFER_RDY command A frame has been received XFER_RDY Cmd A Additional XFER_RDY frames can be transferred ACK INIT TARG write Cmd ACK RRDY write Cmd A ACK RRDY write Cmd A ACK RRDY mF XFER_RDY Cmd A ACK DATAs ACKs RRDY XFER RDY Cmd A XFER RDY Cmd B ACK XFER RDY Cmd C ACK Data for the XFER_RDY command A frame has not been received yet gt Additional XFER_RDY frames can not be transferred f XFER_RDY frames can be transferred for a different nexus XFER_RDY frames can be transferred for a different nexus Figure 1 21 Example of XFER_RDY frames 88 C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer 1 6 2 4 DATA information unit Table 1 40 defines the data IU The DATA frame is sent by an SSP INIT port to deliver write data i e a write DATA frame and is sent by an SSP TARG port to deliver read data i e a read DATA frame The maximum size of the data IU is the maximum size of any IU in an SSP frame The minimum size of the data IU is one byte Table 1 40 DATA information unit DATA lbyte to 1024bytes
260. f from 1 to 256 blocks is possible On the other hand in a command with a 2 byte length when the value specified in this field is zero data transfer is not executed Specification in a range of from 0 to 65 535 blocks is possible C141 C013 2 1 Command Format 4 Control byte Transfer byte length or parameter list length When the transfer data length is specified as the Transfer Byte Length or Parameter List Length this field specifies the length of the data transferred between the INIT and HDD by that command in number of bytes When zero is specified in this field data transfer is not executed except in cases where it is particularly stipulated in the specifications for individual commands in Chapter 4 In commands which send the parameters which are necessary for command execution are sent from the INIT to the HDD this field is called Parameter List Length and specifies the total number of bytes of the parameter list sent by the INIT On the other hand with commands which receive information from the HDD REQUEST SENSE INQUIRY etc it is called Transfer Byte Length and specifies the maximum number of bytes that can be received from the INIT the number of bytes in the area secured in the INIT for receiving information The HDD transfers either the number of effective bytes of information specified by the command or the value specified in the Transfer Byte Length whichever value has the smaller number of bytes
261. fect list FOV DPRY Defect Defect Processing Method format List Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the previously existing G List and the defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The P List is saved but it is not used in defect processing Note 1 Note 3 The D List is added to the previously existing G List Alternate block allocation is performed for defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The previously existing G List is erased and it is not used in defect processing The D List is registered as the new G list Alternate block allocation is performed for defects registered in the P List and the defects described in the D List transferred from the INIT The P List is saved but it is not used in defect processing The previously existing G List is erased and it is not used in defect processing The D List is added to the previously existing G List Note 1 ddd 0 0 0 D List in the block address format 1 0 0 D List in the byte distance from the index format 1 0 1 D List in the physical sector address format Note 2 The D List is not transferred from the INIT Note 3 If the data block length is changed and the disk media is initialized the INIT cannot specify a combination defect processing method Note 4 When this combination of defect processing methods is specified the HDD performs verification of the data blocks after initializ
262. ffective in maintenance it is desirable for the INIT to accumulate log error information related to the SAS interface which it has detected itself error frame detection command completion wait time out etc and error information reported by the HDD By specifying 1 in the PER bit in the Read Write Error Recovery parameter Page 1 and the Verify Error Recovery parameter Page 7 of the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command the INIT can know of the occurrence of errors which were recovered from successfully by the HDD s internal error recovery processing and their contents By logging that error information the INIT can obtain data for more detailed analysis of the disk drive s operating condition Concerning the contents of the error log it is recommended that the data have a time stamp affixed so that they can be edited in a time series of the times the errors were detected and that they include the following information e The source which issued the command and the ID of the device which was the target of the command e The CDB which was issued e The receiving status or when the status was that the command could not be received the code showing the type of error detected by the INIT and its content e All bytes reported by the HDD 6 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing This section explains concerning error recovery processing methods and procedures executed by the HDD for each type of disk drive related er
263. fied in the Defect Data list are not influenced by the alternate allocation processing through this command Copying of the contents of data in the logical data blocks specified in the Defect data list to alternate blocks allocated by this command is attempted but in some cases copying cannot be done Confirmation of the contents of the data in allocated alternate blocks saving of data before issuing this command and restoring of data after this command is executed are the responsibility of the INIT C141 C013 235 Command Specifications The format of the Defect Data list transferred from the INIT by this command is shown in Table 4 41 Table 4 41 REASSIGN BLOCK command defect data list configuration Header Defect Descriptor List 236 Defect List Length m MSB Defect List Length m LSB Defective Block Logical Block Address MSB Defective Block Logical Block Address 6 Defective Block Logical Block Address _ Defective Block Logical Block Address LSB The Defect data list is configured from a 4 byte header and one or more defect descriptors which follow it One defect descriptor has a length of 4 bytes The Defect list length field in the header indicates the total number of bytes m of the defect descriptor list transferred after the header and must be a multiple of 4 Also when zero is specified in this field this command is terminated without transfer of the defect descriptor list a
264. fied values are disregarded 248 C141 C013 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands The Parameter list length field in the CDB shows the length number of bytes of the parameter list that is transferred from the INIT when the SelfTest self test bit s specification is 0 When zero is specified in the Parameter list length field this command is terminated without anything being executed Also when the value specified in the Parameter list length field does not reach the specified length for the parameter list explained later and as a result not all the bytes in the parameter list can be received that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 Table 4 49 lists the format of the parameter list called the parameter page transferred from the INIT to the HDD by this command The parameter page is configured from the 4 byte Page Header and the Page Parameters which follow it Furthermore the INIT can specify only a single parameter page by this command Even when multiple parameter pages have been specified by the INIT the HDD executes only the operation specified by the top parameter page 1 When 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit in this command the INIT can specify only a single parameter page 2 In order to avoid loss of security to the execution results response data of this command due to another command issued by another
265. fies the number of cache segments used by the HDD This parameter is valid when the SIZE bit specification is 0 When a value greater than max value is specified the HDD performs rounding processing and sets max value Also when a value less than 3 is specified the HDD performs rounding processing and set 4 C141 C013 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters This parameter can be changed though the HDD disregards the specification of this field The HDD divided the Cache Segments according to the inherent algorithm That is the Cache Segment size is best tuned per the request data size of Host command Within one Cache Segment data for various commands are stored Non cache segment size If this field is greater than zero this field advises the device server how many bytes the application client requests that the device server allocate for a buffer function when all other cache segments are occupied by data to be retained If the number is at least one caching functions in the other segments need not be impacted by cache misses to perform the buffer function The impact of this field equals 0 or the sum of this field plus this field greater than the buffer size is vendor specific This bit is not supported for the HDD The HDD disregards the specification in this bit 303 Parameter Data Format 5 1 7 Control Mode Parameters Page Code 0A The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 5 9 Table 5
266. fter it has been operated using the FORMAT UNIT command If it is necessary after reinitialization to restore the data that were stored on the disk media it is necessary to save the data before executing reinitialization then execute data restore using system software after reinitialization The INIT can change the size of the spare sector area and its location as well as the number of logical data blocks before reinitialization The recommended procedure for reinitialization is shown below However in cases where the logical data block length is changed the initialization procedure described in Section 7 2 1 must be followed during installation 1 MODE SELECT command C141 C013 If the logical data block count size of the User Space or the size of the spare sector area and its location are changed issue the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command and specify the disk media format attributes The parameter specification method is the same as in the case of initialization processing during installation described in Section 7 2 1 If the same format attributes as at present will continue to be used it is not necessary to issue the MODE SELECT EXTENDED command 393 Disk Media Management 2 FORMAT UNIT command 394 Issue the FORMAT UNIT command in either of the following two formats and initialize the entire disk media surface a b Specify 1 in the FmtData bit 0 in the CmpLst bit and 000 in the Defect List Format
267. g INIT and also terminates abnormally both the command or task that caused the overlap in the order described below 1 2 3 If during execution of a command received from an INIT the HDD terminates execution of the command If the command is still in the queue and has not yet been executed the HDD clears that command The HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status with for the command that caused the overlap The sense data generated by the HDD at this time shows ABORTED COMMAND B Overlapped commands attempted 4E 00 The HDD reports the OVERLAPPED TAG ATTEMPTED 0A response with for the task that caused the overlap 1 The INIT is permitted to sent an ABORT TASK ABORT TASK SET CLEAR TASK SET LOGICAL UNIT RESET or HARD RESET command specifying the logical unit in order to terminate processing of a command that is currently disconnecting Shown in item 2 8 5 2 Overlapped command specifications are applicable without dependence on the type of command that was issued second For example even if the command that was issued second is an INQUIRY or REQUEST SENSE command the HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status and terminates both commands abnormally 2 8 2 Illegal LUN specification The HDD supports only the logical unit number LUN LUN 0 If a LUN other than this is specified the HDD operates in one of the following ways depending on the type of command that is issued at that time 1 2 C141 C013
268. g read See Table 6 7 Number of retries during write See Table 6 7 b Verify Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 7 EER enable early recovery PER post error DTE disable transfer on error DCR disable correction Number of retries during verify See Table 6 7 c Additional Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 21 Number of retries during seek error See Table 6 7 Table 6 7 Disk drive errors and number of retries Type of Error Number of Tries Specification Default value Number of Retries during a Seek Error 15 e field Read Error of Number of Retries during Read or Data field Number of Retries during Verify Data field Write Error Number of Retries during Write C141 C013 Remark The number of retries is calculated single logical sector processing units except in the following cases e The number of retries is calculated as individual retries 387 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods e In processing of data blocks for which alternate sector processing is completed the number of retries on the defective sectors is calculated separately from the number of retries on the alternate sectors 388 C141 C013 CHAPTER 7 Disk Media Management 7 1 Defect Management 7 2 Disk Media Initialization 73 Alternate Block Allocation Processing TA Background Media Scan BMS 7 5 Drive Self Test DST 7 6 SMART Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology
269. ged 2A 01 e Reservations Preempted 2A 03 e Reservations Released 2A 04 e Registrations Preempted 2A 05 e Commands cleared by another INIT 2F 00 e Micro code has been change 3F 01 e Changed Operating Definition 3F 02 e Device Identifier Changed 3F 05 However if the HDD responds with a TASK SET FULL because the issued command is not received the Unit Attention condition is not cleared C141 C013 2 5 Sense Data Hold State 2 INQUIRY command The INQUIRY command is executed normally but the Unit Attention condition is not cleared 3 REQUEST SENSE command The HDD executes the REQUEST SENSE command normally and sends the sense data which show the Unit Attention condition which is currently being held to the INIT At this time the Unit Attention condition with respect to that INIT is cleared 4 REPORT LUNS command The REPORT LUN command is executed normally but the Unit Attention condition is not cleared 2 4 3 UNIT ATTENTION condition multiple hold If any Unit Attention condition occurs and another Unit Attention condition occurs which is caused by other factors before the first Unit Attention condition is cleared by the INIT for which that condition is held those multiple Unit Attention conditions are held and the HDD reports multiple unit attention conditions in sequence 2 5 Sense Data Hold State If the status is the Check Condition status when the status is reported this HDD adds that se
270. gotiation sequence Table 1 9 SAS speed negotiation sequence timing specifications Parameter Rate change delay time RCDT 750 000 OOBI Comments The time the transmitter shall transmit D C idle between rates during speed negotiation Speed negotiation transmit time SNTT 163 840 OOBI The time during which ALIGN 0 or ALIGN 1 is transmitted at each physical link rate during the speed negotiation sequence Derived from OOBI x 4096 x 40 Speed negotiation lock time SNLT 153 600 OOBI The maximum time during the speed negotiation window for a transmitter to reply with ALIGN 1 Derived from OOBI x 3840 x 40 Speed negotiation window time 913 840 OOBI The duration of a speed negotiation window Derived from RCDT SNTT The speed negotiation sequence shall consist of the following transmission sequence 1 atransmission of D C idle for an RCDT and 2 if the phy supports the physical link rate a transmission of ALIGNs at that physical link rate for the remainder of the entire speed negotiation window If the phy does not support the physical link rate transmission of D C idle for the remainder of the entire speed negotiation window C141 C013 39 SAS Interface 40 If the phy supports the physical link rate it shall attempt to synchronize on an incoming series of dwords at that rate for the SNLT The received dwords may be ALIGN 0 or ALIGN 1 primitives If the
271. h or 1h Reserved x 0000 Reserved 0000 b Reserved ATTACHED DEVICE TYPE 0b 0 0 1 Reserved 0000 b NEGOTIATED PHYSICAL LINK RATE 8h or 9h Reserved 0000 b ATTACH SSP INIT PORT ATTACH STP INIT PORT ATTACH SMP INIT PORT Reserved 0b Reserved 0000 b ATTACH SSP TARGET PORT ATTACH STP TARGET PORT ATTACH SMP TARGET PORT Reserved 0b SAS ADDRESS ATTACHED SAS ADDRESS ATTACHED PHY IDENTIFIER RESERVED INVALID DWORD COUNT RUNNING DISPARITY ERROR COUNT LOSS OF DWORD SYNCHRONIZATION 354 PHY RESET PROBLEM C141 C013 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters Parameter Code Indicates the port number of a transferred log parameter For port A 0001 is reported and for port B 0002 is reported PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER 6h is set NUMBER OF PHYS Indicates the number of SAS phy log descriptors that follow PHY IDENTIFIER Indicates the number of ports the TARG has minus one For a single port drive X 00 is reported and for a dual port drive X 01 is reported ATTACHED DEVICE TYPE Indicates the device type 00b End Device is reported NEGOTIATE PHYSICAL LINK RATE Indicates the physical link rate that has been established with a speed negotiation sequence For 1 5 Gbps X 8 is reported and for 3 0 Gbps X 9 is reported ATTACHED SSP INITIATOR PORT Reports the SSP INIT valu
272. he Buffer address field must be specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB When a value larger than that is specified data transfer is not executed with the INIT Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without data transfer being executed 4 Mode 0 1 0 0 Microcode download without saving In this mode the controller s microcode or control information is transferred to the HDD s control memory area 0 must be specified in the Buffer ID field and the Buffer address field The Transfer byte length field specifies the total number of transfer bytes of data transferred from the INIT When downloading of microcode is completed the HDD generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition for all the INITs At this time the HDD performs microprogram reboot and generates sense data The HDD operates according to this microcode until its power is switched off If the power is switched on again the HDD s operation returns to the existing microcode saved previously on the disk 5 Mode 0 1 0 1 Microcode download with saving 266 In this mode the controller s microcode or control information is transferred to the HDD s control memory area and written to the disk 0 must be specified in the Buffer ID field and the Buffer address field The Transfer byte length field specifies the total number of transfer bytes of data transferred from the INIT When al
273. he Transfer block count field from the INIT and writes them in continuous logical data blocks with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The transfer block count can be specified up to a maximum of 256 logical data blocks When zero is specified in the Transfer block count field in byte 4 of the CDB it specifies transfer of 256 logical data blocks and when a value other than zero is specified it specifies the number of logical data blocks that should be transferred When transfer of multiple data blocks is instructed by this command when the data blocks which are to be processed come to a track boundary cylinder boundary or zone boundary a head switch or cylinder switch is executed automatically and writing of the specified number of blocks is performed When the specifications in the Logical block address field and Transfer block count field in the CDB exceed the maximum logical block address in the HDD that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Logical block address out of range 21 00 and writing of data to the disk media is not executed If the write cache function is enabled the HDD reports a status byte at the point when reception of all the data transferred from the INIT is completed If an error occurs while data are being written to the disk media a CHECK CONDITION status is reported for the command to be ex
274. he EER flag s specification in the MODE SELECT parameter is made invalid and Read retry processing is performed up to the number of times specified in the Number of Retries during Read parameter If 0 is specified in the DCR flag correction processing of the data is performed afterward see Section 6 3 1 3 When 1 is specified in the DCR flag ECC correction processing is prohibited so C141 C013 6 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing even if 1 is specified in the ARRE flag auto alternate block allocation processing will not be executed for errors in the data area 2 When errors in the data area are recovered from by ECC correction processing before implementing alternate block allocation processing rewriting of the recovered data and a verify check rereading are performed If data are recovered by rewriting alternate block allocation of that data block is not performed 2 Auto alternate block allocation processing during a write operation 1 C141 C013 This function is enabled by specifying 1 in the AWRE flag in the MODE SELECT parameters Furthermore this function is applicable to the following commands only e WRITE command e WRITE EXTENDED command e WRITE AND VERIFY command The function handles the unrecoverable media error MEDIUM ERROR 3 Read Retries Exhausted 11 01 detected when the number of read retries for an error reaches the specified value in the Number of retries during READ field
275. he INIT can know the types of parameters the current settings of each parameter and the types of parameters which can be changed and the ranges for such changes etc by using the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command The data MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT to the HDD by this command are configured from a Header Block Descriptor and one or more Page Descriptors which describe each parameter each of which will be explained later When the PF page format bit in CDB byte 1 is 1 it indicates that the MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT by this command are in the Page Descriptor format The HDD disregards the value specified in this bit and regards the MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT as being in the Page Descriptor format and executes this command The SP save pages bit in CDB byte 1 specifies whether or not to save the MODE SELECT parameters specified in this command on the disk It is possible for the HDD to save all the MODE SELECT parameters described in the Page Descriptor except for those on page C but this bit s specification is valid only for parameters other than Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 If 1 is specified in the SP bit the parameters transferred from the INIT are saved to the disk when this command is executed except for Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 When the SP bit is 0 these
276. he data buffer specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB to the final byte position in the data buffer including that byte Also the length of the buffer data transferred to the INIT by this command is the value for the number of bytes in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB 4 bytes or the value indicated in the Effective buffer data length in the header whichever is smaller 3 Mode 0 0 1 0 Data only with address specification The data transferred to the INIT when this mode is specified is only the data which the HDD reads from the data buffer The header is not transferred as it is in Mode 0 0 0 0 and Mode 0 0 0 1 In this mode address in the data buffer can be specified in the Buffer offset field in the CDB The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of buffer data that can be received by the INIT The HDD reads the data in order beginning from the byte position in the data buffer specified in the Buffer address field and transfers it to the INIT Data transfer is completed at the point when the number of bytes of buffer data specified in the Transfer byte length field has been completed or transfer of the buffer data to the final byte position of the HDD s data buffer is completed When zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without executing a data transfer 272 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 4 Mode
277. he test items included in each test segment are explained below a Buffer RAM test This test segment performs write read compare checking of the data buffer area Increment decrement and single patterns are used as the data patterns The single pattern is a data pattern consisting of 00h For each sub segment these three types of patterns are used If a compare error is detected during the data compare check phase Hardware Error 4 Buffer RAM Compare Error Bus Error 40 81 Reason code 00h for the single pattern O1h for the increment pattern or 02h for the decrement pattern is reported on the self test result log page 407 Disk Media Management b Flash ROM test This test segment conducts a sumcheck test on each block of program code contained in flash ROM If a sumcheck error is detected on one block Hardware Error 4 F W Header Check SUM Error 40 84 is reported on the self test result log page c Pre SMART test This test segment uses the failure prediction function SMART to determine whether the target device has detected a failure prediction reporting condition If the device has detected a failure prediction reporting condition Unit Attention 06 Failure Prediction Threshold Exceeded 5D nn is reported on the self test result log page regardless of the reporting method specified by failure prediction reporting condition MRIE and the settings of the DESCPT and EWASC bits The failure
278. hen receiving however dwords need to be latched based on a clock derived from the input bit stream itself Although the input clock is nominally a fixed frequency it may differ slightly from the internal clock frequency up to the physical link rate tolerance Over time if the input clock is faster than the internal clock the device may receive a dword and not be able to forward it to an internal buffer this is called an overrun If the input clock is slower than the internal clock the device may not have a dword when needed in an internal buffer this is called an underrun To solve this problem transmitting devices insert ALIGNs or NOTIFYs in the dword stream A phy that is the original source for the dword stream i e a phy that is not an expander phy forwarding dwords from another expander phy shall insert one ALIGN or NOTIFY for clock skew management as described in Table 1 16 Table 1 16 Clock skew management ALIGN insertion requirement One ALIGN or NOTIFY within every 2 048 dwords Two ALIGNs or NOTIFYs within every 4 096 dwords In the clock skew management of a drive one ALIGN primitive is always inserted every 1024 dwords regardless of the physical link rate 1 4 6 Idle physical link In any of the conditions below when there is no dword to be sent an idle dword is sent This idle dword is scrambled 1 Inan outside connection 2 The SSP or SMP connection is an inside connection C141 C013 57 SAS Interfa
279. hen the data blocks which are to be processed come to a track boundary cylinder boundary or zone boundary a head switch or cylinder switch is executed automatically and reading of the specified number of blocks is performed When the specifications in the Logical block address field and Transfer block count field in the CDB exceed the maximum logical block address in the HDD that command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Logical block address out of range 21 00 and the reading of data from the disk media is not executed Error recovery processing during execution of this command can be specified by the MODE SELECT parameter If retry processing and data correction processing are not prohibited when this command is completed normally or when it is completed with a RECOVERED ERROR 1 sense key report the data transferred to the INIT by this command are error free When a correctable error check is detected the HDD first corrects the data errors in the data buffer then transfers those data to the INIT 213 Command Specifications If the Look Ahead cache feature is permitted a caching operation is performed using the HDD s data buffer by this command See Chapter 3 Data Buffer Management concerning details of data buffer operation and the Look Ahead cache feature 214 C141 C013 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 2 READ EXTENDED 28 Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address
280. hen the value specified in the Page code field is other than X 3F the specified Page descriptor only is transferred to the INIT and when X 3F is specified all the Page descriptors supported by the HDD are transferred to the INIT in the ascending order of the page code Also when X 00 is specified in the Page code field the Page descriptor is not transferred If page codes other than the above mentioned ones Page descriptors which are not supported by the HDD are specified the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 Also the PC page control field in CDB byte 2 specifies the type of parameter value in the Page descriptor transferred to the INIT by this command as shown in Table 4 16 IMPORTANT Even in cases where the value specified in the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is described in Table 4 16 as the value reported to the INIT by this command if parameter rounding processing is applied by the HDD or in cases of a parameter or bit with a specified value that is disregarded different values than those specified by the INIT will be reported For details see the descriptions of each page descriptor in Chapter 5 Also 0 is reported in byte positions and bit positions which are reserved in each page descriptor C141 C013 167 Command Specifications Table 4 16 MODE SENSE data type specifications Type of Parameter Transferr
281. his is a bit map which shows whether or not other mode pages are being changed if the device is notched The most significant bit of this field corresponds to page code 3Fh and the least significant bit corresponds to page code 00h If it is specified the HDD disregards this value 5 1 9 Port Control Parameter Page Code 19 310 This page is used to set parameters concerning data transfer of the drive and to refer to the current settings and maximum settings of these parameters The support status on this page is as follows Sub page Short page Code parameter Short format Support status Supported Long page 00h Not allowed Long page Olh Phy Control And Discover subpage Supported Long page 02h Shared Port Control subpage Not supported EOh FEh Vendor specific FFh Return all subpages for the port control Page Supported C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters Table 5 11 Port control parameter Page 0 Format Short Page Format X 06 Page Length Sean PROTOCOL IDENTIFIER rs o o of o fo f vewe o o o o oo a SPF 0 Indicates that the transfer data is in Short Page Format 1 Indicates that the transfer data is in Long Page Format b Ready LED Meaning Specifies the LED display mode when the drive is not executing a command Depending on the power condition states the items displayed by the LED are as follows 0 Active state The LED is on
282. hod of defect processing executed by this command in the FmtData format data bit and CmpLst complete list bit of CDB byte 1 and the Defect List Format field When 1 is specified in the FmtData format data bit it indicates that the format parameters header and defect list described later are transferred from the INIT when this command is executed When this bit s specification is 0 it indicates that the format parameters are not transferred When the CmpLst complete list bit is 1 it indicates that the previously existing G List is replaced with the defect list D List transferred from the INIT when this command is executed When this bit is 0 the contents of the D List are added to those of the previously existing G List The Defect List Format field specifies the format of the defect list D List transferred from the INIT when the FmtData format data bit is 1 Any one of the following formats can be specified for the defect list Table 4 36 Defect list format Byte Distance from the Index Format Physical Sector Address Format If 0 0 0 is specified in the Defect List Format field and a value other than 0 is specified in Defect List Length in the Format parameters this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST Invalid field in parameter list The Interleave factor field in the CDB specifies the method of positioning logical data blocks in physical sectors on the
283. ia Management 7 2 Disk Media Initialization 7 2 1 Initialization during installation The disk drive is initialized for the inherent default data format for each respective model name model class when it is shipped from the factory so ordinarily it is not necessary to initialized format the disk media when it is installed in a system However in cases where data attributes which differ from the default format are necessary initialization formatting of the entire disk media by the following procedures is necessary At this time the INIT can change the following data format attributes e The logical data block length e The number of logical data blocks or the number of cylinders in the User Space e The size of the spare area for alternate blocks 1 Issuing the MODE SELECT command The MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command is issued and the format attributes on the disk media are specified The necessary parameters at this time are as follows a Block descriptor The logical data block size byte length is specified in the Data block length field Also when desiring to clearly specify the logical data block count specify that value in the Data block count field If not zero may be specified in the Data block count field In that case the number of logical data blocks after initialization will be determined by the values specified in the Format parameters Page 3 and the Drive parameters Page 4 b Fo
284. ic valid sense key inherent information When the sense key indicates one of RECOVERED ERROR 1 MEDIUM ERROR 3 or HARDWARE ERROR 4 and the SKSV bit indicates 1 indicates the number of times the HDD has attempted to recover from the detected error as shown in Table 6 2 a When the sense key indicates NOT READY 2 and the SKSV bit indicates 1 indicates the progressing rate of the formatting operation by the FORMAT UNIT command with n 65536 as shown in Table 6 2 b or the progressing rate of the drive self test operation by the SEND DIAGNOSTICS Command Self Test 0 362 C141 C013 6 1 Sense Data Table 6 2 Sense key inherent information Progressing rate of formatting or MSB Progressing rate of Self Test operation LSB C141 C013 363 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 6 3 Sense key Sense es NO SENSE The specific sense key does not exist RECOVERED ERROR 1 Indicates that the command which was executed last was terminated normally with a recovery operation by the HDD If multiple errors which were successfully recovered from during processing of a single command occurred the last error to have occurred is reported 2 Rounding processing of the MODE SELECT parameter was performed NOT READY The disk drive is not in a state where it can be accessed 3 MEDIUM An irrecoverable error was detected due to a defect in the disk media or an error in ERROR the recorded data H
285. ication eeeseeeeeeeeereeree 264 271 HSEC inde a eka ee 292 l IC 300 identification and hard reset SCQUCTICE E A EE ET 65 IDENTIFY address frame 00 0 0 eee eee 60 idle physical link 0 eee eee ese eneeeree esos 57 ILI361 illegal LUN specification cee 117 TMC annn ai 229 mimediaten seien ae iini neaei 229 incorrect length indicator eee 361 INCOLMALION nengeri r rtin 361 424 information unit eeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeereerresrreee 81 information unit supported bit 142 informational exception control Paes Heiter EE E EEEE TEET 317 INIT error recovery method eee 372 initialization during installation 392 initiator control enable eeeeeeeeee 300 INQUIRY G2 ii pcctaesiencgiee Latest 136 INQUIRY command ccccccceessceeeees 113 interleave fACtOF eee eeeeeeesteeeneeeeeeeeees 291 interlocked frame ccceeseceesteceeneeeeees 73 INTERMEDIATE CONDITION MEF Statuss ccc istsreet toties taaiste geeet 109 INTERMEDIATE status eee ences 109 Interval tiMeL eee eee eeeeereeeneeeree teers 321 issuing FORMAT UNIT command 393 issuing MODE SELECT command 392 I T nexus lOSs OCCU ee eeeeeseereeereeeeees 111 TUS Ditucisascscteste cents Oissetltetdecstinsiceerlisattetlh 142 L CBES Sommen e E alte 302 EBIN fern Festi east elated Hansetis lett aaiietels 191 LED displayi eiit i nen alee 116 Wan E E E 107 link ay et sennae o e a tees 44 link
286. in the NUMBER OF FILL BYTES fields in the frame headers of all the other data frames to be sent 89 SAS Interface 90 The initial read DATA frame for a given command shall set the DATA OFFSET field to zero If any additional read DATA frames are required the DATA OFFSET field shall be set to the value of the previous read DATA frame s data offset plus the previous read DATA frame s data length The initial write DATA frame for a given command shall set the DATA OFFSET field to zero If any additional write DATA frames are required the DATA OFFSET field shall be set to the value of the previous write DATA frame s data offset plus the previous write DATA frame s data length When a drive receives a write DATA frame the following items are checked e HASHED DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS field When this field contains a value different from the Hashed SAS address of the drive the drive sends the ACK and CREDIT_BLOCKED primitives and discards the DATA frame e HASHED SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field When this field contains a value different from the SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field of the OPEN frame the drive sends the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive and discards the DATA frame e CRC field When a CRC error is detected the drive sends the NAK primitive and discards the DATA frame At this time the SENSE DATA for INFORMATION UNIT iuCRC ERROR DETECTED is reported e Frame length When the IU length is greater than 1024 bytes the drive discards th
287. in the active notch is set in the format specified in the LPN Bit LPN Logical or Physical Notch 0 This shows that the boundary address is based on the physical address format At that time the higher order 3 bytes show the logical cylinder number and the lowest order byte shows the logical head number 1 This shows that the boundary address is based on the 4 byte logical block address format This bit is a bit which must be set during MODE SELECT Maximum Number of Notches This indicates the number of device zones 29 X 1D zones are set for all drives Active Notch This specifies the zone number 1 to 29 of a notching zone If 0 is specified the page and parameter changed by the notch page and the notch page itself are changed to the initial value If a value which exceeds the maximum number of notches has been specified the test ends by CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in List 26 00 This field is a field which must be set during MODE SELECT Starting Boundary 309 Parameter Data Format This field is enabled by the MODE SENSE command This field indicates the beginning of the active notch or if the active notch is zero the beginning of the logical unit HDD f Ending Boundary This field is valid in the MODE SENSE command This field indicates the ending of the active notch or if the active notch is zero the ending of the logical unit HDD g Page Notch T
288. in which the SP bit after the final execution is completed is 1 When a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command in which the SP bit is 1 is not executed when Save values do not exist these are the same values as the Default values The values in the parameters in Page 3 and Page 4 are the values save to the disk media during execution of the FORMAT UNIT command 168 C141 C013 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands The Transfer Byte Length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of MODE SENSE data which can be transferred to the INIT by this command The HDD transfers the number of bytes of all the MODE SENSE data specified in the Page code field or the portion of MODE SENSE data with the length specified in the Transfer Byte Length field whichever is smaller When zero is specified in the Transfer Byte Length field this command is terminated without anything being transferred Table 4 17 lists the data configuration in the parameter list MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT by this command The parameter list consists of a 4 byte header an 8 byte block descriptor and one or more page descriptors specified in the CDB which are transferred in order However when 1 is specified in the DBD bit of the CDB the block descriptor is not transferred Also when X 00 is specified in the Page code field of the CDB the page descriptor is not transferred 169 Command Specifications Table 4
289. ing fields are checked e HASHED DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS field When this field contains a value different from the hashed SAS address of the drive the drive sends the ACK and CREDIT_BLOCKED primitives and discards the TASK frame e HASHED SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field When this field contains a value different from that in the SOURCE SAS ADDRESS field of the OPEN frame the drive sends the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive and discards the TASK frame e TAG field 85 SAS Interface The drive checks for duplication of tags between multiple TASK frames or between a COMMAND frame and a TASK frame If a tag is found to be duplicated in the INIT the drive sends the ACK primitive to temporarily close the connection Then the drive reports the RESPONSE CODE of the OVERLAPPED TAG ATTEMPTED 0x0A CRC field When a CRC error is detected the drive sends the NAK primitive and discards the TASK frame Frame length When the IU length is other than 28 bytes the drive reports INVALID FRAME Response Code 0x02 LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER field If this field is other than zero the drive sets the response code to INVALID LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER 0x09 and sends the RESPONSE frame of RESPONSE DATA TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION field If this field is other than ABORT TASK ABORT TASK SET CLEAR TASK SET LOGICAL UNIT RESET or QUERY TASK the drive sets the response code to TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION NOT SUPPORTED 0x04 and sends the RESPONSE frame of
290. ion of log parameters with the length specified in the Parameter List Length field whichever is smaller When zero is specified in the Parameter List Length field this command is terminated without anything being transferred e Log parameters C141 C013 This clause describes the log page structure and the log pages that are applicable to all devices Pages specific to each device type are described in the command standard that applies to that device type The LOG SENSE command returns a single log page specified in the page code field of the command descriptor block For information on this parameter see Chapter 5 Parameter Data Format 193 Command Specifications 4 1 17 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN 5E Ps Re ESE ER ESTED OO S oo oe 0 0 so ae a ee ee e 0 0 E E A N E E E R S a a a a a 6 0 0 0 0 E E ea Nowe se oe o soe The PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is used to obtain information on the reserve conditions that are valid within a target and information concerning a Reservation Key This command is used in combination with the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command see Section 4 1 18 If the reserved state implemented with the RESERVE command is valid in a target when the target receives this command the command is rejected with the report of the RESERVATION CONFLICT status When the reserved state implemented with the PERSISTENT RESERVATION command is valid this command is always executed normally The leng
291. ion time 307 F fatal hardware error eseese 122 first burst SIZE essecs sews otee i aai 288 force sequential write eee eeeeeeeeeees 302 format COMMANA eee ces eeeeeeteeeeeeeees 224 format of reservation descriptor 198 format option valid cece eeeeeeeeees 228 format parametet 0 eee 227 289 392 FORMAT parameter 393 FORMAT UNIT 04 eese 224 FORMAT UNIT command 394 FORMAT UNIT command defect processing annae e East 233 423 Index FORMAT UNIT command parameter list configuration 227 FOV EE E Giese E ANTS 228 FSW coseceiee ais lntoeicteetehedecateeenhabieeice 302 G G iSt oree rte eeir ens 225 389 G USt Direnen a ee 240 general usage application client parameter data eee eeeceseceneceeeeees 347 generation of UNIT ATTENTION conditions sesin eniin 111 global logging target save disable 305 GETS Diea Ge ek 305 GOOD Status nn enrii eit 108 STOUP Colecon iie n aa i 105 grown defect list 225 grown List Dit eiie 240 H handling illegal CDB 107 HARD RESE Drno annuns 119 120 hard Sectoring ssns sinrin nres 292 HARD RESE Thon aier wine 49 hashed SAS address ee eeeeeseeseeeseeeneees 30 hashed SAS address code parameter mnou ee ah dead ccreaies E 30 head offset count s es 285 header 2 01 ste wtcateadiess 158 171 228 240 header data with address specification s es 265 272 header data without address specif
292. is performed when there is no command being executed or waiting in the queue but execution of commands issued immediately after the HDD starts a readjustment operation is caused to wait until the readjustment operation is completed 2 8 5 Abort processing C141 C013 Abort measures which can be performed by the INIT are as shown below e HARD RESET e LOGICAL UNIT RESET e CLEAR TASK SET e ABORT TASK SET e ABORT TASK Table 2 9 Comparison between SAS and SCSI about definition Definition by SAS Definition by SCSI HARD RESET Comparable to SRST LOGICAL UNIT RESET Bus Device Reset Message CLEAR TASK SET Clear Task Set Message ABORT TASK SET Abort Task Set Message ABORT TASK Abort Task Message Each abort processing operation performs abort processing for the specified nexus Nexus e J INIT e T TARG e L Logical unit e Q Queue tag Each processing operation is outlined as follows 119 Command Processing 1 HARD RESET HARD RESET is used to abort all commands and to initialize the HDD to restore it to the same state as at the time of power on After this reset operation the UNIT ATTENTION condition with SCSI Reset Occurred 06 29 02 is generated for all the INITs 2 LOGICAL UNIT RESET LOGICAL UNIT RESET TASK can be used to abort an L nexus command specified by an INIT and to initialize TARG to restore it to the same state as at the time of power on However it must be noted that commands that have
293. is specified in the DBD disable block descriptors bit of CDB byte 1 it indicates that a Block descriptor is not included in the MODE SENSE data transferred to the INIT by this command and the HDD transfers MODE SENSE data composed from the Header and the specified Page descriptor only to INIT When 0 is specified in this bit the HDD transfers MODE SENSE DATA composed of the Header a single Block descriptor and the specified Page descriptor to the INIT The Page code field in CDB byte 2 specifies the page code of the Page descriptor transferred to the INIT by this command The types of Page descriptor supported by the HDD and their page codes and lengths are as shown in Table 4 15 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 15 Mode page Page Code Page Descriptor Name SCSI 3 Read Write Error Recovery Parameter 12 bytes Disconnect Reconnect Parameter 16 bytes Format Parameter 24 bytes Drive Parameter 24 bytes Verify Error Recovery Parameter 12 bytes Read Caching Parameter 20 bytes Control Mode Parameter 12 bytes Notch Parameter 24 bytes Port Control Parameter 1 2 3 4 7 8 A C 1 O Sub Page 00 8 bytes Sub Page 01 104 bytes Power Condition Parameter 12 bytes Information Exception Control Parameter Sub Page 00 12 bytes Sub Page 01 16 bytes Additional Error Recovery Parameter 4 bytes All Page Descriptors Supported by the HDD Sub Page 00 180 bytes Sub Page FF 300 bytes W
294. ished value exceeded 0C 01 Write error recovered with A write error was recovered with auto reallocation auto reallocation Write error auto Write auto reallocation or the write that was applied to auto reallocation failed reallocation was failed Write Error Unrecovered Write Offtrack Error Write retries are exhausted in case of AWRE 0 Write Error Unrecovered Reported if a write offtrack occurred during the Format unit Write Offtrack Error command execution Write offtrack retries are exhausted C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier C141 C013 365 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 6 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 2 6 Sense 2 is pee OE Information Unit Too Short The received write data is shorter than the stipulated length B Information Unit Too Long The received write data is longer than the stipulated length B 11 Read retries exhausted Unrecovered error was detected during data read retry out 02 Error too long to correct Unrecovered error was detected during data read BCRC error 3 B detected by SAS IF ee Sync Mark not found for Data SM Sync Mark could not be detected in the Data area 14 Record entity not found Expected data from a sector was undetected LBA compare error detected by FMT Record not found The target data block sector could not be detected 1 3 B Mechanical positioning Error A seek error occurred in the driv
295. ite type command that is issued by an INIT other than the INIT holding this reservation state results in a Reservation Conflict Exclusive Reads Shared Any read type command that is issued by an INIT Access other than the INIT holding this reservation state results in a Reservation Conflict Writes Exclusive Any write type command that is issued by an INIT other than the INIT holding this reservation state results in a Reservation Conflict a Write Reads Shared Any INIT can execute a read type command Exclusive Writes Exclusive Any write type command issued by an INIT that Registrants has not registered the Reservation Conflict results Only in a Reservation Conflict Exclusive Reads Exclusive Any read type command issued by an INIT that Access has not registered the Reservation Conflict results Registrants in a Reservation Conflict Only Writes Exclusive Any write type command issued by an INIT that has not registered the Reservation Conflict results in a Reservation Conflict 200 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 18 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT 5F Service Action 0 0 pa bo oo mT B Lee ee eo ae C141 C013 This command is used for reserving so that the particular initiator can use the logical unit exclusively or share with others The command shall be used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command and shall have no relevance to the RESERVE and RELEASE c
296. its lowest supported physical link rate e g a SAS receiver supporting only 3 0 Gbps detects 1 5 Gbps based ALIGNS providing interoperability with a SAS transmitter supporting both 1 5 Gbps and 3 0 Gbps C141 C013 35 SAS Interface Figure 1 9 describes SAS OOB signal detection by the SP receiver COMRESET COMINIT SSS eee LT 2 43 4 4 nN yn J ade COMINIT ny transitions COMINIT negation detected COMSAS 1 2 3 4 n i i e m Any transitions 5 COMSAS kn negation n o nth COMSAS m jidle _ idle Burst pair detected ALIGN burst A idle Burst pair Figure 1 9 OOB signal detection 1 3 5 SAS OOB sequency During the OOB sequence the INIT and the drive first send the COMINIT signal to each other then the COMSAS signal When they both have received the COMSAS signal from each other the OOB sequence is recognized as having been performed successfully Depending on the power on timing reception of the COMINIT signal from the other side may not be detected In such a case however the OOB sequence is recognized as having been performed successfully if the COMINIT and COMSAS signals have been sent by the time the COMSAS signal from the other side is received When the OOB sequence is successful the SAS speed negotiation sequence starts Figure 1 10 shows several different SAS OOB sequences between phy A and phy B with phy A starting the SAS OOB sequence at the same time as phy B before phy B and befor
297. ive indicates the acceptance of a connection request The recipient of an OPEN frame must send the OPEN_ACCEPT primitive within 1 ms when it can accept the connection request 1 4 3 11 OPEN_REJECT 50 An OPEN_REJECT primitive indicates the rejection of a connection request Among the OPEN_REJECT primitives there are those indicating that the connection request cannot be continued QPEN_REJECT abandon primitives and those indicating that the connection request can be retried OPEN_REJECT retry primitives The OPEN_REJECT primitives defined in Table 1 13 direct the recipients to abandon the connection request C141 C013 1 4 Link layer Table 1 13 OPEN _REJECT abandon primitives Primitive OPEN_REJECT BAD DESTINATION Issuer Expander phy Processing by the drive that receives the OPEN_REJECT primitive Cancels the connection request and aborts the TASK command OPEN_REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED Any phy 1 When the physical link rate is 3 0 Gbps and the connection link rate is 3 0 Gbps the drive changes the connection rate to 1 5 Gbps and resends the OPEN frame 2 When the physical link rate is 3 0 Gbps and the connection link rate is 1 5 Gbps the drive changes the connection rate to 3 0 Gbps and resends the OPEN frame 3 When the physical link rate is 1 5 Gbps and the connection link rate is 1 5 Gbps the drive cancels connection request and aborts the TASK command After sending
298. l the data have been received the HDD writes the new microcode to the disk s system area and operates in accordance with the old microcode until new microcode is downloaded C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands When abnormal termination for reasons other than ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 or ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 occurs the HDD indicates that downloading of the new microcode failed and it is therefore necessary for the INIT to quickly download the new microcode When downloading of microcode is completed the HDD generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition for all the INITs except the INIT that issued the WRITE BUFFER command At this time the additional sense code additional sense code qualifier indicates Microcode has been changed 3F 01 When the HDD is checked and downloading of the microcode is judged to be possible the HDD may be in the Not Ready state the state in which the spindle motor is not rotating In this event the HDD starts the motor then saves the microcode to flash ROM and the system area to disk media Then the HDD stops the motor and returns to the Not Ready state During downloading of microcode the supply of power to the drive must not be cut off such as an instantaneous power failure If a power failure occurs for instance while downloading the microcode to the FLASH ROM the HDD may be severely damaged The worst case scenario in
299. l unit Table 1 37 contains the definition of the TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION field However drives do not support the CLEAR ACA task management function listed in Table 1 37 84 C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer Table 1 37 TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION field Task Management function ABORT TASK LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER field TAG OF TASK TO BE MANAGED Field Description Aborts a task that matches with respect to I T L Q ABORT TASK SET Aborts all the tasks that match with respect to I T L CLEAR TASK SET Aborts all the tasks of the INIT Reports UNIT ATTENTION 06 2F 00 to the INIT other than nexus that performed abort processing LOGICAL UNIT RESET Aborts all the tasks of the INIT Reports UNIT ATTENTION 06 29 03 to all the INITs Reserved CLEAR ACA Not supported QUERY TASK When maintaining a task that matches with respect to I T L Q reports TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION SUCCEEDED When not maintaining a task that matches with respect to I T L Q reports TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION COMPLETE All others C141 C013 Reserved If TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION is set to ABORT TASK or QUERY TASK the TAG OF TASK TO BE MANAGED field specifies the TAG value from the COMMAND frame that contained the task to be aborted or checked For all other task management functions the TAG OF TASK TO BE MANAGED field shall be ignored When a drive receives a TASK frame the follow
300. ld indicates how much space has been reserved for the returned parameter data If the length is not sufficient to contain all the parameter data the first portion of the data shall be returned This shall not be considered an error The actual length of the parameter data is available in the Identifier Length field in the parameter data If the remainder of the parameter data is required the application client should send a new REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER command with an Allocation Length field large enough to contain all the data The REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter list is shown in Table 4 34 C141 C013 209 Command Specifications Table 4 34 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter data a Identifier Length n 4 K Identifier The Identifier Length field specifies the length in bytes of the Identifier field If the Allocation Length field in the CDB is too small to transfer all of the identifier the length shall not be adjusted to reflect the truncation The identifier length shall initially equal zero and shall be changed only by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The Identifier field shall contain a vendor specific value The value reported shall be the last value written by a successful SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The value of the identifier shall be changed only by a SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER command The identifier value shall persist through resets power cycles media format operations and media r
301. le 5 55 General usage application client parameter data page OF code 0000 003F X 0000 X 003F Parameter code Application Client Parameter X FC Parameter Length k ee General Usage Parameter Bytes 3 The values stored in the General usage parameter bytes represent data sent to the device server in a previous LOG SELECT command If a previous LOG SELECT command has not occurred the data is zero C141 C013 347 Parameter Data Format 5 2 10 Self Test Result Page X 10 Table 5 56 Self test result page X 10 pet td i Xn sent Pag Length SB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 e Self test result parameter data page 10 code 0001 0014 Table 5 57 Self test result parameter data page 10 code 0001 0014 X 0001 X 0014 Parameter code Self Test Result Parameter ETC TMC Ea X 10 Parameter Length 8 Self Test Code ka Self Test Result Value a ol Self Test Segment Number Time Stamp a S Address of First Failure Z 348 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters When the self test is initiated the value specified in the SELF TEST CODE field in the CDB is reported to the SELF TEST CODE field by a SEND DIAGNOSTICS command The values reported to the Self Test Result Value field are defined in Table 5 58 Table 5 58 Self test results values The self test completed without error The background se
302. lf test was aborted by the application client using a SEND DIAGNOSTICS command with the SELF TEST CODE field set to 100b Abort background self test The self test routine was aborted by an application client using a method other than a SEND DIAGNOSTICS command with the SELF TEST CODE field set to 100b e g reception of the ABORT Task RESET CONDITION An unknown error occurred while the device server was executing the self test and the device server was unable to complete the self test The self test completed with a failure in a test segment and the test segment that failed is not known The first segment of the self test failed The second segment of the self test failed Another segment of the self test failed see the SELF TEST SEGMENT NUMBER field Reserved The self test is in progress The number of the segment that failed during the self test is shown in the Self Test Segment Number field When the self test is completed without an error 0 is shown in the field The accumulated power on time unit hour in the event of an error occurring in the drive is shown in the Time Stamp field Address information of the data block where that error occurred is shown in the Address of First Failure field The error information in the same format as that used by sense data is reported to the Sense Key Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields C141 C013 349 Parameter Data Forma
303. lly without performing seek and pre fetch If 1 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the BytChk bit the HDD performs a comparison check of the data read from the disk media and the data transferred from the INIT If the data do not match during this mode the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status MISCOMPARE E Miscompare during verify operation 1D 00 If 0 is specified in bit 1 of CDB byte 1 the BytChk bit an ECC data portion normalcy check is executed Also error recovery processing during execution of the verify check is according to the mode specified by the MODE SELECT parameter verify error recovery parameter For example if data correction processing is not prohibited even if a correctable data check is detected it is regarded as if the verify check succeeded 220 C141 C013 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 7 SEEK 0B X 0B This command executes a seek operation of the cylinder track where the logical data block specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB exists When disconnect processing is permitted the HDD performs disconnect processing after receiving the CDB After that the HDD executes reconnect processing at the point when the seek operation is completed and reports the status When disconnect processing is not permitted the HDD executes the seek operation while still connected to the FC interface and when it is completed reports the status of this command C1
304. locks for this command A RelAdr bit of one indicates that the Logical Block Address field is a two s complement displacement But the HDD is not supported this bit Therefore if this bit is one this command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 279 Command Specifications The Number of Blocks field specifies the number of contiguous logical blocks to be written A Number of Blocks field of zero requests that all the remaining logical blocks on the medium be written 280 C141 C013 CHAPTER 5 Parameter Data Format 5 1 5 2 Mode Parameters Log Parameters This chapter describes the HDD provided detailed parameter data formats and how to use these formats 5 1 Mode Parameters C141 C013 This section describes the pages used by the MODE SELECT MODE SELECT EXTENDED MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED commands which are applicable to any SAS devices Pages that are specific to each device format are described in the command standard that applies to the pertinent device format IMPORTANT In the diagram that shows the configuration of each individual Page Descriptor the default column shows that parameter s default value and the variable column shows whether or not it is possible to vary that parameter 1 indicates that it can be varied The INIT can know those values and attributes by using the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTEND
305. lysis and Reporting Technology Sample size 1 000 000 read sectors Threshold 300 errors Target READ READ READ LONG VERIFY verify processing for commands WRITE AND VERIFY media validation read during automatic alternate processing media validation read during FORMAT UNIT command execution user data area read during Drive Self Test Background Media Scan Write error rate The HDD monitors the number of write errors that have occurred during write processing in relation to the number of sectors that have been actually written and the number of sectors contained in the sample If the number of write errors reaches the threshold the HDD considers that a failure prediction reporting condition has developed The written sectors and write errors counted include those involved in write processing that was explicitly performed by WRITE commands Sample size 1 000 000 written sectors Threshold 300 errors Target WRITE WRITE WRITE LONG VERIFY write processing commands for WRITE AND VERIFY WRITE SAME media validation write during automatic alternate processing FORMAT UNIT command Seek error rate The HDD monitors the number of seek errors that have occurred during seek processing in relation to the number of seeks that have been actually performed on the sample If the number of seek errors reaches the threshold the HDD considers that a failure prediction reporting condition has developed The seek
306. m the INIT By specifying zero in the Defect list length field in the Format parameter header the INIT can specify the control flags related to formatting processing without transferring the defect list D List C141 C013 229 Command Specifications b Defect list D List The defect list D List contains defect position information about the disk media specified by the INIT and is configured from one or more Defect descriptors Defect descriptors must be described in the format specified in the Defect List Format field of the CDB The configurations which it is possible to specify for the Defect descriptors in the defect list D List and their description formats are shown below Furthermore it is possible only to specify User Space address information on the disk media in the Defect list D List Byte distance from the index format defect descriptor Table 4 38 lists this description format of the defect descriptor Defect descriptor in this format specifies the cylinder number head track number and byte distance to the top byte of those data 8 bytes of the data which includes defective bits on the disk media One defect is treated as a defect with a length of 8 bytes 64 bits length Therefore for defects with a length which exceeds 8 bytes 2 or more defect descriptors must be specified When multiple defect descriptors are specified the cylinder number must be specified in the top position the byte dista
307. mational exceptions This field indicates the methods that is used by the target to report informational exception conditions The priority of reporting multiple informational exceptions is vendor specific 319 Parameter Data Format Table 5 16 MRIE 1 2 setting prohibited 320 No reporting of informational exception conditions This method instructs the target to not report informational exception conditions Asynchronous event reporting This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions by using the rules for asynchronous event reporting as described in the SCSI 3 Architecture Model and the relevant Protocol Standard The sense key shall be set to RECOVERED ERROR and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition Generate unit attention This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions by returning a CHECK CONDITION status on any command The sense key shall be set to UNIT ATTENTION and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the informational exception condition The command that has the CHECK CONDITION shall not be executed before the informational exception condition is reported Conditionally generate recovered error This method instructs the target to report informational exception conditions dependent on the value of the per bit of the error recovery parameters mode page by returning a CH
308. meters e Total recoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code 0003 Table 5 35 Total recoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code 0003 X 0003 Parameter code Total Posted Recoverable Errors a ae a a E E X 04 Parameter Length s fois Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted recovered 01 xx xx errors to the interface during read operations The value includes the count of all posted recovered verify errors page X 05 Parameter code X 0003 e Total read bytes processed page 03 code 0005 Table 5 36 Total read bytes processed page 03 code 0005 X 0005 Parameter code Total Bytes Processed ro fofofo o o ofo X 0A Parameter Length Total Write Bytes Processed 10 bytes a ase The Total Read Bytes Processed indicates the total processed bytes during read operation The bytes includes the total processed bytes during verify operation page X 05 Parameter code X 0005 C141 C013 337 Parameter Data Format e Total unrecoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code 0006 Table 5 37 Total unrecoverable read errors posted to INIT page 03 code 0006 X 0006 Parameter code Total Posted Unrecoverable Errors LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted unrecovered errors 03 xx xx to the interface during read operations The value includes the count of all posted unrecovered
309. mitter receiver CLOSE primitive sequence CLOSE primitive sequence Fime tine Example 2 CLOSES sent samukaneoushly transmitter recelver CLOSE primitive 4 CLOSE primitive sequence Sequence time time Figure 1 16 Closing a connection example 70 C141 C013 1 5 Address frames 1 5 5 7 Breaking a connection In addition to aborting a connection request BREAK may also be used to break a connection in cases where CLOSE is not available After transmitting BREAK the originating phy shall ignore all incoming dwords except for BREAKs After transmitting BREAK the source phy shall initialize a Break Timeout timer to 1 ms and start the Break Timeout timer Table 1 29 lists the responses to a BREAK being transmitted after a connection has been established Table 1 29 Break connection responses Response Description BREAK This confirms that the connection has been broken Break Timeout The originating phy shall assume the connection has been timer expires broken The originating phy may perform a link reset sequence 1 5 5 8 Rate C141 C013 In addition to a BREAK a connection is considered broken due to loss of dword synchronization The following shall be the responses by an SSP phy to a broken connection a Received frames having no CRC error may be considered valid regardless of whether an ACK has been transmitted in response to the frame prior to the broken connection b Transmitted frame
310. mmand is terminated normally without performing seek or pre fetch The VERIFY check executed by this command is the only the ECC data portion normalcy check Error recovery processing during execution of the VERIFY check conforms to the mode specified by the MODE SELECT parameter Verify error recovery parameter For example when data correction processing is not prohibited if a correctable data check is detected during the VERIFY check the VERIFY check is regarded as having terminated successfully When 1 is set in bit 1 BytChk bit of CDB byte 1 the HDD reads data blocks from the disk and compares the data with the write data transferred from the INIT after terminating the write operation C141 C013 219 Command Specifications 4 2 6 VERIFY 2F pe eB ee e e o fo o ofe o peo Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Logical Block Address Block Address LSB a Transfer Block Count MSB a a Transfer Block Count LSB cs eels 6 ofe le This command reads the number of continuous logical data blocks specified in the Block count field with the logical data block on the disk media which is specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top then executes a VERIFY check on those data The Block count field in the CDB specifies the number of data blocks which is the object of the VERIFY check When zero is specified in the Transfer block count the command is terminated norma
311. mum number of logical data blocks that it is possible to rank in the User Space b Data block length This field indicates the length byte length of 1 logical data block on the disk media 3 Page descriptor The Page descriptor is configured from a parameter field which follows a 2 byte page header and is divided into units called Page for each parameter s functional attributes See the description of the MODE SELECT command Section 4 1 4 concerning the configuration of each page descriptor and their contents a PS bit When this bit is 1 the parameter value defined in that Page descriptor can be saved on the disk media and when it is 0 it indicates that this is a parameter which cannot be saved to the disk It is possible to save all the Page descriptors supported by the HDD However 1 is always indicated in this bit for all Page descriptors transferred by this command 172 C141 C013 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands Page length This field indicates the length of the parameter field number of bytes from byte 2 excluding the page header of that Page descriptor The HDD always shows a value in this field which is the same as the length defined in that Page descriptor regardless of the type of parameter requested in the PC page control field of the CDB and reports all the parameter fields that Page descriptor in byte 2 and subsequent bytes Parameter field The parameter field in
312. n DWORDS Specify the data sent when PHY Test Pattern 40h applies 254 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Logical physical address conversion This parameter page specifies conversion of the address information expressed in either the Logical Block Address Physical Sector Address or Byte Distance from the Index format to another expression format Table 4 53 shows this parameter page format The INIT can specify the address information that should be converted in this parameter page of the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command and can read the conversion results by the RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command see Section 4 4 2 2 Table 4 53 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameters logical physical address conversion a X 40 Page Code 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 X 00 Page Parameter Length tt X 0A Page Parameter Length 0 0 0 Address Format Before Conversion 0 0 0 Address Format After Conversion Logical or Physical Address l io C141 C013 The Address Format Before Conversion field shows the format of the address information specified in bytes 6 to 13 The HDD converts that address information to the expression format specified in the Address Format After Conversion field the following codes can be specified as Table 4 54 Table 4 54 Specifying address format Address Format 0 00 Logical Block Address Format Byte Distance from the Index Format Physical Sector Address Format 255 Comman
313. n cannot be continued received Aborts the task C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer Table 1 45 Exceptional event processing of a drive 2 2 Exceptional event Processing Transmitting system Ack timeout in XFER_RDY sending Reports for ACK NAK TIMEOUT 0B 4B 03 NAK reception in XFER_RDY sending Reports for NAK RECEIVED 0B 4B 04 ACK timeout in DATA frame sending Reports for ACK NAK TIMEOUT 0B 4B 03 NAK reception in DATA frame sending Reports for NAK RECEIVED 0B 4B 04 Buffer CRC error in DATA frame sending Reports for ERROR TOO LONG TO CORRECT 03 11 02 L_Tnexus loss timer timeout in RESPONSE frame sending Aborts all the tasks of the INIT and reports UNIT ATTENTION 06 29 07 Others C141 C013 When Check Status is reported with the setting of Qerr 01 Reports and aborts all the commands in the Queue When Check Status is reported with the setting of Qerr 10 Reports and aborts all the commands in the Queue When Preemp amp Abort is ServiceAction at Persistent Reserve Seizes Persistent Reservation from another INIT and aborts the command of the INIT Firmware download Enters exceptional event processing mode when downloading firmware INITIATOR RESPONSE timeout Aborts the task Reports INITIATOR RESPONSE TIMEOUT 0B 4B 06 This page is intentionally left blank 101 SAS Interface 102 C141 C013 CHAPTER
314. n locking These bits are used for rotational synchronization of the disk and can be specified The HDD disregards the value specified in this field Rotational synchronization offset This is a field which specifies the offset value used for rotational synchronization of the disk but it is not supported in the HDD The HDD disregards the value specified in this field Rotational speed This specifies the disk s rotational speed in rpm rotations minute This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT The HDD disregards the value specified in this field and operates according to the Default value 295 Parameter Data Format 5 1 5 Verify Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 7 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 5 7 Table 5 7 MODE SELECT parameters verify error recovery parameters pee ne ee ie ie X 0A Page Length ome oe fo ope fr1 ofelo Fvatane oo o fe frfs fr fo Number of retries during VERIFY Recovery Time Limit The error recovery parameters divided in this page descriptor are applicable for the following commands e VERIFY e WRITE AND VERIFY verify operation 296 C141 C013 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters Error recovery flags EER enable early recovery PER post error DTE disable transfer on error DCR disable correction The definitions and functions of these control flags are the same as for the read write error recove
315. n the Scope value indicates Element Reservation an element address with the high byte filled with zeroes is set in the Scope specific Address field If the Service Action is REGISTER REGISTER and IGNORE EXISTING KEY or CLEAR or if the Scope indicates LU Reservation set zero in the Scope specific Address field The Activate Persist Through Power Loss APTPL bit is valid only for the REGISTER Service Action For the other Service Actions this bit is ignored The support of the APTPL bit is optional and if this bit is set for a drive that does not support this bit the drive terminates this command with the CHECK CONDITION status At this time the sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 and the sense data is set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST 26 00 If the value of the APTPL bit that is last received by the drive is 0 the power shutdown of the TARG releases all the PERSISTENT RESERVATIONS and clears all the Reservation Keys If the value of the APTPL bit that is last received by the drive is 1 the logical unit maintains all the PERSISTENT RESERVATIONS and Reservation Keys for all the INITs throughout power shutdown and re power on sequences the SA space is used to save the registration information The APTPL value which controls the logical unit behavior while the power is turned off is valid regardless of which INIT the bit value has been received from Table 4 32 explains which fields are set by an application client and ho
316. nagement 7 5 Drive Self Test DST 7 5 1 Overview This function supports two types of self tests based on the specification in the SELF TEST CODE field of the SEND DIAGNOSTICS command as follows e Short self test e Extended self test A short self test is conducted to quickly verify whether the HDD contains a defect whereas an extended self test is a more comprehensive test conducted by the HDD without INIT intervention A short self test consists of one or more segments and is completed within two minutes An extended self test consists of one or more segments and the testing time is not limited The test segments that comprise self tests are as shown below These segments will be conducted in ascending order of the numbers assigned to them a Buffer RAM test b Flash ROM test c Pre SSMART test d Low Level Format test e Data compare test f Random read test g Sequential read test h SMART test What is performed during a given test segment is the same regardless of whether the test is a short self test or extended self test The time required to complete an extended self test is reported in the Extended Self Test Completion Time field on the control mode page Mode Page x0A 404 C141 C013 7 Drive Self Test DST 7 5 2 Self test modes Self tests of each type are conducted in either of the following two modes e Foreground mode e Background mode The subsequent sections explain both modes in d
317. nal exception s information To find out about information exception conditions the Application Client polls the target by issuing an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command The sense key shall be set to NO SENSE and the additional sense code shall indicate the cause of the information exception condition i Interval timer This field indicates the period in 100 millisecond increments for reporting that an informational exception condition has occurred The target does not report informational exception conditions more frequency than the time specified by the Interval Timer field and as soon as possible after the timer interval has elapsed After the informational exception condition has been reported the interval timer is restarted A value of zero in the Interval Timer field indicates that the target shall only report the informational exception condition one time A value of X FFFFFFFF in the Interval Timer field indicates the timer interval is vendor specific In the implementation actual period unit to be used in reporting information exception condition is minute Therefore a value is rounded up to minute as shown below a value of zero and X FFFFFFFF in the interval timer field indicates that drive report the information exception condition once Table 5 17 Interval timer A value of TIMER INTERVAL field Actual time interval minutes 0 OXFFFFFFFFh Drive reports the informational exception condition once OxFFFFFE 1 1 Ox F
318. nce Diagnostic Commands 4 4 3 WRITE BUFFER 3B Oo a a e O X 00 Buffer ID Buffer Address MSB Transfer Byte Length Co a oo ofo o This command is used in combination with the READ BUFFER command to diagnose the normality of the HDD s data buffer memory or the SAS interface or to download microcode to the HDD The HDD stores data transferred from the INIT in accordance with the specifications in this command s CDB to in the data buffer in the HDD This command must specify data storage positions in 1 byte units and with 4 byte units addresses The INIT can know the HDD s buffer configuration and the units which addresses can be specified in by issuing the READ BUFFER command The functions of this command and the format of data transferred from the INIT are specified in the Mode field in byte 1 of the CDB and any of the transfer modes shown in Table 4 60 can be selected C141 C013 263 Command Specifications Table 4 60 WRITE BUFFER transfer mode COO o a TTT as i 1 Mode 0 0 0 0 Header data without address specification ojlojlojo In this mode a 4 byte header with all zero s specified for the contents must be added to the top of the data transferred from the INIT Also zero must be specified in the Buffer address field of the CDB The Transfer byte length field specifies the total number of bytes of data transferred form the INIT The transfer byte count specificati
319. nce from the index in the bottom position and the defect positions listed in ascending order Table 4 38 Defect descriptor byte distance from index format Cylinder No MSB Cylinder No Cylinder No LSB 230 C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands Physical sector address format defect descriptor Table 4 39 lists this description format of the defect descriptor A defect descriptor with this format specifies the physical sector number of the data block which includes the defect on the disk media together with the cylinder No and the head track No When specifying multiple defect descriptors the cylinder No must be specified in the top position and the physical sector No in the bottom position with the defect positions listed in ascending order Sector numbers described in this format are physical sector numbers which to not apply the Track skew factor and the Cylinder skew factor Table 4 39 Defect descriptor physical sector address format tite s fefsf2 fate oe No MSB Cylinder No LSB C141 C013 231 Command Specifications 232 Cautions in specifying the D list The P List containing defect position information is always recorded on the HDD when it is shipped from the factory Also information on defect positions for which alternate block processing has been implemented during operation is recorded as the G List The function which specifies defect position information as the D List when the
320. nce with the default value C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters 5 1 13 Additional Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 21 The page descriptor format of this MODE SELECT parameter is shown in Table 5 19 Table 5 19 MODE SELECT parameters additional error recovery parameters Fujitsu unique parameter pee p X 02 Page Length po o Number of retries during a Seek Error EAEN Con o o o f o o 31 7 14 C vae o o o j o o 3a 7 74 a Number of retries during a seek error This parameter specifies the number of times repositioning is retried when a seek error is detected When zero is specified in this field repositioning retries are prohibited The value specified in this field is applicable for all commands which are accompanied by a seek operation b RFJ reserved by Fujitsu All the bits in byte 3 are reserved by Fujitsu The user should specify 0 in this bit C141 C013 325 Parameter Data Format Table 5 20 Mode parameter default values O oowoo aac C e OOO Yee ea cs 0000 0000000000 990 000000 0060 0000000000000 O ozwaonenazannana OOO aaan OOOO 8990 000000 9060000000 00e0000000 B01 0606001900 800 00 ae aD ANON So 326 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters 5 2 Log Parameters This section describes the log page structure and log pages that can be used for all SAS devices Pages that are specific to each device format are described in the command standard that applies to the pertine
321. nd allocation processing of alternate blocks The Defect list length that can be specified for the HDD is 2 044 X 7FC bytes or less Therefore a maximum of 511 defective blocks can be specified in the REASSIGN BLOCKS command The logical block address of defective data blocks is described in 4 byte format in the defect descriptor When multiple defect descriptors are specified it is best for the INIT to describe defect descriptors in the ascending order of the logical data block addresses Furthermore if the addresses of logical data blocks specified in the defect descriptor list overlap each other This command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and none of the alternate block allocation processing in that command is executed C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands The HDD allocates alternate blocks to the specified data blocks in order from the top of the defect descriptor list When all the usable spare sectors have been used up and it is impossible to allocate alternate blocks execution of this command is terminated at that point and a CHECK CONDITION status is reported The sense data at this time indicate the following contents e Sense key 4 HARDWARE ERROR e Additional sense code 32 00 No defect spare location available Additional sense code qualifier e VALID bit 1 Information field Logical block address specified in the defect descript
322. ndaries or cylinder boundaries Commands which are already in the queue or commands which are newly received while a look ahead operation is in progress are executed after the look ahead operation is completed However if the new command is a READ or READ EXTENDED command and it is a command in which the first specified logical data block is a sequential access data block the command is executed without the look ahead operation being halted When a newly received command is a command which is not the object of caching that command is executed immediately in parallel with a look ahead operation Also in the case of a command which disables all data which are objects of caching see Section 3 2 1 3 the look ahead operation is halted and that command is executed immediately When commands exist in the queue the look ahead operation is halted at the point when reading of the specified amount of data at the minimum pre fetch volume is completed then execution of the new command starts When there are no commands that need to be newly executed the data look ahead operation is continued even after the volume of data specified as the minimum amount of pre fetch data have been read until one of the following conditions 1 3 or 4 occurs When 1 is specified in the DISC bit if look ahead of data equal in volume to a cache segment is completed When 0 is specified in the DISC bit if look ahead of all the data is completed u
323. nds Byte 7 WBus16 16 bit wide data transfer Data transfer on a 2 byte bus 0 Sync Synchronous data transfer Data transfer on the synchronous mode 0 Linked Linked command Command link function 0 CmdQue Command queuing Command queuing function 1 Table 4 3 Command queuing oo o No command queuing of any kink supported o oai Command queuing with all types of task tags supported C o ooa i Basic task set model supported Illegal combination of BQue and CmdQue bits C141 C013 VS Vendor specific Not defined 0 Vendor ID field This field indicates the name of the product s supplier in left justified ASCII code and always indicates FUJITSU The unused right end is space for the ASCII code Product ID field The product s model name is displayed in left justified ASCII code in this field Product Revision field The HDD s microcode version number is displayed in ASCII code in this field Device Serial Number field The value following byte 4 of the device serial number in the VPD information is indicated in this field Higher order digits which do not contain valid numbers are filled with ASCII code spaces X 20 Clocking field 0 as Reserved 141 Command Specifications m QAS Quick Arbitrate Supported bit 0 as Reserved n IUS Information unit supported bit 0 as Reserved o Version Descriptor field This field is provided for identif
324. ng OPEN_REJECT PATHWAY BLOCKED The port shall not increment the PATHWAY BLOCKED COUNT value past FFh If the port changes connection requests it shall use a PATHWAY BLOCKED COUNT of 00h The ARBITRATION WAIT TIME field specifies how long the port transmitting the OPEN address frame has been waiting for a connection request to be accepted or rejected This time is maintained by the port layer in an Arbitration Wait Time timer For values from 0000h to 7FFFh the Arbitration Wait Time timer increments in one microsecond steps For values from 8000h to FFFFh the Arbitration Wait Time timer increments in one millisecond steps The maximum value represents 32767 ms 32768 us Table 1 24 describes several values of the ARBITRATION WAIT TIME field Table 1 24 ARBITRATION WAIT TIME field Code Description 0 us 1 us 32 767 us 0 ms 32 768 us 1 ms 32 768 us 32 767 ms 32 768 us The MORE COMPATIBLE FEATURES field shall be set to zero The destination device shall ignore the MORE COMPATIBLE FEATURES field The contents of an OPEN address frame sent by a drive are as follows e INITIATOR PORT bit Ob e PROTOCOL 001b e CONNECTION RATE The CONNECTION RATE value when an initiator makes a connection request e INITIATOR CONNECTION TAG The INITIATOR CONNECTION TAG value when an initiator makes a connection request C141 C013 1 5 Address frames e DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS The SAS address when an
325. nitialize the BMS parameter fields but not the BMS Status parameter fields The table below shows the BMS Status parameter format 400 C141 C013 7 4 Background Media Scan BMS Table 7 3 BMS Status parameter format a a a TT ARA Byte 0 MSB Parameter Code 0x0000 1 LSB 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 3 Parameter Length Ox0C MSB 9 BMS Status 10 MSB a Number of Scan Performed 11 msy Medium Scan Progress Reserved The Time Stamp field contains the cumulative power on time in minutes which will be reported when the LOG SENSE command is issued The values that may be reported in the BMS Status field are as follows Scanning is not in process Background Medium Scan processing is in progress Pre Scan processing is in progress Scanning stopped due to a hardware error or because the SMART test phase was reached Reserved Scanning stopped because a format without a P List was encountered Reserved Scanning stopped because the temperature dropped below 10 C or exceeded 60 C C141 C013 During an interval 401 Disk Media Management The Number of Scans Performed field reports the number of times scanning has been performed The Medium Scan Progress field reports the scan progress in percentage The table below shows the xxxx 10000h Medium Scan parameter format Table 7 4 Medium Scan parameter format aja a a a Byt
326. not detected by the sector counter within 4 the specified time 03 fae eee aman device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally Off track during write ie a device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally Write current abnormality 82 Peripheral device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally Servo mark not found during write 83 Peripheral device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally e Servo cell detected was detected during write e Write gate and sector pulse were activated at the same time during write Peripheral device write fault A write operation to the disk media was terminated abnormally No write gate detected Logical unit not ready Self The drive cannot be accessed since it is being Self Test Test in progress Logical unit not ready Notify The drive is in the Notify ENABLE SPINUP wait state ENABLE SPINUP Required 01 Logical unit in process of Disk drive is getting ready becoming ready The spindle motor is not at its regular rotation speed or has reached its regular rotation speed but is still reading the information Logical unit not e Disk drive is in start command waiting state oer ee command required bal unit not ready The drive cannot be accessed since it is being formatted format in progress 01 Specified temperature Temperature exceeded establ
327. ns a CRC An SSP phy checks the frame length and validity of the CRC Receiving phys must acknowledge ACK or NAK within 1 ms if there is no condition for discarding frames The ACK primitive indicates that SSP frames have been received into a frame buffer without errors The NAK CRC ERROR primitive indicates that SSP frames have been received with a CRC error 1 5 6 2 SSP flow control An SSP phy uses RRDY to grant credit for permission for the other SSP phy in the connection to transmit frames Each RRDY increments credit by one frame Frame transmission decrements credit by one frame Credit of zero frames is established at the beginning of each connection SSP phys shall not increment credit past 255 frames To prevent deadlocks where an SSP INIT port and SSP TARG port are both waiting on each other to provide credit an SSP INIT port shall never refuse to provide credit by withholding RRDY because it needs to transmit a frame itself It may refuse to provide credit for other reasons e g temporary buffer full conditions When the drive sends an OPEN frame and then receives the OPEN ACCEPT primitive from the initiator due to abort processing in the drive e g when receiving the TASK frame the drive sends the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive instead of an RRDY primitive In this way the drive may refuse to offer credits If credit is zero SSP phys that are going to be unable to provide credit for 1 ms may send CREDIT_BLOCKED The o
328. nse data to the response frame and notifies the INIT of it Therefore the sense data hold state does not occur and the CA status does not occur The function which reports sense data automatically is called the Auto Sense function This HDD operates with the Auto Sense function activated at all times and this function cannot be deactivated Also since this HDD does not support ACA it does not enter the ACA state C141 C013 113 Command Processing 2 6 Power Condition 114 The HDD has three power condition states Active Active_Wait and Stopped Powered_On Active_Wait Active NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP Stopped STOP STOP START Active_Wait state In this state the HDD is waiting for motor start with NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP When the HDD receives a command that cannot be executed due to not ready during this state the HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status In this case NOT READY 02 LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP REQUIRED 04 11 is reported as sense data When the HDD receives NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP it starts the motor The HDD enters the Active state after the motor is successfully started When the HDD receives a command that cannot be executed due to not ready while starting the motor the HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status In this case NOT READY 02 LOGICAL UNIT IS IN PROCESS OF BECOMING READY 04 01 is reported as sense data When the HDD receives the STO
329. nsferred by the INIT The transfer byte count specification includes the 4 bytes of the header The HDD stores data transferred from the INIT in a length in which the number of bytes in the header has been deleted from the data Transfer byte length 4 bytes in the data buffer beginning at the byte position specified in the Buffer address field in the CDB Furthermore a value less than the HDD s buffer size value specified in the Buffer address field 4 bytes must be specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB When a value larger than that is specified data transfer is not executed with the INIT Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without data transfer being executed C141 C013 265 Command Specifications 3 Mode 0 0 1 0 Data only with address specification In this mode data transfer from the INIT includes buffer data only without the 4 byte header being added The top address of the data buffer where the data transferred from the INIT are to be stored can be specified in the Buffer address field The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of data transferred by the INIT The HDD stores data transferred from the INIT in the data buffer beginning at the byte position specified in the Buffer address field in the CDB Furthermore a value less than the HDD s buffer size value specified in t
330. nt according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued The contents of recovered errors are not reported If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands When a correctable data check is detected immediately correction is executed according to the ECC For data checks which cannot be corrected rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter However if a correctable error is detected during reading data correction is executed at that point according to the ECC When error recovery has succeeded processing of the command is continued If unrecoverable errors have been detected execution of that command is terminated at that point Transfer of data in blocks which include unrecoverable errors to the INIT is done in accordance with the specification in the TB bit read commands When recovery from all detected errors has been successful a CHECK CONDITION status RECOVERED ERROR 1 is reported after all processing of the command is completed and the sense data indicate the content of the last error that was successfully recovered from and the address of the data block where that error occurre
331. nt device format The LOG SENSE command reports the log page that is specified in the page code field of the command descriptor block Table 5 21 shows the log parameter format on each parameter page Table 5 21 Log parameter format SE EE EE Parameter code MSB Parameter code LSB a E 2 pu ps tsp ere me in LP E Parameter length Parameter value C141 C013 a Parameter code This field indicates the type of log parameter that is transferred to the log page b DU Disable Update 1 The HDD will not update the value of a log parameter unless the LOG SELECT command specifies a new parameter value for the log parameter 0 The HDD will update the values of log parameters to ensure that the log parameters reflect all events c DS Disable Save 1 When the SP bit is 1 the log parameter value will not be saved by the LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command 0 When the SP bit is 1 the current parameter value will be saved by the LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command d TSD Target Save Disable 327 Parameter Data Format 328 The HDD does not support this bit It always reports 0 in response to the LOG SENSE command see Section 4 1 15 The LOG SELECT command will be accepted when this bit value is 1 However the HDD will save the target with a specific algorithm ignoring the value specified in the command ETC Enable Threshold Comparison The HDD does not support this bit It
332. ntent of parameters that changed by this command as shown in Table 4 19 C141 C013 187 Command Specifications Table 4 19 PC page control Current threshold values Current cumulative values Default threshold values Default cumulative values The PC bits are ignored by the drive The drive assumes that current cumulative parameters are selected The Parameter List Length field specifies the length in bytes of the parameter list that is located in the Data Out Buffer If a parameter list length results in the truncation of any log parameter the HDD terminates this command with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 A Parameter List Length of zero indicates that no pages shall be transferred This condition shall not be considered an error IMPORTANT The HDD does not support that the application client should send pages in ascending order by page code value if the Data Out Buffer contains multiple pages Table 4 20 LOG SELECT command parameter configuration Bit ee e ft ae ae ft eel Uae Poe po fevered Header Page Length MSB Page Length LSB Log Parameter First ns Length x i Log z x Paramete Log Parameter Last L 1 Length y b S l 188 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands a Page code This field identifies which log page is being transferred The log pages that can be transferred by this command are shown in Table 4 21 T
333. ntents of the G List read by the READ DEFECT DATA command after this command is terminated For details see the description of the READ DEFECT DATA command Section 4 3 3 C141 C013 237 Command Specifications If this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status the additional sense code additional sense code qualifier in the sense data is other than No defect spare location available 32 00 and a valid logical block address other than X FFFFFFFF is displayed in the Command inherent information field it is necessary for the INIT to reissue this command by the following procedure after executing recovery processing shown in Section 5 2 in accordance with the contents of the sense data 1 Delete the defect descriptors which precede the defect descriptor that specifies the logical block address displayed in the Command inherent information field of the sense data from the defect descriptor list specified in this command and leave that defect descriptor in the list Defect Descriptor List Logical block address that indicates the Command inherent Delete information field of the sense data Figure 4 2 Correction of the defect descriptor 2 Change the Defect List Length in the header and add the new Defect descriptor list corrected in 1 then reissue the REASSIGN BLOCKS command 238 C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands 4 3 3 READ DEFECT DATA 37 0 This command transfers the list
334. ntly execute data transfer operations between INIT initiator and a disk drive The HDD divides data buffer into Pages which are minimum allocation size for Cache Actually two or more Pages are linked and a Cache Segment is constructed per the requested data size from INIT Since HDD automatically controls the best suitable Cache Segment INIT cannot be changed neither the Page size nor the Segment size Each data buffer is a 2 ports of FIFO First In First Out ring buffer with one port allocated for transfers with the disk media and the other port for data transfers with the interface INIT Mutual ports operate asynchronously and since it is possible to efficiently absorb variations in data transfer speed between the ports the INIT can perform data transfer operations with the HDD while being virtually unaware of differences between the interface data transfer rate and the disk drive data transfer rate Even if the data transfer capacity of the interface INIT is lower than the disk drive s data transfer rate the data buffer can perform data transfers to the system under optimum conditions without using sector interleave Also if the data transfer capacity of the interface INIT is higher than the disk drive s data transfer rate it is possible to minimize the occupancy time on the interface by accumulating an appropriate amount of data in the data buffer Only one cache segment of the divided data buffer is used by one command and th
335. o result in AD ANG ER serious personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This indicates a hazardous situation could result in AWARN l NG serious personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This indicates a hazardous situation could result in AC AUTION minor or moderate personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This alert signal also indicates that damages to the product or other property may occur if the user does not perform the product correctly This indicates information that could help the user IMPORTANT use the product more efficiently In the text the alert signal is centered followed below by the indented message A wider line space precedes and follows the alert message to show where the alert message begins and ends The following is an example Example IMPORTANT It is possible to use bit 7 and bit 6 of the control byte as an inherent control field in future product specifications It is recommended that the INIT specify zero in this field Please forward any comments you may have regarding this manual To make this manual easier for users to understand opinions from readers are needed Please write your opinions or requests on the Comment at the back of this manual and forward it to the address described in the sheet C141 C013 Preface MANUAL ORGANIZATION Product Maintenance Manual Interface Specifications This
336. ocess of command execution WRITE WRITE EXTENDED WRITE AND VERIFY SEND DIAGNOSTIC Write Read Test WRITE LONG WRITE SAME FORMAT UNIT REASSIGN BLOCKS MODE SELECT MODE SELECT EXTENDED LOG SENSE Specifying parameter save SYNCHRONIZE CACHE C141 C013 Data blocks which are currently being written are processed normally including the ECC portion and execution of the command is terminated at the point when that processing is completed Not all the data transferred from the INIT to the HDD will necessarily be written to the disk media At the point when processing of the data block that is currently being written initialized is completed execution of the command is halted Since the formatting results cannot be guaranteed for the entire disk surface it is necessary for the INIT to reissue the command At the point when processing of alternate blocks which are currently being assigned is completed execution of the command is halted Not all the alternate blocks specified for reassignment processing by the INIT will necessarily have been processed If a parameter save operation has already started that command is executed until it is completed However since the INIT cannot judge whether the parameters have been saved or not it is necessary for the INIT to confirm the status by the MODE SENSE command or the LOG SENSE command or reissue the command Data blocks which are currently being written are proces
337. ocessing control 386 The INIT can by specifying the MODE SELECT parameters can control the error recovery processing retries of the HDD with respect to each type of error related to the disk drive Table 6 7 shows the types of error and the method of specifying the number of retries for those errors for those items where the INIT can specify the number of retries normally it is recommended that the default value or a greater number of times be specified If a value smaller than the default value is specified and commands are terminated abnormally without error recovery processing succeeding the INIT should reset the corresponding MODE SELECT parameters at the default value then reexecute the original commands The MODE SELECT parameters related to disk drive error recovery processing which the INIT can specify are shown below See the description of the MODE SELECT command Section 4 1 4 concerning details of the functions of each parameter The INIT can issue the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT C141 C013 6 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing EXTENDED command as necessary and select the error recovery flags and the number of retries a Read Write Error Recovery Parameters Page Code 1 AWRE automatic write reallocation enabled ARRE automatic read reallocation enabled TB transfer block EER enable early recovery PER post error DTE disable transfer on error DCR disable correction Number of retries durin
338. of a read operation Automatic alternate block allocation processing is explained in Section 6 3 2 283 Parameter Data Format 284 TB transfer block 1 Data blocks which contain errors that are impossible to correct are transferred to the INIT during a read operation 0 Data blocks which contain errors that are impossible to correct are not transferred to the INIT during a read operation RC read continuous This bit specifies continuous transfer of all the data requested by a command unaccompanied by a delay for executing error recovery processing The HDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the default value 0 EER enable early recovery 1 When a correctable data check has been detected data correction according to the ECC is applied immediately without executing retry rereading up to the number of times specified in the Number of retries during READ parameter 0 When a correctable data check has been detected retry rereading is executed up to the number of times specified in the Number of retries during READ parameter then data correction according to the ECC is applied if possible The HDD disregards this bit and operates according to the default value 1 PER post error 1 When several errors errors related to the disk drive which were recovered from normally through the HDD s error recovery processing have been detected a CHECK CONDITION status
339. of the Block descriptor which follows the header not including the length of the Page descriptor It is possible to define only 1 Block descriptor to the HDD and either X 00 or X 08 must be specified in this field When X 00 is specified in this field it indicates that the Block descriptor is not included in the parameter list transferred from the INIT and the Page descriptor follows immediately after the Header 158 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands b Block descriptor The logical attributes of the data format on the disk media are described in the 8 byte long Block descriptor Data block count This field specifies the total number of logical data blocks the block length is specified in Data block length allocated in the user space on the disk media The maximum logical block address is a value with 1 subtracted from the value in this field If only the Block descriptor in this command is changed accessible data block count can be limited without formatting if Data block count value is within a Cylinder count value of page 4 If zero is specified for the Data block count or when the block descriptor is not specified the HDD retains its current capacity if the block size has not changed If the Data block count is set to zero and the Data block size has changed the HDD shall set to its maximum capacity when new block size to be effect Data block length This field specifies th
340. of the MODE SELECT parameter refer to Section 6 3 1 3 In such cases if this function is enabled the HDD registers the data block as the target block of AWRE processing If the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE AND VERIFY command is executed for the same data block an alternate block is allocated to the data block The data field of the alternate block is verified and the required write data is written in the data field This alternate block allocation is applied with the same processing as that of the REASSIGN BLOCKS command If multiple data blocks are the target blocks of AWRE processing when a single command is executed this function applies to all of these data blocks If an unrecoverable media error MEDIUM ERROR 3 Read Retries Exhausted 11 01 is then detected during the read operation for a data block INIT should issue the WRITE WRITE EXTENDED or WRITE AND VERIFY command to the data block Thus auto alternate block allocation is applied and error recovery is possible Remark 1 When this function has been set AWRE 1 up to eight unrecoverable media errors MEDIUM ERROR 3 Read Retries Exhausted 11 01 detected during the read operation of the READ or READ EXTENDED command can be recorded This recorded information is cleared when power is turned off or microcode is downloaded with the WRITE BUFFER command regardless of whether save is specified Remark 2 Before data for a data block is allocated to an
341. omes Active_Wait and there are no limitations on the time period in which the system waits the NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive Therefore the INIT needs to issue the NOTIFY ENABLE SPINUP primitive after this command is issued and before the spindle motor becomes ready b In the case of the stop specification Start bit 0 When the Immed bit is 1 after the power condition state becomes Stopped instructing the drive to stop the spindle motor is sufficient so that the GOOD status is reported and command execution is completed When the Immed bit is 0 after the power condition state becomes Stopped and the spindle motor enters the Stopped state the status byte is reported and command execution is completed 179 Command Specifications 4 1 10 RESERVE 16 mG 2 x x x x Together with the RELEASE command this command controls exclusive access to the logical unit HDD under a multi initiator environment The HDD is reserved by this command for the INIT which issued this command The values specified in bytes 2 to 4 of the CDB have no meaning and are disregarded but it is preferable that the INIT specify X 00 in these bytes 1 Logical unit reserve function This command reserves the entire HDD logical unit for use as a special SAS device The reserve state established by this command is maintained until any one of the following conditions occurs 1 Reserve is released by a RELE
342. omma pattern which assists a receiver in achieving character and dword alignment on the incoming bit stream 1 3 2 Link reset sequence The link reset sequence consists of the phy reset sequence and the identification sequence The phy reset sequence consists of the out of band OOB sequence and speed negotiation sequence The hard reset sequence is performed only when the HARD_RESET primitive is detected after the completion of the speed negotiation The HARD_RESET primitive detected at any time later than the identification sequence is invalid The hard reset sequence corresponds to the reset condition of pSCSI SAS Time 4 Link reset sequence Phy reset sequence e SAS OOB sequence SAS speed negotiation Identification sequence sequence gt SAS with hard reset Time Link Reset sequence Hard reset sequence Phy reset sequence Phy reset sequence identification sequence Figure 1 7 Reset related terminology 32 C141 C013 1 3 Phy layer 1 3 3 Start conditions of the link reset sequence Drives start the link reset sequence when they detect any of the following conditions e The power is turned on e A loss of signal is detected OOB from the INIT e A loss of sync is detected e AHARD_RESET primitive is received during the link reset sequence e A hot plug timeout 500 ms is detected during the link reset sequence e The IDENTIFY address frame co
343. ommand group 0 parameter configuration 170 MODE SENSE EXTENDED command group 2 parameter CONPSUPAUOM iv rset cseeiastes ii E E oe ales Maeda 175 PC page control i sstuce wie ieee ibis Se ee ns ea a 188 LOG SELECT command parameter configuration cesses 188 Pase COG tells tas cote cco hee 0 Paster nets E Werebe Sate Pe oleate tele a 189 Log ParaMeten xcs sie cciscveeesonden oiisineis ASEE E Eea Ea KEREN 190 Page Code assignment for the log pages eeeeceeeeenerrerereerere 193 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service actions ceeeeseceseceneceeeeees 195 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ KEYS 196 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS oei a e aa eae 197 Format of reservation descriptors eeseseeseeeeeseresresesrreserrresrerersrese 198 Persistent reservations SCOpe eeseseereesesreesesreesterieseerissresresresrerersreet 199 Persistent reservations type codes esssereersereeresreresrrsserressrerersrees 200 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action codes 203 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 204 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action and valid parameters Sanres e a E a otevsletees NE E ties sees 206 REPORT LUNS parameter data ee eeecseeerceseceneceeeceseeeeeeeees 208 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter data eee cesses 210 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter data eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 212 17 Contents 18 Table 4 36 Table 4
344. ommands By using the reservation key defined by the INIT PERSISTENT RESERVATION can be used to identify initiators that execute any of the Service Actions of the PERSITENT RESERVE OUT commands and that conflict with a reserve condition established by the RESERVE command An INIT can check to see which INITs hold conflicting or illegal reserve conditions by using the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command and if necessary an INIT can make new reserve conditions preempt these reserve conditions by using the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command Since set reserve conditions cannot be reset by processing such as TARGET RESET task PERSISTENT RESERVATION can be used to have multiple INITs share a device The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT and PERSISTENT RESERVE IN commands provide a fundamental mechanism to analyze reserve conditions that change dynamically in a multi initiator system using multi port TARGs It becomes possible to identify whether TARGs have particular reserve conditions and to remove reserve conditions from INITs that have errors or are uncooperative If the reserve condition implemented with the RESER VE RESERVE EXTENDED command is held when a drive receives this command this command is rejected with the report of the RESERVATION CONFLICT status 201 Command Specifications If illegal drive resources exist when this command is issued the drive reports the CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 and the sense dat
345. ompletely from the media after power on C141 C013 7 6 SMART Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology 5 At certain time intervals nearly hourly If the state where there is no command to execute does not last for one second or longer a log save operation may be postponed until the appropriate condition is fulfilled 6 When a reset condition is generated 7 When the REZERO UNIT command is executed 8 When the STOP UNIT command is executed 9 When the WRITE BUFFER Microcode Download command is executed 10 When an error is reported CHECK CONDITION status 11 When the FORMAT UNIT command is executed 12 When alternate processing is performed 13 When the MODE parameter is changed MODE SELECT command 14 When failure is predicted except in TEST mode 5D FF 15 When the temperature enters a warning state with EWASC 1 on Mode Page 1C 16 When the Background Media Scan function ends 7 6 2 Data analysis C141 C013 The HDD judges its own condition by analyzing data that has been collected to predict failure Data is analyzed by the method predetermined for each attribute If an attribute value reaches its corresponding threshold the HDD judges that the remaining life of the HDD is short or that certain failure is occurring In such case the sense code ASC ASCQ of the parameter that has reached its threshold is set on the SMART status page Log Page 2F 411 Disk Media Management Table
346. on includes the 4 bytes of the header The HDD stores the data transferred from the INIT with the header omitted Transfer byte length 4 bytes in the data buffer beginning in order from the top of the data buffer Address X 000000 Furthermore a value which is less than the HDD s buffer size 4 bytes must be specified in the Transfer byte length field in the CDB When a value that is larger than this is specified no data transfer with the INIT is executed Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without data being transferred Table 4 61 lists the format of data transferred from the INIT when this mode is specified 264 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 61 WRITE BUFFER command buffer data mode 000 001 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Header r Buffer Data Byte 0 Buffer Data Byte 1 Data l L Buffer Data Byte n 4 2 Mode 0 0 0 1 Header data with address specification The format of data transferred from the INIT in this mode must be the same as in the case of Mode 0 0 0 0 and the 4 byte header with zero specified in all its contents must be added to them In this mode the top address of the data buffer where the data transferred from the INIT are stored can be specified in the Buffer address field in the CDB The Transfer byte length field in the CDB specifies the total number of bytes of data tra
347. op incrementing when its value reaches 32 767 ms 32 768 us SAS ports i e SAS INIT ports and SAS TARG ports shall start the Arbitration Wait Time timer when they transmit the first OPEN address frame for the connection request When the SAS port retransmits the OPEN address frame e g after losing arbitration and handling an inbound OPEN address frame it shall set the ARBITRATION WAIT TIME field to the current value of the Arbitration Wait Time timer SAS ports should set the Arbitration Wait Time timer to zero when they transmit the first OPEN address frame for the connection request A SAS INIT port or SAS TARG port may be unfair by setting the ARBITRATION WAIT TIME field in the OPEN address frame to a higher value than its Arbitration Wait Time timer indicates However unfair SAS ports shall not set the ARBITRATION WAIT TIME field to a value greater than or equal to 8000h this limits the amount of unfairness and helps prevent livelocks The expander port that receives an OPEN address frame shall set the Arbitration Wait Time timer to the value of the incoming ARBITRATION WAIT TIME field and start the Arbitration Wait Time timer as it arbitrates for internal access to the outgoing expander port When the expander device transmits the OPEN address frame out another expander port it shall set the outgoing ARBITRATION WAIT TIME field to the current value of the Arbitration Wait Time timer maintained by the incoming expander port A po
348. operations and seek errors counted include those involved in seek processing that was explicitly performed by commands or performed otherwise for any reason within the HDD Sample size 1 000 000 seek operations Threshold 300 errors 413 Disk Media Management 414 Number of remaining alternate sectors The HDD monitors the number of remaining alternate sectors If the number of spare sectors that can be allocated as alternatives drops below the threshold for a physical reason or due to the size of a control table within the HDD the HDD considers that a failure prediction reporting condition has developed Threshold 200 spare sectors n 5 S T i 5 z oO The HDD monitors the spin up time Monitoring begins when a motor startup sequence is initiated at power on or when the disk is explicitly started by the START UNIT command At each spin up run the HDD compares both the current and previous spin up times with the threshold If the threshold is exceeded the HDD considers that a failure prediction reporting condition has developed Threshold 55 seconds G list update frequency The HDD monitors the number of G list updates due to automatic alternate processing that is performed during read processing in relation to the number of sectors contained in the sample as indicated in Item a above The number of G list updates counted does not include those that are involved in alternate processing performed by the REASS
349. or at the point when alternate block allocation becomes impossible Command inherent information field Also when this command is terminated abnormally with a CHECK CONDITION status due to any one of several other types of error besides the above error the logical block address specified in the first defect descriptor which did not undergo alternate block allocation is reported in the Command inherent information field in the sense data However if alternate block allocation processing of the defect descriptors for which alternate block allocation has not been implemented cannot be specified or if alternate block allocation of all the specified defect descriptors has been completed the Command inherent information field indicates X FFFFFFFF When alternate block allocation processing is successful the defect position information on the disk media related to the data blocks specified in the defect descriptor list is recorded on the disk media as the defect list G List The INIT can read the contents of the G List using the READ DEFECT DATA command Also this command has no influence on the contents of the primary defect list P List The defect position information in the G List is physical block addresses logical data block addresses are allocated when no defect exists on the disk media Therefore the values specified in this command s defect descriptor list logical block addresses may not necessarily be the same as the co
350. or is posted it will force a save of all error log pages information Total recoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0003 Table 5 28 Total recoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0003 C141 C013 X 0003 Parameter code Total Posted Recoverable Errors X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted recovered 01 xx xx errors to the interface during write operations 333 Parameter Data Format e Total write bytes processed page 02 code 0005 Table 5 29 Total write bytes processed page 02 code 0005 X 0005 Parameter code Total Bytes Processed X 0A Parameter Length oe Total Write Bytes Processed 10 bytes a Asp The Total Write Bytes Processed indicates the total processed bytes during write operations e Total unrecoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0006 Table 5 30 Total unrecoverable write errors posted to INIT page 02 code 0006 X 0006 Parameter code Total Posted Unrecoverable Errors a X 04 Parameter Length e fons Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all posted unrecovered errors 03 xx xx to the interface during write operations 334 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters 5 2 4 Read Error Count Page X 03 Table 5 31 Read error count page X 03 a XO Reeri Ca Page Lenth MSB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will
351. or the parameter 0 The HDD updates the log parameter value to reflect all events that are noted by that parameter DS Disable Save 1 The HDD does not support saving that log parameter in response to LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command with an SP bit of one 0 The HDD supports saving for that log parameter The HDD saves the current parameter value in response to LOG SELECT or LOG SENSE command with a SP bit of one TSD Target Save Disable The HDD does not support this bit For LOG SENSE command See 4 1 16 the HDD always report zero Also for this command the HDD accepts this bit value of 1 but ignores its functionality ETC Enable Threshold Comparison The HDD does not support this bit For LOG SENSE command See 4 1 16 the HDD always report zero Also for this command the HDD accepts this bit value of 1 but ignores its functionality C141 C013 C141 C013 5 6 7 4 1 Control Sense Commands TMC Threshold Met Criteria This field is ignored when ETC bit is 0 For LOG SELECT command See 4 1 15 the HDD accepts this field value of other than 00b but ignores its functionality LBIN This bit is only valid if the LP bit is one If the LP bit is one and this bit is zero then the list parameter is a string of ASCII graphic codes If the LP bit is one and this bit is one then the list parameter is a list of binary information LP List Parameter 1 The parameter is a
352. orted Data a Ifthe specification in this bits is zero the HDD transfers the standard INQUIRY data mentioned later to the INIT b Ifthe specification in this bits is one the HDD transfers the command supported data mentioned later to the INIT 3 Page code Operation code a When the EVPD bits is one this field specifies that the HDD transfers the kind of the VPD information b Ifthe EVPD bit is zero and the CmdDt bits is one this field specifies the operation code CDB byte 0 of commands generated command supported data 4 Transfer Byte Length Byte 4 of the CDB the Transfer Byte Length field shows the number of bytes of standard INQUIRY data or VPD information that the application client can receive by this command The HDD transfers data with the byte length specified in the Transfer Byte Length field or the byte length in the standard INQUIRY data or VPD information which it is holding whichever has the smallest number of bytes to the application client When zero is specified in the Transfer Byte Length field this command is normally terminated without anything being transferred 5 Standard INQUIRY data Table 4 1 shows the format and contents of the standard INQUIRY data transferred to the INIT by this command if 0 is specified in the EVPD and the CmdDt bit C141 C013 137 Command Specifications Table 4 1 Standard INQUIRY data Paw cae ae eee ees Qualifier Device Type Code
353. otational synchronization offset 295 RPE iiceeiaras an e Ra aa nas 295 RRD Y a Secsscckesteceueasedaeteasggasteh rraeadteatageiesnities 56 S SAS address isgeria tories 29 SAS control layer oo eeeeeeeseeneceeceeees 23 SAS deyiCes 4 Lanes eee hee ation eee 26 427 Index SAS drive connection pattern 22 SAS interface nemisni anen 21 SAS interface topology esseere 22 SAS layering osonni pA ie r seat 23 SAS OOB sequency cc eeeeeeeeeseceteeeteeees 36 SAS protocol log page page code E EE E E dares 353 SAS speed negotiation sequence 38 S raMbNg se nnana atas 58 sector count track sssssesessesseeeseesserssees 291 sector slip processing eeeeereereereeeee 390 SEEK OB ss css aneen 221 SEEK CITOP oreren sotesne ier ee aa Ep tE 382 SEEK EXTENDED 2B neseser 222 self diagnosis test 246 self diagnostic erfor 122 SELF TEST eee esente tnie 257 self test result page X 10 eseese 348 self test result parameter data 348 self test result Value eee eecceeneeeeeeeees 349 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1D eee eee 246 SEND DIAGNOSTIC command 250 SEND DIAGNOSTIC parameter 251 255 SENSE COMMANA ec eeeeeeeeeeceeeteceeneeeeteeees 135 s nse datas sscceden cas sensenpdavenseeatesevrccedeastans 359 sense data additional information 371 sense data analySiS ese eeeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeee 374 sense data and error recovery Method teiti ieteestoetaceste
354. out SAVING eee eee eseeeneeeeeeceneees microcode download with saving microcode download without SAVING E EE th andi neste minimum pre fetch oo ee eeeeeneereees mode 0 0 0 0er eit 264 m de 0 0 0 Teorinin 265 mode 0 0 1 Oierri eni 266 mode 0 0i T eane en n a mode 0 170 Oan n a nat mode 0h O hene eni mode 0 LO apriore ooh enn tii modes 0 Led iee mti ns mod h 0 1 Ocerin eint 269 mode St OnT Daa re a EENAA MOE pagesor reiri reei i eiai mode parameters sssssseeesseessesssseeseessees MODE SELECT 15 sesinsesersee MODE SELECT commanid 157 MODE SELECT EXTENDED MODE SELECT EXTENDED command parameter configuration 0 eee eee eseeseeeneeeneeceaeees MODE SELECT parameter eee read write error recovery PAAMeter oo eee ese csteceteceeees C141 C013 Index MODE SELECT parameter 289 294 296 298 304 308 317 322 325 MODE SELECT parameter of ADD yout hezer a n A cece ce 160 MODE SELECT parameter SUCUT ie aaa stores ait as 155 MODE SENSE 1A 166 MODE SENSE command parameter configuration eee 170 MODE SENSE data type SPecifiCatiON enine nie deere 168 MODE SENSE EXTENDED SA 174 MODE SENSE EXTENDED command parameter CONFIQUIALION oo eee este ceteeeteceteeeeeees 175 MRIEB een acai 319 320 multiplication factor s es 299 N NAK cnnan dees Hoes ees 56 name and identifier cece eee 29 ND eosin oa woes
355. p to the track boundary or the cylinder boundary During a data look ahead operation when any error occurs the data look ahead operation is terminated at that point retry is not executed When receiving HARD RESET primitive or when receiving ABORT TASK TASK IU 0x01 ABORT TASK SET TASK IU 0x02 or CLEAR TASK SET TASK IU 0x04 the look ahead operation is terminated at that point and all the look ahead data stored in the data buffer are invalidated During a look ahead operation if sector slip processing is applied or defective sectors exist in the same cylinder to which alternate processing is applicable the look ahead operation is continued without interruption 133 This page is intentionally left blank CHAPTER 4 Command Specifications 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 3 Format Commands 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands This chapter describes detailed specifications of the SCSI commands which the HDD is equipped with and how to use them 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 1 TEST UNIT READY 00 This command checks the status of the disk drive If the HDD is in the ready state and it is possible for it to be used by the INIT initiator which issues this command a GOOD status is reported for this command If the HDD is not in the ready state it reports a CHECK CONDITION status for this command The sense data generated at this time indicate the HDD s s
356. parameter list length of 512 bytes or less If the parameter list length exceeds 512 bytes and the logical unit is not capable of storing the requested number of bytes then the device server shall return CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter lists are shown in Table 4 35 211 Command Specifications Table 4 35 SET DEVICE IDENTIFIER parameter data Identifier The Identifier field shall be a vendor specific value to be returned in subsequent REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER commands 212 C141 C013 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 1 READ 08 pen ee ee Po D E o fo o o O a cw Logical Block Address Logical Block Address LSB Transfer Block Count C141 C013 i ee ee ee This command reads the number of blocks of data in continuous logical data blocks specified in the Transfer block count field with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top The transfer block count can be specified up to a maximum of 256 logical data blocks When zero is specified in the Transfer block count field in byte 4 of the CDB it specifies transfer of 256 logical data blocks and when a value other than zero is specified it specifies the number of logical data blocks that should be transferred When transfer of multiple data blocks is instructed by this command w
357. parameters are not saved to the disk On the other hand as for Format parameters Page 3 and Drive parameters Page 4 regardless of the specification of the SP bit when this command is executed these parameters are always saved to the disk when the FORMAT UNIT command is executed 153 Command Specifications The Parameter length field of the CDB specifies the total byte length of the MODE SELECT parameters transferred from the INIT by this command If zero is specified in the Parameter length field this command is terminated normally without data transfer being executed with the INIT The MODE SELECT parameters have specifically defined formats and lengths as explained by the descriptions of each page descriptor in this item and the INIT must always specify transfer those formats and lengths If a Header Block Descriptor or any Page Descriptor cannot be transferred with all the defined length because the total defined length of the MODE SELECT parameters actually transferred from the INIT do not match the value specified in the Parameter List Length field or if the total of the MODE SELECT parameter s defined length transferred from the INIT exceeds the value specified in the Parameter list length field this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 and all the MODE SELECT parameters transferred in the command are disabled Three types of values exi
358. perature page OD code 0000 00 cece eeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 343 Reference temperature page OD code 0001 oc eeeeseereeneees 343 Start stop cycle counter page X OEB 0 cee eeeeeeeeeseensecesecnaecnaeenseeees 344 Date of manufacture page OE code 0001 ee ee eeeeeseeereeereeeneees 344 Accounting date page OE code 0002 ee eeeeeseesneeeneeeneeeeeenees 345 Specified cycle count over device lifetime page OE code 01010 D PREE E AE E E ol Asean A N wees ents coat anlast ta 345 Start stop cycle counter page OE code 0004 346 Application client page X OF ce ceecesceseceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeaaeenaees 347 General usage application client parameter data page OF code 0000 003 F sisi e ne ce ei inn ees 347 Self test result page X TO Jeretina iesit 348 Self test result parameter data page 10 code 0001 0014 348 self test results values socs sites sos its aa dees i beste ieee 349 Background medium scan page X 15 oo ceeeeeeseeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeenaees 350 Background medium scan status parameter cece eee eeeeeeeeees 350 BMS Status Sioape E a E SETE RENEE 351 Background medium scan parameter 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeereeereeeeeeeeeneees 352 R ssign status neni aa eet te cerned A 352 Protocol specific port log page format eseseeeeeeereesssreeresrresesress 353 Log parameter f rmat cscsieeiesete tinsisti eiieeii eeni iieis 354 SMART status page X 2F rriiiersiie ina enan aai 357 SMART
359. performed between the temperature value specified in parameter 0000h and the reference temperature specified in parameter 0001h Reference temperature page OD code 0001 Table 5 48 Reference temperature page 0D code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Temperature X 02 Parameter Length Reference Temperature degrees Celsius C141 C013 The Reference Temperature reflect the maximum reported sensor temperature in degrees Celsius at which the device can operate continuously without degrading the device s operation or reliability outside the limits specified by the manufacturer of the device 343 Parameter Data Format 5 2 8 Start Stop Cycle Counter Page X 0E Table 5 49 Start stop cycle counter page X 0E pet i XO esenet Pag Length SB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 e Date of manufacture page OE code 0001 Table 5 50 Date of manufacture page OE code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Date of Manufacture Year of manufacture 4 ASCII characters Week of manufacture 2 ASCII characters LSB The year and week in the year that the device was manufactured shall be set in the parameter field defined by parameter code 0001h The date of manufacture shall not be savable by the INIT using the LOG SELECT command The date is expressed in numeric ASCII characters 30h 39h in the form YY YYWW as shown
360. prediction items that may be reported here are as follows Test Mode Device temperature Read error rate Seek error rate Number of remaining alternate sectors Spin up time G list update frequency Write error rate d Low Level Format test This test segment determines whether the device to be tested is logically accessible If this test detects one of the events below which lead to the conclusion that formatting is required Medium Error 03 Medium Format Corrupted 31 00 is reported on the self test result log page The number of data blocks in Mode Parameter has been changed to a value that exceeds the maximum value that can be specified based on the assumption of the current number of cylinders The number of alternate sectors per zone in Mode Parameter has been changed The data block length in Mode Parameter has been changed 408 C141 C013 C141 C013 7 Drive Self Test DST Data compare test This test segment compares data by performing write read processing on the internal test cylinder using all heads If it encounters an error while performing data compare processing Miscompare E Miscompare During Self Configuration 1D 80 is reported on the self test result log page If this test segment encounters an error while performing processing other than data compare processing error information that indicates the cause of error is reported on the self test result
361. que ID EUI 64 NAA Relative target port identifier Target port group Logical unit group MDS logical unit identifier SCSI name string 149 Command Specifications f Identifier length Indicates the Identifier length Even when a value that is insufficient for transferring all the Identifiers is specified for the Transfer Byte Length of the CDB this value indicates the actual byte length g IDENTIFIER for the logical unit Indicates the device unique WWN h IDENTIFIER for the target port Indicates the SAS address i Relative target port identifier Indicates the relative port identifier of the target port on which the INQUIRY command was received 0001h Relative port 1 historically known as portA 0002h Relative port 2 historically known as portB j ASCII of IDENTIFIER Indicates the target device descriptor SCSI name in ASCII with naa qualifier 150 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 3 READ CAPACITY 25 Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Logical Block Address Block Address LSB This command transfers information related to the disk drive s capacity and the data block size to the INIT When bit 0 PMI partial medium indicator of CDB byte 8 is 0 the logical block address and block length byte length of the final data block which is accessible in the disk drive user space are transferred to the INIT At this time the Logical Block address field in the
362. queue count value If the drive receives a command when the queue is full the drive sends the ACK primitive to temporarily close the connection Then after re establishing a connection the drive reports the QUEUE FULL status e LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER field e TASK ATTRIBUTE field e CDB field Refer to Chapter 2 Command Processing and Chapter 4 Command Specification e Reserved field The drive ignores the Reserved fields except the CDB field e Management of the command queue count supplementary explanation The maximum command queue count the upper limit of the number of commands to be accepted of a drive is 128 However if the drive is a dual port drive and for example has already queued 128 commands at port A the drive can receive another command at port B without causing the Queue full error In other words at least one command can be received at each port of the drive even when the drive is in the Queue full state C141 C013 83 SAS Interface 1 6 2 2 TASK information unit Table 1 36 defines the task management function IU The TASK frame is sent by an SSP INIT port to request that a task management function be processed by the task manager in a logical unit Table 1 36 TASK information unit LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER Reserved Reserved TASK MANAGEMENT FUNCTION Reserved TAG OF TASK TO BE MANAGED Reserved The LOGICAL UNIT NUMBER field contains the address of the logica
363. r that is not supported by the HDD is specified the command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 and all the MODE SELECT parameters transferred in the command are disabled 160 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands Table 4 13 MODE SELECT parameters ma ooo Block Descriptor Page Descriptor Page 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameter Page 2 Disconnect Reconnect Parameter Page 3 Format Parameter Page 4 Drive Parameter Page 7 Verify Error Recovery Parameter Page 8 Caching Parameter Page A Control Mode Parameter Page C Notch Parameter Page 19 Port Control Parameter Sub Page 00 Sub Page 01 Page 1A Power Condition Parameter Page 1C Information Exception Control Parameter Sub Page 00 Sub Page 01 Page 21 Additional Error Recovery Parameter C141 C013 161 Command Specifications IMPORTANT 1 The MODE SELECT parameter is ordinarily different in its configuration depending on the input output device and the type of controller It is also possible that current definitions may be expanded in accordance with the expansion of the functions of the HDD in the future In order to assure independence of software from the individual specifications of input output devices before the INIT issues this command it should follow the procedure of using the MODE SENSE and MODE SENSE EXTENDED command to determine the types of parameters the TARG is act
364. rame that is sent in response to an XFER_RDY frame the SSP INIT port shall set the TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field to the value that was in the corresponding XFER_RDY frame b For frames other than DATA frames the SSP INIT port sets the TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field to FFFFh However this setting is not forcibly made Remarks Drives do not support the FIRST BURST SIZE field of the Disconnect Reconnect mode page page code 02h For DATA frames the DATA OFFSET field is described later For all other frame types the DATA OFFSET field shall be ignored The INFORMATION UNIT field contains the information unit the format of which is defined by the FRAME TYPE field The maximum size of the INFORMATION UNIT field is 1024 bytes making the maximum size of the frame 1052 bytes 1024 bytes of data 24 bytes of header 4 bytes of CRC C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer If necessary fill bytes are placed after the INFORMATION UNIT field so that the CRC field is aligned on a four byte boundary The number of the fill bytes is specified by the NUMBER OF FILL BYTES field If the transferred bytes in the last DATA frame are not aligned on a four byte boundary this field is set to the number of the extra bytes 4 the remainder of the number of transferred bytes 4 bytes The CRC field contains a CRC value that is computed over the entire SSP frame prior to the CRC field including the fill bytes i e all data dwords between the SOF and EOF
365. rd reset sequence at the time when the drive starts the identification sequence In this case the drive will start the link reset sequence because it receives the HARD_RESET 1 3 6 3 Exception handling in the speed negotiation sequence e When synchronization cannot be established at the G1 or G2 rate e When synchronization cannot be established at the last negotiated rate In both of the cases referred to above the speed negotiation sequence is considered to have failed The drive waits for the reception of the COMINIT signal from the INIT or expander until the hot plug timeout time 500 ms elapses When the hot plug timeout time elapses before the signal has been received from the other side the drive sends the COMINIT signal again to start a new link reset sequence At the same time the value in the PHY RESET PROBLEM field of the Protocol Specific log page page 18 is incremented when synchronization cannot be established at the last negotiated rate 1 3 7 Phy layer dword synchronization DWS The dword synchronization monitoring performed by the drive after the completion of the speed negotiation sequence has the following characteristics 1 When four invalid dwords are detected in a frame address frame or SSP frame the dword synchronization is considered to have been lost At this time the drive starts the link reset sequence without monitoring whether any valid primitive is received and without trying to establish re synchroniz
366. re in the Byte Distance from the Index Format all the registered defect positions are reported when the P List is reported but in the case of the Block Address Format and the Physical Sector Address Format the defect position information is not reported for defects which do not have an influence on data block read write operations When data are in the Byte Distance from the Index Format when the P List is reported multiple defect position information may be reported for a single sector or 2 defective sectors may be reported as a single item of defect position information due to defects which extend across sector boundaries In defect data in the block address format all the physical defect position information on the disk media cannot be described universally For example defect position information in areas without block addresses spare sectors or cylinders which are not being used as User Space cannot be described The defect data in this format are provided in order to preserve continuity with previous specifications but it is recommended that as much as possible the INIT not use the Block Address Format 243 Command Specifications 4 3 4 READ DEFECT DATA B7 244 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Transfer Byte Length MSB Transfer Byte Length Transfer Byte Length Transfer Byte Length LSB 0 0 0 This command transfers the list containing the defec
367. re scan feature is enabled by setting the EN_PS bit in the Background Control mode page then setting the EN_PS bit and power cycling the device After power is restored the pre scan timer is set and the device begins scanning the medium starting at LBA zero and ending with the last LBA After one pre scan processing HDD do not execute the next pre scan processing until the following sequence 1 EN_PS bit set to 0 2 EN_PS bit set to 1 3 Power Off and On e BMS Interval Time This parameter specifies the minimum time in hours between the start of one pre scan or background medium scan operation and the start of the next background medium scan operation C141 C013 323 Parameter Data Format 324 Pre Scan Timeout Value This parameter specifies the maximum time in hours for a pre scan operation to complete If the pre scan operation does not complete within the specified time then it is halted A value of zero specifies an unlimited timeout value Minimum IDLE TIME before Background Scan Displays the time from IDLE status to start of BMS unit milliseconds HDD ignors the values specified for this parameter and operates in accordance with the default value Maximum TIME to suspend Background Scan Displays the maximum amount of time required until the execution of a command unit milliseconds when a command is received during BMS operation HDD ignores the value specified for this parameter and operates in accorda
368. read command INIT TARG COMMAND frame Data requested by READ command RESPONSE frame Time Time Figure 1 24 Example of read command C141 C013 SAS Interface 1 6 4 Exceptional event processing of a drive 98 If an exceptional event of the SAS protocol system refer to Table 1 45 occurs in a drive the drive temporarily rejects an SSP frame from the SSP INIT port due to recovery processing abort processing Therefore the drive may return the OPEN_REJECT RETRY primitive for the connection request from an initiator This is because the drive cannot perform abort processing completely while receiving an SSP frame from the SSP INIT port The processing sequence a drive performs for an exceptional event Table 1 45 is as follows 1 After an exceptional event occurs the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive instead of an RRDY primitive is sent to stop SSP frames from the initiator 2 The connection is temporarily closed 3 The recovery processing for the exceptional event abort processing is started 4 If the recovery processing has not been completed the OPEN_REJECT RETRY primitive is sent in response to the connection request from the initiator 5 After the recovery processing for the exceptional event an OPEN frame is sent so that the result of the recovery processing can be reported later with a RESPONSE frame 6 When the OPEN_ACCEPT primitive is received from the initiator the drive sends the CREDIT_BLOCK
369. reported However by forcibly interrupting execution by an abnormal state such as ABORT TASK ABORT TASK SET CLEAR TASK SET LOGICAL UNIT RESET HARD RESET or SAS PORT if the command is cleared the status byte for that command is not reported Table 2 6 Status 00h 02h 04h O8h 10h 14h 18h INTERMEDIATE CONDITION MET Status Not supported COMMAND TERMINATED Status Not supported 28h TASK SET FULL Status RESERVATION CONFLICT Status This status indicates that execution of the command ended normally 2 CHECK CONDITION status 108 This status is reported in the case of a c below The HDD generates sense data when this status is reported and displays the detailed cause The HDD transfers the generated sense data together with this status report in the same RESP frame Therefore it is unnecessary to gather sense data using the REQUEST SENSE command a b If the sense key in the sense data shows RECOVERED ERROR 1 it shows that the last command which resulted in the CHECK CONDITION status ended normally in conjunction with error recovery processing by the HDD If the sense key in the sense data shows UNIT ATTENTION 6 it shows that the HDD is being kept in the Unit Attention state For details of the Unit Attention state see item 2 4 C141 C013 2 2 Status Byte c Any cases other than the above indicate that it was impossible to execute the command or the command ended abnormally 3 CON
370. repositions at the target cylinder and retries the desired operation If the error is not recovered the HDD will repeat a retry repositioning until the number of retries reaches the value specified for the MODE select parameter Write Retry Count If the error is not recovered despite the specified number of retries the HDD will terminate the command with CHECK CONDITION status The sense data at this time includes the sense key MEDIUM ERROR 3 and ASC ASCQ Unrecovered write offtrack error 0C 03 in uncorrectable data This error is a failure to detect the Sync Mark pattern during reading of data or an ECC error for which correction processing is impossible If this error is detected the HDD after waiting one revolution of the disk media tries reading again When the error is not recovered from reading is retried repeatedly the number of times specified in the MODE SELECT parameter Number of Retries during Read or Number of Retries during Write In cases where correction is possible during execution of retry processing the processing procedure is according to Correctable Data Read Error in item 3 If errors cannot be recovered from even after retry is executed the specified number of times the HDD terminates the command that is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is MEDIUM ERROR 3 and the ASC ASCO indicates Sync Mark not found for data field 13 00
371. rforms reordering processing of commands with respect to commands issued together with the SIMPLE Reordering processing is performed with the purpose of reducing the total processing time in command processing e Conditions for Reordering If commands which are objects of reordering are issued by an INIT which permits reordering together with a SIMPLE e Commands which are Objects of Reordering READ READ EXTENDED WRITE WRITE EXTENDED If the INIT permits command reordering processing the HDD changes the command processing order It is necessary for the INIT to control concerning the validity of data C141 C013 2 4 UNIT ATTENTION Condition The RESERVE RELEASE RESERVE EXTENDED and RELEASE EXTENDED commands should be issued with the specification of ORDERED QUEUE If any of these commands is issued with the specification of HEAD OF QUEUE the command may cause the duplicated reserved status with a command that has been issued before Since the TEST UNIT READY and INQUIRY commands do not affect the HDD status they can be issued with the specification of HEAD OF QUEUE An INIT can specify error recovery options with the QErr bits of the control mode parameter Page A of the Mode Select parameters Deferred errors may be reported for commands whose processing has already ended Therefore the queue tag values assigned to those commands are not reported Use ABORT TASK ABORT TASK SET CLEAR TASK SET or LOGICAL UNIT RESET to cl
372. rge at Fujitsu as troubleshooting and repair information collected in error logging shown in Section 6 3 3 of all the bytes in sense data including this field C141 C013 371 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods 6 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended When a single command or a series of linked commands are not terminated with a status reported the INIT should execute error recovery processing corresponding to the state in which the command was terminated Here the procedure for analyzing the command execution termination state and recommended procedures for error recovery processing executed by the INIT in accordance with the results are explained 6 2 1 Termination status analysis and error recovery methods Figure 6 1 shows a model of the INIT s general processing flow from issuing of the command until reception of the termination status Command issue status received Normal end To item 1 PRESERVATION CONFLICT To item 2 Yes See item 3 3p To Section 5 2 2 Figure 6 1 Analysis of the termination status 372 C141 C013 6 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended 1 TASK SET FULL status This status indicates that the HDD is currently executing processing of another command and that a new command cannot be received The INIT that receives this status can reissue the original command Under a multi initiator environment when an INIT receives this status the tim
373. rmat parameters Page 3 Specify the number of spare sectors secured in each cylinder in the Alternate sector count zone field It is desirable not to specify a value that is lower than the HDD s default value in this field c Drive parameters Page 4 The number of cylinders in the User Space cannot be changed The number of cylinders necessary to secure the number of logical data blocks specified in the Data block count field in the block descriptor will be allocated to the user space 392 C141 C013 7 2 Disk Media Initialization 2 Issuing the FORMAT UNIT command Issue the FORMAT UNIT command and initialize the entire disk media surface In this FORMAT UNIT command the entire disk media surface is initialized using the P List then after initialization the data blocks are verified If any defective blocks are detected in the Verify operation alternate blocks are allocated for those data blocks Also the defect position information for only the defective data blocks detected in the Verify operation is recorded in the G List The contents which need to be specified at this time are as follows a CDB specification Specify 0 in the FmtData bit and the CmpLst and 000 in the Defect List Format field in the CDB b FORMAT parameters If the items values in the previous item are specified in the CDB the Format parameter is not necessary 7 2 2 Re initialization The INIT can reinitialize the disk drive a
374. ror The INIT can control the error recovery processing methods executed by the HDD using the MODE SELECT parameters 6 3 1 Error states and retry processing procedures 1 Seek error 382 Mechanical malfunctions of the disk drive during a seek operation and failure of serial addresses detected during verification of the ID area to match are included in this error When a seek error occurs the HDD first executes rezero seek then tries repositioning at the target cylinder and restarts the original processing If the error is not recovered from retry processing rezero seek and repositioning is performed up to the number of times specified in Number of Retries during Seek Error in the MODE SELECT parameters C141 C013 2 Write error 3 Read error 6 3 Disk Drive Error Recovery Processing If the error cannot be recovered from even when retry processing is executed the specified number of times the HDD terminates the command which is currently being executed with a CHECK CONDITION status The sense key in the sense data at this time is MEDIUM ERROR 3 and the ASC ASCO indicates Mechanical positioning error 15 01 or Positioning error detected by read of medium 15 02 This error is caused by failure to detect a servo mark pattern or failure in positioning at the target cylinder during on track operation for the target sector If this error is detected the HDD performs a retry If a write error occurs the HDD
375. rt shall stop the Arbitration Wait Time timer and set it to zero when it wins arbitration i e it receives either OPEN _ACCEPT or OPEN_REJECT from the destination SAS port rather than from an intermediate expander device If a port receives a connection request that satisfies its arbitration request i e it receives an OPEN address frame from the destination SAS port with the INITIATOR PORT bit set to the opposite value and a matching PROTOCOL field it shall stop the Arbitration Wait Time timer unless it accepts the request i e transmits an OPEN_ACCEPT rather than an OPEN_REJECT If two connection requests pass on a physical link the phy shall determine the winner by comparing OPEN address frame field contents using the arbitration priority described in Table 1 26 Table 1 26 Arbitration priority for OPEN address frames passing on a physical link 68 Bits 79 64 79 is MSB Bits 63 0 0 is LSB ARBITRATION WAIT SOURCE SAS ADDRESS TIME field value field value C141 C013 1 5 Address frames 1 5 5 5 Aborting a connection request BREAK may be used to abort a connection request The source phy shall transmit a BREAK after the Open Timeout timer expires or if it chooses to abort its request for any other reason After transmitting BREAK the source phy shall initialize a Break Timeout timer to 1 ms and start the Break Timeout timer Table 1 27 lists the responses to a BREAK being transmitted before a connection response has b
376. rts Phys interface to the service delivery subsystem Figure 1 3 shows two phys attached with a physical link An attached phy is the phy to which a phy is attached over a physical link A device may contain one or more phys Each phy has a phy identifier which is unique within the device Phy Transceiver Phy Transceiver Physical link Z N Differential signal pair Receiver Transmitter Figure 1 3 Physical links and phys 1 1 3 Ports narrow ports and wide ports 24 A port contains one or more phys Ports in a device are associated with physical phys based on the identification sequence A port is created from a set of physical phys if one or more physical phys contained within a device a transmit the same SAS address during the identification sequence and b receive the same SAS address during the identification sequence i e the corresponding attached phy or phys transmit the same SAS address C141 C013 1 1 Topologies in SAS Interface A wide port is created if there is more than one phy in the port A narrow port is a port with only one phy A wide link is the set of physical links that attach a wide port to another wide port A narrow link is the physical link that attaches a narrow port to another narrow port Figure 1 4 shows examples of narrow ports and wide ports with a representation of the SAS address transmitted during the identification sequence Although sev
377. ruption in a write operation such as a shock The number of retries specified in this field is applied to each logical block unit When zero is specified in this field retrying of writing to the disk is prohibited The value specified in this field is applicable to the WRITE command WRITE EXTENDED command WRITE SAME command WRITE LONG command write operation in the WRITE AND VERIFY command and write test in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command Recovery time limit not supported 285 Parameter Data Format This parameter specifies the maximum time that can be used by the TARG for error recovery processing as a Ims constant The value specified in this parameter is the maximum permissible time for error recovery processing for each individual command When both this parameter and the Number of retries parameter are specified the parameter which specifies the shortest time must be given priority in application If less than 5000ms is specified the HDD performs rounding processing and sets 5000ms Table 5 2 Combinations of error recovery flags 286 When a correctable data check is detected immediately correction is executed according to the ECC For data checks which cannot be corrected rereading is tried repeatedly up to the number of times specified in the Read Retry Count Write Retry Count or Verify Retry Count parameter However if a correctable error is detected during reading data correction is executed at that poi
378. ry parameters See Section 5 1 1 concerning the details Number of retries during VERIFY This parameter specifies the number of times reading of the disk media should be retried when a Data Check type error is detected in a read operation the number of retries specified by this parameter is the maximum number of times reading of each individual data area in each logical data block is retried The HDD retries reading the data area in each data block the specified number of times When zero is specified in this field retrying to read data from the disk is prohibited Correctable bit length This parameter indicates the burst error length bit length that can be applied for data corrections according to the ECC This parameter cannot be changed by the INIT However the HDD disregards the value specified in this parameter and operations according to the Default value Recovery time limit This parameter specifies the maximum time the TARG can be used for error recovery processing as a Ims constant The value specified in this parameter is the maximum permissible error recovery processing time for an individual command When both this parameter and the Number of retries during VERIFY parameter are specified priority must be given to whichever parameter specifies the shortest time in its application The reported value in this field is a copy of the Recovery time limit in Page 1 The HDD disregards the value specified in this field
379. s Sector slip processing is performed only within the same cell as the defective sectors and until all the spare sectors within that cell are used up Alternate sector processing This is a method of allocating logical data blocks corresponding to defective sectors to unused spare sectors in an alternate cell 390 C141 C013 C141 C013 7 1 Defect Management Alternate block allocation processing Alternate block allocation processing is implemented by the FORMAT UNIT command REASSIGN BLOCKS command or Auto Alternate Block Allocation Processing In sector slip processing the defective sectors re excluded and logical data blocks are located in physically consecutive sectors but when alternate block processing is performed the affected logical data blocks are located in spare sectors which are not physically consecutive with the previous and following logical data blocks which are physically located on the disk Alternate block allocation processing during FORMAT UNIT command execution With the FORMAT UNIT command alternate block allocation is done by sector slip processing until all the spare sectors within the same cell have been used up for defective sectors included in the type of defect list P G or D specified in the command When all the spare sectors in the same cell have been used up subsequent defective sectors in that cell are treated by allocating spare sectors in an alternate cell by alternate sector processing
380. s for which an ACK has been received prior to a broken connection shall be considered successfully transmitted and c Transmitted frames for which an ACK or NAK has not been received prior to a broken connection shall be considered not successfully transmitted matching In spite of the fact that the physical link is set to 3 0 Gbps the connection rate indicated in an OPEN address frame may be 1 5 Gbps As shown in Table 1 30 if the transfer rate of the physical link is higher than the connection rate ALIGN or NOTIFY primitives must be inserted between dwords for each phy of the pathway 71 SAS Interface Table 1 30 Rate matching ALIGN and or NOTIFY insertion requirements Physical link rate 1 5 Gbps Connection Requirement rate 1 5 Gbps None 3 0 Gbps One ALIGN or NOTIFY within every 2 dwords that are not 1 5 Gbps clock skew management ALIGNs or NOTIFYs i e every overlapping window of 2 dwords 3 0 Gbps None A phy shall start inserting ALIGNs and or NOTIFYs for rate matching at the selected connection rate with the first dword that is not an ALIGN or NOTIFY inserted for clock skew management following a transmitting the EOAF for an OPEN address frame or b transmitting an OPEN_ACCEPT The source phy transmits idle dwords including ALIGNs and NOTIFYs at the selected connection rate while waiting for the connection response This enables each expander device to start forwarding dwords from the
381. s parameter cannot be changed The HDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value X FFFF DRA disable read ahead This bit specifies whether or not activate the read ahead operation This bit cannot be changed The HDD disregards the specification in this bit 1 Requests that the device server not read into the buffer any logical blocks beyond the addressed logical blocks 0 The device server continues to read logical blocks into the buffer beyond the addressed logical blocks FSW force sequential write This bit specifies how to write multiple blocks 1 If the HDD writes multiple blocks this indicates that data are recorded on the disk media in the order in which they are transferred from the INIT 0 If the HDD writes multiple blocks this indicates that data are recorded on the disk media with their order changed in order to complete the command in the fastest time This bit cannot be changed The HDD disregards the specification in this bit and operates according to the Default value 1 LBCSS logical block cache segment size not supported 1 Indicates that the Cache segment size field units are interpreted as logical blocks 0 The Cache segment size field units are interpreted as bytes This bit is not supported for the HDD The HDD disregards the specification in this bit Number of cache segments Cache segment size This parameter speci
382. s received during the inside connection this primitive is discarded When a primitive falling under NoConn is received during the outside connection this primitive is also discarded As for the HARD_RESET primitive when it is received at any time except during the period between the completion of the speed negotiation and the reception of the first valid address frame the received HARD_RESET primitive is discarded as well C141 C013 1 4 Link layer 1 4 2 Primitive sequences Primitive Table 1 12 summarizes the types of primitive sequences sequence type Table 1 12 Primitive sequences Number of times the transmitter Number of times the receiver transmits the primitive to transmit receives the primitive to detect the the primitive sequence primitive sequence Redundant a Se eee Any number of ALIGNs and NOTIFYs may be sent inside primitive sequences without affecting the count or breaking the consecutiveness requirements Rate matching ALIGNs and NOTIFYs shall be sent inside primitive sequences inside of connections if rate matching is enabled 1 4 3 Primitives not specific to type of connections 1 4 3 1 AIP Arbitration in progress AIP is sent by an expander device after a connection request to specify that the connection request is being processed and specify the status of the connection request A drive performs the following processing when an AIP primitive is received 1 2 3 1 4 3 2 ALIGN
383. s sense data in any of the following cases and holds the sense data for the INIT that has issued the relevant command If this command is executed when the HDD is holding the Unit Attention condition at that point if the HDD is not in the sense data hold state sense data showing the Unit Attention condition are created by this command and are sent to the INIT and the Unit Attention condition is cleared If this command is issued when no valid sense data are being held the HDD sends sense data with a sense key which shows NO SENSE The Transfer Byte Length field in the CDB show the number of bytes of sense data that can be received by the INIT The HDD transfers sense data with a length that is specified in the Transfer Byte Length field or the HDD s own sense data length 48 bytes whichever is smaller When the value specified in the Transfer Byte Length shows 48 bytes or more 48 bytes of sense data are transferred and the command terminates with the GOOD status This command reports the CHECK CONDITION status and terminates abnormally only in the cases where the conditions shown below are detected In this case new sense data are generated and the sense data held up to that time are lost C141 C013 185 Command Specifications 1 When sending of sense data is impossible due to an HDD hardware error 2 When an irrecoverable error is detected on the SAS interface 3 If an overlapped command occurs In cases other
384. sed normally including the ECC portion and the command is halted at the point when that processing is completed Not all the data which is the write object will necessarily be written to the disk media 121 Command Processing 2 8 6 Fatal hardware errors 1 Self diagnostic errors If a fatal error was detected in the hardware through an initial self diagnosis off line self diagnosis or on line self diagnosis SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command turning of the spindle motor is stopped When in this state the HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status for all Input Output operation requests except the REQUEST SENSE command The sense data reported at this time shows HARDWARE ERROR 4 Diagnostic failure on component nn 40 nn It is necessary for the INIT to generate a RESET condition or senta TARGET RESET and attempt recovery of the error state The recommended procedure for error recovery is explained in 6 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended See the SEND DIAGNOSTIC Command and RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULT Command concerning the self diagnosis function 2 Unrecoverable hardware errors Limited to cases in which a fatal hardware error occurs during execution of a command and termination processing such as a CHECK CONDITION status report cannot be executed the HDD may halt rotation of the spindle motor After this state occurs the HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status for all input output operation requests except the REQUES
385. sed to report to the TEST UNIT READY command 1 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions When processing the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service actions the device server shall update the generation value as specified in 4 1 17 2 The PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command service actions are defined in table 4 30 Table 4 30 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action codes REGISTER Register a reservation key with the device server Olh RESERVE Generates a persistent reservation having a specified SCOPE and TYPE CLEAR Clears all reservation keys and all persistent reservations PREEMPT Preempts persistent reservations from another initiator 05h PREEMPT amp ABORT Preempts persistent reservations from another initiator and aborts the task set for the preempted initiator REGISTER Register a reservation key with the drive AND IGNORE EXISTING KEY The parameter list values for each service action are specified in 4 1 18 2 C141 C013 203 Command Specifications 2 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list The parameter list of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command is shown in Table 4 31 Some fields of the parameter list of a particular Service Action and scope values may be invalid but all the fields must always be transferred Table 4 31 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT parameter list Reservation Key F Service Action Reservation Key Scope specific Address X 000000 Reserved The Reservation Key field
386. shall consider those physical links as independent physical links and consider those phys part of different ports If a device does not receive a valid IDENTIFY address frame within 1 ms of phy reset sequence completion it shall restart the phy reset sequence If a device receives an additional IDENTIFY address frame after receiving the first one without an intervening phy reset sequence it shall ignore the additional IDENTIFY address frame If a phy receives a HARD_RESET it shall be considered a reset event and cause a hard reset device initialization of the port of the port containing that phy After a hard reset a phy begins a link reset sequence 65 SAS Interface 1 5 5 Connections 1 5 5 1 Connections overview A connection is opened between a SAS INIT port and a SAS TARG port before communication begins A connection is established between one SAS INIT phy in the SAS INIT port and one SAS TARG phy in the SAS TARG port SSP INIT ports open SSP connections to transmit SCSI commands task management functions or transfer data SSP TARG ports open SSP connections to transfer data or transmit status Also at the SSP TARG port an SSP connection must be established before data or a status is sent The OPEN address frame is used to request that a connection be opened AIP OPEN_ACCEPT and OPEN_REJECT are the responses to an OPEN address frame BREAK is used to abort connection requests and to unilaterally break a connection
387. side connection the drive sends the DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT primitive during the close processing 4 When an OPEN frame is sent by an initiator connection is established and no SSP frame has been sent for more than 1 ms the drive sends the DONE NORMAL primitive 5 When the drive sends a read DATA frame and data burst size of the data that has been sent by the drive since connection establishment reaches 64 Kbytes the drive sends the DONE NORMAL primitive to temporarily close the connection 6 When the drive detects Ack Nak timeout the drive sends the DONE ACK NAK TIMEOUT primitive Before sending the DONE primitive a drive starts the done timer 1 ms Later when receiving an SSP frame from the initiator the drive initializes the done timer and restarts it If the drive has received neither the SSP frame nor the DONE primitive for 1 ms since sending the DONE primitive the drive sends the BREAK primitive C141 C013 55 SAS Interface Meanwhile when a drive receives the DONE primitive the drive performs the following processing 1 Ifthe drive has SSP frames to send at the time of the receipt of the DONE primitive from the initiator the drive can send as many SSP frames as there are credits being held at this time 2 Ifthe drive has no SSP frames to send at the time of the receipt of the DONE primitive from the initiator the drive sends the DONE NORMAL primitive The side that has sent the DONE primitive canno
388. sk drive error and number of disk drive error recovery PROCESSING eo oiri e E aaa disk media initialization 0 0 eee drive parameter 294 drive parameters are changed DS190 C141 C013 EN PSr t heane Ea ins 323 enable background function ee 317 enable early recovery 284 enable threshold comparison 44 190 enable vital product data eee 137 enable wating issih chil 318 end of address frame eeeeeseeseceeeeeteees 49 end of frame nieto dean inte 56 ending boundary 0 0 eee ceeceseeeeeeeeeeees 310 BOAP oii esas iier ee Ea Ea TA ETENE 49 BOP ennea E S 56 ERROR iscsi er enire r EAE Tia 49 CITOL COUE ies ia eters iaai 361 error logging ei ine ls eeu eis 382 error recovery control flag during self diagnosis test 248 error recovery flag seicnerirecieeierarioi 297 error recovery method uu eee 372 374 Error FECOVETY processing 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeee 118 error recovery processing control 386 error recovery processing PLOCCQUIC siasclsscsgcssi tescbestscacesseteatebbetes 378 error statemen ects teste en 382 PVG acct sheticestelescetbicesebbaletectstecseeeeatevont shane 190 event Of POWEF ON oo eee ceseceseeeteeeeeeeees 111 EventiOL RESET sicss isscisseciesesticessestsaceetseass 111 SAA ed D Beer pet ee ee ee ee eer eee 137 EIWASGC s fceiistescietesctestesteces E Eai 318 exceptional event processing of AVE e iee ich ie hie 98 extended self test complet
389. ssesscecseeceeecesecesecsecseeceeneeeneeees 219 420 VERIFY QB ai cizetea tes iattices tastes chen ictec beauty oathbees Cobseta eke E e 220 AZT SEEK 0B neen a teense Wheres hae heen eee heii eae vias 221 4 2 8 SEEK EXTENDED 2B ccccccescsssccsresssesssecesecesecesecssecseccsenesensens 222 4 2 9 SYNCHRONIZE CACHE 35 cecccccesccessseceeseeceeeeeceeeeeaeceeaeeceeeeeesas 223 4 3 Format Commands vivcnccece cecieedsocseeee th ocenids ateeseteegnvde shaseas E 224 ASA FORMAT UNIT 04 csceiscssszoesreyctcsadsaecurs enean nesai eei aneas 224 4 3 2 REASSIGN BLOCKS 07 cccccccccccssessseeseecseecesecsaecesecsecseecseneeeneeees 235 43 3 READ DEFECT DATA GT re ene eects take dacvctar E a aee 239 4 3 4 READ DEFECT DATA B7 iae eE EE E A 244 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic CommandSs sssesseessssssesssressressrsssressressees 246 4 4 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC Q D rrinensuroiii esan 246 4 4 2 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS 10 eseessscessrsrrrsrrerere 258 443 WRITE BUFFER GB ocncnpor noenee e a pr a es 263 4AA READ BUPPER 3 cccce tuie dee tend a an e ee e aeiae 270 44 5 READ LONG GE ronie ne e a easter ie 275 44 6 WRITE LONG 3B iicet ieciitii oerni eet aart regie nees ae tekt 277 44T WRITESAME 41 ecccsracunvinlaiaundi EE A EEEE is 279 Parameter Data Format scsseecessesseeeeesseceeeeesseneeeeeeneeneeees 281 Sl Mode Parameters monne a as lav an es EE eee as aS 281 5 1 1 Read Write Error Recovery Parameters Pag
390. st in the MODE SELECT parameters Current Save and Default values Current values are parameters which actually control the HDD s operation and the parameters specified by this command are converted to Current values Save values are parameter values specified by this command which are preserved on the disk And Default values are values which the HDD uses as Current values during the time until reading of Save values is completed after the HDD s power is switched on or when no Save values exist and no MODE SELECT command is being issued The HDD has a common set of Current Save and Default values of all the MODE SELECT parameters for all the INITs When the HDD s power is switched on when HARD RESET is received LOGICAL UNIT RESET TASK is received the Current MODE SELECT parameter values are changed to the Save parameter values if they exist and are changed to the Default parameter values if the Save values do not exist When any of the variable parameters of this command are changed the unit attention condition is generated for Mode parameters changed 2A 01 for all the INITs except the one that has issued this command Figure 4 1 shows the relation between the three types of parameters Current Save and Default 154 C141 C013 MODE SELECT C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands
391. su unique code e 90 Next sector HDD compare error e 91 WCS RAM parity error e 92 Unexpected FMT interrupt e 94 NRZ parity error during Write MAS3 Series only e 99 Overflow error occurred at SPC FIFO e 9A Error interrupt in the HDC e AO Error interruption from DBM e A3 DBM buffer CRC error e A4 DBM internal parity error e A8 Data late error Flash ROM erase operation failed Flash ROM write operation failed RDCLK error FMT hang up DSP downloading failed DSP overrun watch dog time out DRV hard error Servo Gate Window error Ilegal error was reported from DSP 47 03 Information Unit iuCRC Error An iuCRC error is detected on the SAS interface for a Data Detected frame 01 Invalid Target Port Transfer An illegal TPTT is received Tag Received 02 Too Much Write Data The Write Data frame is longer than the stipulated frame length 3 ACK NAK Timeout A response to a XFER_RDY frame or Data frame has not been detected for more than 1 ms ca NAK Received oe primitive is received for a XFER_RDY frame or Data Data Offset Error A Relative Offset error is detected in a Write Data frame Initiator Response Timeout A response to a Data frame has not been detected for the Initiator Response Timeout in Mode Page 19 4B 4C nn Logical unit failed self The HDD s initial setup failed nn is a Fujitsu unique code configuration e 91 Microcode Read error any 3 11 error during microcode read e 93 Micro
392. sued by any INIT e An INIT reports an error when the QErr bits of MODE SELECT parameter page A are set to 01 However the INITs that have issued CLEAR TASK SET and the INITs that have reported errors do not enter the Unit Attention condition holding state 2 4 2 Response and release condition at UNIT ATTENTION condition hold state A Unit Attention condition generated by the HDD due to the occurrence of one of the above mentioned events is held for each INIT individually and this condition is held until the Unit Attention condition is cleared by an INIT which is the object of the hold issues the commands specified below When the HDD is holding the Unit Attention condition if it receives a command from an INIT which is the object of the hold one of the operations below depending on the type of command issued is performed by the HDD 1 Commands other than the INQUIRY REQUEST SENSE and REPORT LUNS 112 The HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status in response to the issued command Through the CHECK CONDITION status report the Unit Attention condition with respect to that INIT is cleared The sense key for the sense data generated at this time is UNIT ATTENTION 6 and the additional sense code shows the event which generated the Unit Attention condition as shown below e Power on 29 01 e Hard Reset 29 02 e LOGICAL UNIT RESET 29 03 e Internal Reboot 29 04 e I T Nexus Loss Occurred 29 07 e Mode parameters chan
393. sufficient to contain the entire logical unit inventory the device server shall report as many logical unit number values as fit in the specified allocation length This shall not be considered an error The device server shall report those devices in the logical unit inventory using the format shown in Table 4 33 207 Command Specifications Table 4 33 REPORT LUNS parameter data F LUN List Length N 7 rs Header MSB oss 5 Reserved a First LUN a LUN List a x n 7 MSB 5 Last LUN The LUN List Length field shall contain the length in bytes of the LUN list that is available to be transferred The LUN list length is the number of logical unit numbers in the logical unit inventory multiplied by eight If the allocation length in the command descriptor block is too small to transfer information about the entire logical unit inventory the LUN list length value shall not be adjusted to reflect the truncation The HDD only reports LUN 0 because it has only one LUN 208 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 20 REPORT DEVICE IDENTIFIER A3 ENE ee Re es rr re pot 0 o Service Action x05 a 0 a eo oe oe 0 0 a e ao 7 E e S pont BO Ot a o Joejo o o o e o This command requests that the device server send device identification information to the application client The Service Action field can be specified only X OS The Allocation Length fie
394. sufficient value in the Additional Length field This shall not be considered an error 197 Command Specifications The format of the Reservation descriptors is defined in Table 4 27 Table 4 27 Format of reservation descriptors gt Reservation Key Scope specific Address X 00 Reserved 14 15 X 00 Reserved The Reservation Descriptor in the parameter data contains the information on each reserve condition held in the logical unit The Descriptor contains the Reservation key of the INIT that holds the reserve conditions It also contains the Type and Scope reserve condition values specified by the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command The Reservation key field indicates the Reservation key registered with its reserve condition If each INIT uses a key specific to itself the application needs to know the association of the INIT that holds a reserve condition with a Reservation key If the Scope value is element reserve the Scope specific Address field indicates the element address with the high byte filled with 0 s If the Scope value is logical unit reserve the Scope specific Address field is set to zero Remarks Element reserve is not supported 198 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands e Persistent reservations scope The value in the Scope field shall indicate whether a persistent reservation applies to an entire logical unit or to an element The values in the Scope field ar
395. t 5 2 350 11 Background Medium Scan Page X 15 Note These parameters Table 5 60 Background medium scan status parameter and Table 5 62 Background medium scan parameter are not supported In LOG SENSE these parameters are not transferred Table 5 59 Background medium scan page X 15 Page Length LSB All of the following parameters have this header Page length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 Table 5 60 Background medium scan status parameter SB X 0000 Parameter code LSB X 0C Parameter Length Time Stamp C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters The accumulated power on time unit minute at processing the LOG SENSE command is shown in the Time Stamp field The values reported to the BMS Status field are defined below Table 5 61 BMS status C141 C013 No medium scan Background medium scan in progress Pre Scan in progress Halt the Medium Scan due to fatal error Halt the Medium Scan due to vendor specific pattern of errors Halt the Medium Scan due to medium formatted without the P List Reserved Halt the Medium Scan due to Irregular Temperature condition Scan suspended until BMS Interval Timer The execution time of the Medium Scan operation is shown in the Number of Scans Performed field The progressing rate of the Medium Scan operation is shown in the Medium Scan Progress field 351 Parameter Data Format Table
396. t Random read test Sequential read test SMART test QOS Sl ON es Bs G2 I C141 C013 257 Command Specifications 4 4 2 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS 1C a3 Transfer Byte Length MSB Transfer Art _ LSB This command transfers data response data which show the results of executing the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command from the HDD to the INIT The format and content of response data are determined by the parameter list page code specified by the INIT in the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command The Transfer byte length field in the CDB shows the maximum number of bytes of response data that can be received by the INIT by this command The HDD transfers the number of bytes of data specified by this field or all the bytes of the effective response data whichever is smaller in length Also when zero is specified in this field this command is terminated without anything being transferred Exercise caution in the following points when using this command 1 In order to avoid damage to the results of SEND DIAGNOSTIC command execution response data from a command issued by another INIT during the interval until this command is issued either this command should be executed after the HDD is reserved Response data are valid only when 0 is specified in the SelfTest self test bit and after a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command which specifies a specific operation in the parameter list is executed with the HDD transferring response data showing the
397. t being transferred the Additional Length field indicates the total number of bytes in the valid Reservation Key list this is not considered to be an error The reservation key list contains the 8 byte reservation keys for all initiators that have registered through all ports with the device server 3 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS The format of the parameter data provided in response to a PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with the READ RESERVATIONS Service Action is shown in Table 4 26 Table 4 26 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ RESERVATIONS Header Generation Additional Length n 7 C141 C013 Reservation descriptor s see below LSB The Generation field shall be as defined for the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN READ KEYS Service Action parameter data see 4 1 17 2 The Additional Length field contains the count of bytes in the Reservation Descriptors field after Byte 8 If the value specified in the Additional Length field by the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command is not sufficient to contain the entire parameter list then only the first portion of the list byte 0 to the number specified shall be sent to the application client The remaining bytes shall be truncated although the Additional Length field shall still contain the actual number of bytes in the Reservation Descriptors field without consideration of any truncation resulting from an in
398. t is acting as a SAS INIT port An INITIATOR PORT bit set to zero specifies that the source port is acting as a SAS TARG port The PROTOCOL field specifies the protocol for the connection being requested and is defined in Table 1 22 Table 1 22 PROTOCOL field Code Description 000b SMP 001b SSP 010b STP All others Reserved 62 C141 C013 C141 C013 1 5 Address frames The ADDRESS FRAME TYPE field shall be set to Lh The FEATURES field shall be set to zero The CONNECTION RATE field specifies the connection rate being requested between the source and destination and is defined in Table 1 23 Table 1 23 CONNECTION RATE field Code Description 8h 1 5 Gbps 9h 3 0 Gbps All others Reserved When requesting a connection to a SAS TARG port a SAS INIT port shall set the CONNECTION RATE field to a value supported by at least one potential pathway When requesting an SSP connection to an SSP INIT port an SSP TARG port shall set the CONNECTION RATE field to the connection rate in effect when the command was received unless it has received an OPEN_REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED The INITIATOR CONNECTION TAG field is used when the SAS TARG port issues a connection request This field is used as a substitute for the SAS address of the SAS TARG port when the SAS INIT port searches for processing in progress If the initiator port does not require field support from the SAS TARG port the INITIA
399. t position information of disk media defect data to the INIT The command is the same as the READ DEFECT DATA command 37 described in Section 4 3 3 except for the following the transfer byte length can be specified in four bytes and the defect list length can be specified in four bytes in this command Table 4 46 lists the format of defect data that is transferred to the INIT by this command C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands Table 4 46 READ DEFECT DATA command B7 defect data configuration Byte fe o o Jain oti peters roma Reserved Header Defect k 7 7 Descriptor Defect Data C141 C013 245 Command Specifications 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 4 4 1 SEND DIAGNOSTIC 1D ES EMER EER ESERED X 1D See ee es 0 0 Parameter List Length MSB Parameter List LSB This command executes self diagnosis tests which the HDD is equipped to perform and operation specified in the parameter list transferred from the INIT 1 Self diagnosis test When the SelfTest self test bit is 1 and Self Test Code field is 000 in the CDB this command specifies execution of the self diagnosis test which the HDD is equipped to perform At this time the PF page format bit and the Parameter list length field in the CDB have no meaning and the values specified there are disregarded Also the DevOfl device off line bit specifies whether or not operations which have an influence
400. t send the SSP primitive until connection is established again after the current connection is temporarily closed 1 4 4 4 EOF End of frame EOF specifies the end of an SSP or SMP frame 1 4 4 5 NAK negative acknowledgement The NAK primitive indicates that an SSP frame cannot be received normally When a drive receives an SSP frame and the drive detects a CRC error after checking the CRC field in the SSP frame the drive sends the NAK primitive If a received SSP frame contains the ERROR primitive or an invalid dword the drive sends the NAK primitive even if the CRC field in the SSP field is correct 1 4 4 6 RRDY During connection when a drive detects the state where it can receive an SSP frame the drive sends an RRDY primitive to indicate that the connecting companion can send the SSP frame When the OPEN_ACCEPT primitive is transferred a drive will send up to three RRDY primitives The sending side of the SSP frame cannot receive the SSP frame before sending RRDY primitives before the sending side obtains credits If a drive receives more SSP frames than the RRDY primitives it has sent the drive discards the surplus SSP frames 1 4 4 7 SOF Start of frame 56 SOF specifies the start of an SSP or SMP frame C141 C013 1 4 Link layer 1 4 5 Clock skew management The internal clock for a device is typically based on a PLL with its own clock generator and is used when transmitting dwords on the physical link W
401. t sense hold state is cleared clears the commands which are queued At this time the HDD generates a UNIT ATTENTION condition UNIT ATTENTION 6 Command Cleared by Another Initiator 2F 00 for each of the INITs that issued the commands which were cleared Reserved The HDD when it has been in any one of various sense hold states then that sense hold state is cleared clears the commands which are queued by abnormal terminated INIT The HDD is not supported 11b specified in this field If 11b or 10b is specified in this field the HDD reports a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid parameter in list 26 00 Specifying 01b alone is possible but the HDD would not function g TAS task aborted status not supported This bit specifies that a command that is aborted by a TASK frame should cause other INITs to be notified of TASK ABORTED status and brought to a command aborted condition The HDD does not support this bit This means that the HDD always reports 0 and ignores any value specified for this bit 306 C141 C013 C141 C013 5 1 Mode Parameters RAC report check not supported The HDD is not supported in this bit Therefore the HDD always report 0 and ignore specified value SWP soft write protect not supported This bit specifies whether or not to execute for the device server write operation to the medium The HDD is not supported this bit Therefore the HDD alw
402. t to OXFFFF by the drive e DATA OFFSET field Set to zero e DATAPRES field Refer to Table 1 42 e STATUS field The SCSI status byte is set see Chapter 2 e SENSE DATA LENGTH field When sense data is sent this field is set to 0x30 e RESPONSE DATA LENGTH field When RESPONSE data is sent this field is set to 0x04 e RESPONSE DATA field Refer to Table 1 43 e SENSE DATA field Refer to Chapter 5 95 SAS Interface 1 6 3 Sequences of SSP frames Figure 1 22 Figure 1 23 and Figure 1 24 show examples of the sequences of frames for single task management functions and commands Frames may be interleaved in any order when multiple commands and or task management functions are outstanding Frames may be transmitted during one or more connections e g the COMMAND frame could be transmitted in a connection originated by the SSP INIT port and the DATA frames and RESPONSE frame transmitted in one or more connections originated by the SSP TARG port Figure 1 22 shows the sequence of SSP frames for a task management function ee TASK frame RESPONSE frame Time Time Figure 1 22 Example of TASK frame 96 C141 C013 1 6 Transport layer Figure 1 23 shows the sequence of SSP frames for a write command XFER_RDY frame INIT 8 hens sess Oaotas tt tegaso LEPEP Sends WRITE DATA LENGTH RESPONSE frame Time Time Figure 1 23 Example of write command Figure 1 24 shows the sequence of SSP frames for a
403. ta list e The current Generation value refer to 2 e All the Reservation keys currently registered eight bytes for each key If multiple INITs have registered with the same key the key appears in the list once for the registration of each INIT and as many times as there are registered INITs keys appear in the list not in the order in which they have been registered in the drive but in ascending order of IDs starting with the last INITs that has registered a key e g from ID 0 These keys are those that have been registered with the REGISTER Service Action of the PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT command READ RESERVATIONS In the READ RESERVATIONS Service Action a drive transfers the following information to the INIT as a parameter data list e The current Generation value refer to 2 e The Reservation key that has been registered by the INIT having the Persistent Reservation e The Scope value and Type value e Scope specific address only Element scope When this Service Action is executed if the drive does not have Persistent Reservation zero is set in the Additional Length field of the list to be transferred as a parameter 195 Command Specifications 2 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ KEYS The format for the parameter data provided in response to a PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command with the READ KEYS service action is shown in Table 4 25 Table 4 25 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data for READ
404. tate at this time C141 C013 135 Command Specifications 4 1 2 INQUIRY 12 EN RARE ESE EEE D E o o o oo o o o o o o o e O O l Page Code Operation Code Dee a a ee ee E e Ele See eee ee ee ae ae This command transfers the information showing the HDD s characteristics INQUIRY data to the application client This command is executed normally even in cases where the UNIT ATTENTION condition is held and the UNIT ATTENTION condition is not cleared This command is also executed normally when the disk drive is not in the ready state A CHECK CONDITION status is reported for this command and it is terminated abnormally only in the case that one of the following conditions is detected e There is an error in the specifications of the CDB e Itis impossible to send INQUIRY data because of an HDD hardware error e Applicability to overlapping command exception conditions See Section 2 8 1 If both the EVPD and CmdDt bits are one this command is terminated by a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid Field in CDB 24 00 136 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 1 EVPD Enable Vital Product Data a Ifthe specification in this bits is zero the HDD transfers the standard INQUIRY data or the command supported data mentioned later to the INIT b Ifthe specification in this bits is one product information called VPD vital product data is transferred to the INIT 2 CmdDt Command Supp
405. tative before embarking on such specialized use First Edition February 2007 The contents of this manual may be revised without prior notice The contents of this manual shall not be disclosed in any way or reproduced in any media without the express written permission of Fujitsu Limited All Rights Reserved Copyright FUJITSU LIMITED 2007 C141 C013 Revision History 1 1 Revised section 1 Section s with asterisk refer to the previous edition when those were deleted C141 C013 This page is intentionally left blank Preface This manual explains concerning the hard disk drives with internal Serial Attached SCSI SAS controller The purpose of this manual is to provide the specifications and functions of SAS for use of these magnetic disk drives incorporated into user systems and to present the information necessary for creating host system software This manual is written for users who have a basic knowledge of hard disk drives and their use in computer systems The composition of manuals related to these disk drives and the range of subjects covered in this manual are shown in Manual Organization provided on a subsequent page Please use these other manuals along with this manual as necessary The organization of this manual related reference manual and conventions for alert messages follow Overview of Manual C141 C013 This manual consists of the following six chapters glossary a
406. tected during reading of the defect list G List 3 3 Bx Drive Parameter SA write An error was detected during writing of SA information Device 3 Error Information Perey Parameter list length error There is a mistake in the indication of the parameter list page 5 length C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier Ea 366 C141 C013 6 1 Sense Data Table 6 4 Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier 3 6 Sense 1C Primary defect list not found The defect list P List header is incorrect Grown defect list not found The defect list G List header is incorrect a SA information list not found The SA information MODE SELECT parameter header is incorrect 1D Miscompare during verify Comparison of data transferred from the INIT by a VERIFY operation command when the Byte Check mode was specified with data read from the disk media was terminated unsuccessfully Miscompare during self There is an unmatch to compare read data with write data during configuration self configuration Partial Defect List Transfer Read Defect Data command 37h cannot transfer all the Defect data in the target because the numbers of defect exceeded the maximum 20 Invalid command operation CDB byte 0 operation code is illegal 5 code Logical block address out of A logical block address which exceeds the drive s maximum ea value was ro al 00 Invalid field in CDB There is an error in a
407. ted Active state power b Flashes when a condition command is being a Off when a command executed 50 ms ON is not being executed 50 ms OFF b Flashes when a a Off when a command command is being is not being executed executed 50 ms ON Active_Wait or Stopped b Flashes when a 50 ms OFF state power condition command is being executed 50 ms ON 50 ms OFF Motor being started or stopped 1 Flashes 0 5 s ON 0 5 s OFF Formatting in progress 1 Flashes 1 0 s ON 1 0 s OFF 1 These display items take priority over display items caused by power conditions Even if a command is received while Motor being started or stopped or Formatting in progress is displayed the LED display stays unchanged 2 8 Command Processing Exceptions 2 8 1 Overlapped tag The HDD recognizes that commands and tasks have been overlapped when it receives a command or task with the same tag from the same INIT as a command being executed or held in its queue and abnormally terminates command or task processing The execution of a command or task ends when the TARG reports RESPONSE to the INIT The execution of a command is also terminated with ABORT TASK ABORT TASK SET CLEAR TASK SET LOGICAL UNIT RESET or HARD RESET 116 C141 C013 2 8 Command Processing Exceptions The HDD terminates abnormally all commands and tasks which are being executed or are being queued which it has already received from an overlappin
408. ted 71 RO teneor Mech viotetion a hoe eee 284 ROD ae stele ahediely thal aie 299 READ 08 ina aes 213 READ BUFFER 30 hessssceereersse 270 READ BUFFER command 271 273 274 READ BUFFER transfer mode 270 read cache disable cee eeeeeeeseeereeeneee 299 READ CAPACITY 25 eere 151 READ CAPACITY data eee eens 152 read Continuous 0 00 eee eeeeeeeeeereeeeeeneeeneee 284 READ DEFECT DATA 37 eseese 239 READ DEFECT DATA B7 ee eeeeereeeee 244 READ DEFECT DATA command 240 READ DEFECT DATA command BY sieilor sin nhinea Alien Boas 245 read error count page X 03 eee eeeeeeee 335 read error in uncorrectable data 0 383 read error recovered with possible CLAY sacevts ti neestevtuseen sd steepest a 336 read error recovered without delay 335 READ EXTENDED 28 215 READ KEY Sisscacsictiseescedictents secath ch sqntbiteases 195 READ LONG 3E eecceseseeeeeteeneeereeee 275 read Operation ceeceeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeenees 128 READ RESERVATIONS ssec 195 read retry Count 0 cee eeeeceseceseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 285 read write error recovery parametern ia 282 387 REASSIGN BLOCK command defect data list configuration 236 REASSIGN BLOCKS 07 235 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS QO ioeie aeie aeee 258 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command 259 RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS response data 260 261 recovery procedures for disk drive E
409. ted or when transfer of all the defect data of the specified type is completed Also when zero is specified in the Transfer byte length field this command is terminated without execution of data transfer Table 4 44 lists the format of defect data transferred to the INIT by this command Table 4 44 READ DEFECT DATA command defect data configuration Header Defect List Length MSB L Defect List Length LSB Defect d Descriptor Defect Data List 1 Header a P List primary list bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that P List defect data are included in the defect descriptor list that is actually transferred to the INIT When it is 0 it indicates that the P List defect data are not included See 3 of item 2 b G List grown list bit When this bit is 1 it indicates that G List defect data are included in the defect descriptor list that is actually transferred to the INIT When it is 0 it indicates that the G List defect data are not included See 3 of item 2 240 C141 C013 4 3 Format Commands Defect list format This field indicates the description format of the defect descriptor list that is actually transferred to the INIT It is possible for the HDD to transfer defect data in 3 different formats which it can specify in the CDB and the values in this field are the same as the values specified in the Defect List Format field in the CDB Defect list length This field follows the 4 byte header and in
410. th CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 Olh JTPAT 02h CJTPAT 40h TWODWORDS The DWORD specified in the PHY Test Pattern DWORDS field is repeated and sent C141 C013 253 Command Specifications PHY Test Pattern Physical Link Rate Specify the Link Rate when INIT sends the PHY Test Pattern If a value other than any of the values below is specified HDD processing ends with a failure with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 8h 1 5 Gbps 9h 3 0 Gbps PHY Test Pattern DWORDS Control When the PHY Test Pattern is 40h and a value other than 00h 08h 80h or 88h is specified HDD processing ends with a failure with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in parameter list 26 00 When PHY Test Pattern is 01h or 02h this field is ignored 00h The DWORD set in the PHY Test Pattern DWORDS field JTPAT is repeated and sent 08h For the DWORD set in the PHY Test Pattern DWORDS field JTPAT the 12th Byte is encoded as the control character k code repeated and sent 80h For the DWORD set in the PHY Test Pattern DWORDS field JTPAT the 16th Byte is encoded as the control character k code repeated and sent 88h For the DWORD set in the PHY Test Pattern DWORDS field JTPAT the 12th Byte and 16th Byte are encoded as the control character k code repeated and sent PHY Test Patter
411. th of the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN parameter data that can be reported with this command is indicated in the parameter data When a byte count that is too small to transfer an entire parameter list is specified in the Allocation Length field of the CDB the data bytes starting at byte 0 of the parameter data and numbering as many as the specified byte count are transferred this is not considered to be an error If it is necessary to read the rest of the parameter data an INIT should reissue the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command by specifying a byte count that is long enough to cover the entire list in the Allocation Length field 194 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 1 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service actions In each Service Action the drive needs to be in the ready state for accessing reserve conditions and registered information When the drive is not in the ready state the drive reports the CHECK CONDITION status The sense key is set to NOT READY 2 and sense data similar to data reported with the TEST UNIT READY command is set The service action codes for the PERSISTENT RESERVE IN command are defined below Table 4 24 PERSISTENT RESERVE IN service actions C141 C013 READ KEYS Reads all registered Reservation Keys READ RESERVATION Reads the current persistent reservations 02h 1Fh Reserved Reserved READ KEYS In the READ KEYS Service Action a drive transfers the following information to the INIT as a parameter da
412. than the above this command sends sense data to the INIT and terminates with the GOOD Status 186 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 15 LOG SELECT 4C Parameter List Length MSB ft ee Parameter List Length LSB Ech ae ae ae eee This command provides a means for an application client to manage statistical information maintained by the HDD about HDD The INIT can know the types of statistical information and the current maintaining of each statistical information by using the LOG SENSE command A Save Parameters SP bit is one indicates that after performing the specified LOG SELECT operation the drive will save all parameters to the disc medium A SP bit of zero specifies that parameters are not saved It is not an error to set the SP bit to one and to set the DS bit of a log parameter to one In this case the parameter value for that log parameter is not saved The Parameter Code Reset PCR bit of one and a Parameter list length of zero cause all implemented parameters to be set to zero It also clears the SMART Failure Warning and the Thermal Warning If the PCR bit is one and the parameter list length is greater than zero the command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 INVALID FIELD IN CDB 24 00 In this case the log parameters are not cleared A PCR bit of zero specifies that the log parameters are not reset The Page Control PC bits specify a kind and treatment co
413. that issues another task during the interval between completion of WRITE BUFFER command execution and execution of the READ BUFFER command 5 Mode 1 0 1 0 Echo buffer C141 C013 In this mode the HDD transfers data to the INIT from the echo buffer The echo buffer shall transfer the same data as when the WRITE BUFFER command with the mode field set to echo buffer was issued The BUFFER ID and BUFFER OFFSET fields are ignored in this mode 273 Command Specifications 6 Mode 1 0 1 1 Echo buffer descriptor In this mode a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information is returned The device server shall return the descriptor information for the echo buffer The Buffer Offset field is reserved in this mode The allocation length should be set to four or greater The device server shall transfer the lesser of the allocation length or four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor The READ BUFFER descriptor is defined as shown in Table 4 65 Table 4 65 READ BUFFER command echo buffer descriptor S EB ES EASE SEARED Reserved EBOS a aaoo EE E Echo Buffer Capacity LSB The HDD return one in EBOS field and the HDD verifies that echo buffer data from each initiator is the same as that previously written by the same initiator The Buffer Capacity field returns the size of the echo buffer X 0400 in bytes aligned to a four byte boundary 274 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 4 4 5 READ
414. the self test result log page and terminates the self test in progress 406 C141 C013 7 Drive Self Test DST 7 5 3 Matters that are common to both modes During a self test the INIT can obtain the progress of the self test by referencing the sense key specific information field bytes 16 17 which is returned in response to the REQUEST SENSE command When the self test has encountered no error the HDD terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION status NOT READY 2 LOGICAL UNIT NOT READY SELF TEST IN PROGRESS 04 09 If the current test segment encounters an unrecoverable error during a self test the HDD updates the self test result log page and terminates the self test in progress If a recoverable error is detected during a self test the self test result log page is not updated and the self test in progress continues The INIT can reference the self test result log page to obtain information on the previous 20 self tests that have been completed 7 5 4 Short self test A short self test is divided into several test segments each of which is conducted as a simple test 7 5 5 Extended self test An extended self test is conducted for all test segments that are defined on the HDD Each segment test is always initiated beginning with sub segment number 1 The test execution time is reported using bytes 10 11 on the control mode page PageCode 0A described in Section 5 1 7 7 5 6 Test segments C141 C013 T
415. ther phy may use this to avoid waiting 1 ms to transmit DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT If credit is nonzero SSP phys that are going to be unable to provide additional credit for 1 ms even if they receive frames per the existing credit may transmit CREDIT_BLOCKED After sending CREDIT_BLOCKED an SSP phy shall not transmit any additional RRDYs in the connection 1 5 6 3 Interlocked frames C141 C013 Table 1 31 shows which SSP frames shall be interlocked and which are non interlocked One approach for successively processing frames and corresponding ACK or NAK responses to these frames in a single processing unit consists of ensuring that no new frame is sent until the response to the preceding frame is returned A frame processed in this way is called an interlocked frame 73 SAS Interface 74 Table 1 31 SSP frame interlock requirements SSP frame type Interlock requirement COMMAND Interlocked TASK Interlocked XFER_RDY Interlocked DATA Non interlocked RESPONSE Interlocked Before transmitting an interlocked frame an SSP phy shall wait for all SSP frames to be acknowledged with ACK or NAK even if credit is available After transmitting an interlocked frame an SSP phy shall not transmit another SSP frame until it has been acknowledged with ACK or NAK even if credit is available Before sending a non interlocked frame an SSP phy must wait for the following frames to be acknowledged with ACK or NAK even
416. this indicates that two connection requests have crossed over the physical link At this time arbitration fairness is used to determine which request should take priority BREAK The destination port or expander port may reply with BREAK indicating the connection is not being established Open Timeout The source phy shall abort the connection request by timer expires transmitting BREAK After an OPEN_REJECT CONNECTION RATE NOT SUPPORTED has been received by a SAS TARG port the SAS TARG device shall set the connection rate for future requests for that I_T_L_Q nexus to a the last value received in a connection request from the SAS INIT port b 1 5 Gbps or c the connection rate in effect when the command was received 1 5 5 4 Arbitration fairness C141 C013 SAS supports least recently used arbitration fairness This is a service equalization method that lowers the priority of the most recently used device that is to say gives higher priority to devices that have been in the wait state for a long period of time 67 SAS Interface Each SAS port and expander port shall include an Arbitration Wait Time timer which counts the time from the moment when the port makes a connection request until the request is accepted or rejected The Arbitration Wait Time timer shall count in microseconds from 0 us to 32 767 us and in milliseconds from 32 768 us to 32 767 ms 32 768 us The Arbitration Wait Time timer shall st
417. those data directly to the INIT from the data buffer without accessing the disk media In this way when continuous logical data blocks are read sequentially by multiple commands mechanical access operations can be eliminated and effective access time greatly reduced An INIT can prohibit the operation of this Look Ahead cache feature by setting the caching parameter described in Section 5 1 6 1 Caching object commands Commands which execute caching operations are the commands shown below e READ e READ EXTENDED If all the data blocks which are objects of the processing specified in these commands or a portion of the data blocks including the top logical data block specified in these commands are relevant data See item 2 for caching in the data buffer if they hit when the HDD receives a command it immediately sends the data on the data buffer which can be transferred to the INIT The caching operation can be disabled by the FUA bit of the READ EXTENDED command If 1 is specified in the FUA bit the HDD reads data from the disk media On the other hand if the top logical data block specified in a command is not relevant data for caching in the data buffer if they miss reading of data is performed from the disk media using the old cache segment 2 Data which are objects of caching Data which exist in the data buffer and which are objects of caching in item 1 data which are not accessed from the disk media but are tr
418. tions for the bytes beyond byte 4 of the parameter page it reads ahead the data blocks after the requested data in the data buffer b MF multiplication factor not supported This bit specifies how to specify the minimum prefetch count bytes 6 and 7 and maximum prefetch count bytes 8 and 9 parameters in this page descriptor 1 The minimum prefetch count and maximum prefetch count parameters indicate a multiplier The number of data blocks to be prefetch is calculated that the value in the transfer byte count in the CDB specified by the READ or READ EXTENDED command X multiplier 0 The minimum prefetch count and maximum prefetch count parameters indicate the data block count to be prefetched with the logical data block count This bit cannot be changed The HDD ignores this bit even if specified and does not control the maximum minimum pre fetch quantity c WCE write cache enable This bit can be specified and its operation is as specified This bit specifies whether or not to activate the cache operation for a write command C141 C013 299 Parameter Data Format 300 1 This enables the write cache Write data remains in the buffer memory the cache is made the object even for a read command and when all of the write data has been received GOOD status is reported without waiting for writing data to the disk media Sequential writing is performed without waiting for rotation 0 This prohibits
419. tions of this command are the same as those of the Group 0 WRITE command Section 4 2 3 with the exception that it is possible to specify 4 byte logical block addresses and 2 byte transfer block counts However when zero is specified for the Transfer block count the command is terminated normally without pre fetch being performed In this device specifications to the FUA bit in CDB byte 1 are invalid and operation is as if zero is specified The specification of bit 4 of CDB byte 1 is invalid and the specified value is disregarded 218 C141 C013 4 2 Data Access Commands 4 2 5 WRITE AND VERIFY 2E eee ee e ce a fofo e o o poe Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address Logical Block Address Block Address LSB Transfer Block Count MSB Transfer Block Count LSB Toe apea ae oe This command transfers the number of blocks of data specified in the Transfer block count field from the INIT and writes them in continuous logical data blocks with the logical data block on the disk media specified in the Logical block address field in the CDB as the top then reads those data and performs a Verify check The functions of this command related to write operations are the same as those of the WRITE EXTENDED command Section 4 2 4 with the exception that the write cache function and automatic alternate block allocation function cannot be applied When zero is specified in the Transfer block count this co
420. to notify SAS INIT ports that an asynchronous event has occurred in an enclosure and SSP INIT ports should poll all the SCSI enclosure services logical units in the SAS domain BROADCAST SES shall be ignored by SAS TARG ports The drive ignores all received BROADCAST primitives C141 C013 1 4 Link layer 1 4 3 5 CLOSE A CLOSE primitive is used to close a connection When a CLOSE primitive is sent the close timer 1 ms is started If a CLOSE primitive is not received within 1 ms of sending CLOSE primitive the BREAK primitive is sent The recipient must send a CLOSE primitive within 1 ms of receiving a CLOSE primitive Drives support only the CLOSE NORMAL primitive as a CLOSE primitive while the CLOSE CLEAR AFFILIATION CLOSE RESERVED 0 and CLOSE RESERVED 1 primitives are ignored 1 4 3 6 EOAF End of address frame EOAF specifies the end of an address frame 1 4 3 7 ERROR ERROR should be sent by an expander device when it is forwarding dwords from a SAS physical link or SATA physical link to a SAS physical link and it receives an invalid dword or an ERROR When a drive receives an ERROR primitive the drive discards it When a received address frame contains the ERROR primitive the whole address frame is discarded even if CRC is correct When a drive receives an SSP frame containing the ERROR primitive the drive discards the whole SSP frame even if CRC is correct and sends the NAK primitive 1 4 3 8 HARD_
421. top cycle counter page OE code 0004 X 0004 Parameter code Accumulated Start Stop Cycles E E X 04 Parameter Length Accumulated Start Stop Cycles 4 byte binary number 10 LSB The Accumulated start stop cycles is a parameter provided by the device sever The accumulated start stop cycles parameter shall not be savable by the application client using the LOG SELECT command The parameter value is a 4 byte binary number The value indicates how many start stop cycles the device has detected since its date of manufacture For rotating magnetic storage device a single start stop cycle is defined as an operational cycle that begins with the disk spindle at rest continues while the disk accelerates to its normal operational rotational rate continues during the entire period the disk is rotating continues as the disk decelerates toward a resting state and ends when the disk is no longer rotating The count is incremented by one for each complete start stop cycle No comparison with the value of parameter 0003h shall be performed by the device server 346 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters 5 2 9 Application Client Page X 0F Table 5 54 Application client page X 0F a XO Reeri a Page Lenth SB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 e General usage application client parameter data page OF code 0000 003F Tab
422. tted so access is impossible Peripheral device write fault Write error recommend reassignment Unrecovered write error Unrecovered read error Sync Mark not found for data field No record found These errors were detected during accessing of the disk media but they were errors which could not be recovered from through the HDD s retry processing Positioning error This is an error of the disk drive s seek system xk C141 C013 SA information error SA information error not found The information recorded in SA on the disk media cannot be read correctly K Sense Key C Additional Sense Code Q Additional Sense Code Qualifier L Logging Necessary shown in Section 6 2 3 Except within the time required for the disk drive to reach the ready state approx 20 seconds after the power has been switched on or after a start instruction has been executed by the NOTIFY Primitive ENABLE SPINUP 375 Sense Data and Error Recovery Methods Table 6 5 Sense data error classification 2 3 Recovery Method Outline of Error See Table 6 6 Medium form at corrupted FORMAT command failed The data format on the disk media is not correct The data format on the disk media is not correct Peripheral device write fault This is an error of the disk drive s write system Defect list update failure These are errors detected in the operation of the disk drive No defect spare location available No usable altern
423. tus 372 application client page X OF 347 C141 C013 arbitration fairness ccccceseceeeesteceeeeaees 67 arbitration in progress 47 ARRE ipanen iS 283 auto alternate block allocation PLOCESSING suse eestor hasbeen davies 384 391 auto alternate block allocation processing during read Operation 2 sed i 384 auto alternate block allocation processing during write Operation lel es saci enesatienet ese 385 auto alternate block allocation processing during write operation 2 servo auto alternate Jnari 386 autoload mode 2 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeereeenees 307 automatic read reallocation enable 283 automatic write reallocation CN ADE seseisaniesdec ven wolstewesvedterieintees ve 283 AWR ern a henna 283 B background control mode parameter issii nyege eika 322 Background medium scan page X I E E ieee cas 350 block descriptor ssseeeseeeseeeee 159 172 392 block descriptor length 158 172 BMS interval time oseere 323 BREAK faci anne 48 BROADCAST ornati nenau 48 buffer data mode 000 001 265 buffer data mode 0000 0001 271 buffer descriptor eeeeeeeeeeneereerereeree 273 buffer overrun underrun page MOD etic e i i s 330 bus inactivity limit 287 BUSY Status oc eriin i eed 109 busy timeout period eee eeeeeeeeees 307 byte distance from index format defect descriptor eee eee eeseeereeeteees
424. ually equipped with and the attributes of those parameters such as whether or not they can be changed 2 After changing anything in the Block descriptor with the MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command it is impossible to execute a command to access the data on the disk media until execution of the FORMAT UNIT command is completed and a CHECK CONDITION status MEDIUM ERROR 3 Medium format corrupted 31 00 is reported for all such commands Chapter 5 describes the configuration and functions of the Parameter data format supported by the HDD 162 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 5 MODE SELECT EXTENDED 55 C141 C013 0 This command performs setting and changing of each type of parameter related to disk drive physical attributes data format and error recovery procedures etc This command s function is the same as that of the Group 0 MODE SELECT command Section 4 1 4 except that the format of its data transferred by the INIT differs partially from that of the MODE SELECT data format Table 4 14 shows the configuration of the parameter list MODE SELECT parameters transferred by this command from the INIT Compared to the 4 byte header in the Group 0 MODE SELECT command it is necessary for an 8 byte header to be transferred in this command The contents of each field in the header except that the byte positions differ are the same as in the case of the Group 0 MODE SELECT command The contents of
425. uld not be received 1 3 4 Out of band OOB signals Out of band OOB signals are low speed signal patterns detected by the phy that do not appear in normal data streams They consist of defined amounts of idle time followed by defined amounts of burst time During the idle time D C idle is transmitted During the burst time ALIGN 0 primitives are transmitted repeatedly The signals are differentiated by the length of idle time between the burst times Table 1 4 OOB signal timing specifications Parameter Minimum Nominal Maximum Comments The time basis for burst times and idle times used to create OOB signals Based on 1 5 Gbps clock tolerance OOB interval OOB 1 666 600 ps 666 666 ps 666 733 ps The minimum time a receiver shall COMSAS detect I r allow to detect COMSAS after timeout ROIA transmitting COMSAS Derived from OOBI x 512 x 40 The OOBI is different from the UI OOB defined in SATA for example stricter clock tolerance applies to SAS This is because the OOBI is a fixed value that is equal to the UI value of G1 and that does not depend on actual transfer speed used to set up the burst time Table 1 5 describes the OOB signal transmitter requirements for the burst time idle time and negation times that comprise each OOB signal C141 C013 33 SAS Interface Table 1 5 OOB signal transmitter requirements COMINIT RESET 160 OOBI 480 OOBI 800 OOBI COMSAS 160 OOBI 1440 OOBI 2400 OO
426. ults page code x10 Self Test Result Log Page by the LOG SENSE command The specified values in PF bit DevOffL bit and UnitOffL bit in CDB are ignored The Parameter List length field shall contain zero If the value other than zero is specified in this field this command is terminated with a CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 The SELF TEST Code field specifies the type of executing Self Test by this command as Table 4 55 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands Table 4 55 SELF TEST Page code P 5000 Refer to clause 2 Parameter Specification The device server shall start its short self test routine in the background mode The device server shall start its extended self test routine in the background mode 1 0 0 Abort the current self test running in background mode This value is only valid if a previous this command specified a Background self test function and that function has not completed If either of these conditions is not true then the device server shall it respond by returning a CHECK CONDTION status The device server shall start its short self test routine in the foreground mode The device server shall start its extended self test routine in the foreground mode The Self Test executes the following test segments in ascending order by number Buffer RAM test Flash ROM test Pre SMART test Low Level Format test Data compare tes
427. us established by the connection An SSP INIT port shall not reuse the same tag when transmitting COMMAND frames or TASK frames to different LUNs in the same SSP TARG port An SSP INIT port may reuse a tag when transmitting frames to different SSP TARG ports The TAG field ina COMMAND frame contains the task tag defined in SAM 3 The TAG field in a TASK frame does not correspond to a SAM 3 task tag but corresponds to an SAM 3 association The tag space used in the TAG fields is shared across COMMAND frames and TASK frames e g if a tag is used fora COMMAND frame it is not also used for a concurrent TASK frame For DATA XFER_RDY and RESPONSE frames the SSP TARG port shall set the TAG field to the tag of the command or task management function to which the frame pertains The TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field provides an optional method for an SSP TARG port to establish the write data context when receiving a write DATA frame i e determine the command to which the write data corresponds SSP TARG ports may set the TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field to any value when transmitting any SSP frame SSP TARG ports that use this field should set the TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field in every XFER_RDY frame to a value that is unique for the L_Q portion of the I_T_L_Q nexus i e that is unique for every XFER_RDY that is outstanding from the SSP TARG port SSP INIT ports shall set the TARGET PORT TRANSFER TAG field as follows a For each write DATA f
428. value has no relationship to the specification in the Transfer Byte Length in the CDB but indicates the length of this VPD information and is always X 03 Total data length 7 bytes Byte 4 and subsequent bytes list all the VPD information page codes supported by the HDD with the VPD page code indicated in ascending order in each byte b Device serial No This VPD information reports the device serial number of the HDD The format of this VPD information is shown in Table 4 9 Table 4 9 VPD information device serial No X 80 Page Code X 0C Page Length Losi Device Serial No ASCII z a The values indicated in the Qualifier and Device Type Code fields in byte 0 are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data The Page code field in byte 1 indicates the page code X 80 of this VPD information itself Also the Page length field in byte 3 indicates the length byte length after byte 4 This value has no relationship to the specification in the Transfer Byte Length in the CDB but indicates the length of this VPD information and is always X 0C Total data length 16 bytes Bytes 4 to 15 indicate the HDD s device serial number in right justified decimal ASCII code 146 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands c Device unique information This VPD information reports the HDD unique information The format of this VPD information is shown in Table 4 10 T
429. ve is necessary if an SSP frame is received from the initiator the drive sends the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive instead of an RRDY primitive After sending the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive the drive must wait until the connection is closed before it can send an RRDY primitive Meanwhile when a drive receives the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive from the initiator the drive performs any of the following processing 1 At the time of the receipt of the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive if the drive holds credits that have been given before and has frames to send the drive can send as many frames as there are credits being held at this time 2 At the time of the receipt of the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive if the drive holds credits that have been given before but has no frames to send the drive sends the DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT primitive and starts the close processing 3 At the time of the receipt of the CREDIT_BLOCKED primitive if the drive holds no credits it sends the DONE CREDIT TIMEOUT primitive and starts the close processing 1 4 4 3 DONE A DONE primitive indicates the start of the close processing of an SSP connection In the close processing in principle when no frame for processing remains on the side of the OPEN frame sender recipient of the OPEN_ACCEPT primitive a DONE primitive is sent However there is no rule concerning which side should first start the close processing Table 1 15 contains DONE primitive definitions 54 C141 C013
430. ve parameters If the parameter values are correct issue the FORMAT UNIT command and initialize the entire disk media surface Note If the parameter values are not correct issue a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command and reset the necessary parameters then reinitialize the entire disk media surface by the FORMAT UNIT command Note Note In a system where multiple INITs are connected together an error may have been reported due to a MODE SELECT or MODE SELECT EXTENDED command or a FORMAT UNIT command issued by another INIT so before executing this recovery method it is necessary to confirm the operations of the other INITs C141 C013 6 2 INIT Error Recovery Methods Recommended Table 6 6 Error recovery processing procedures 4 4 Recovery Method Recovery Processing Procedure Initialize the entire disk media surface It is desirable at this time to increase the number of spare sectors as much as possible If this error occurs repeatedly it is necessary to perform alternate block allocation processing through the system shown in Chapter 7 or reconfirm the use conditions of the disk drive such as the installation environment Reissue the original command Retry If it doesn t recover after 10 retries perform recovery method 13 1 Issue the MODE SENSE or MODE SENSE EXTENDED command and read the Current values in the MODE SELECT parameters 2 Ifthe parameters values are appropriate reissue the origin
431. verify errors page X 05 Parameter code X 0006 5 2 5 Verify Error Count Page X 05 Table 5 38 Verify error count page X 05 pt ed a om XO Resend Pag Lenth SB All of the following parameters have this header Page Length will be defined based on the value of Parameter Pointer CDB 5 6 338 C141 C013 5 2 Log Parameters e Verify errors recovered without delays page 05 code 0000 Table 5 39 Verify errors recovered without delays page 05 code 0000 X 0000 Parameter code Errors Recovered Without Delays X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered verify errors that would not be reported to the initiator during verify operations because no delay is incurred e Verify errors recovered with possible delays page 05 code 0001 Table 5 40 Verify errors recovered with possible delays page 05 code 0001 X 0001 Parameter code Errors Recovered With Possible Delays LSB X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value The Counter Value indicates the count of all recovered verify errors that would not be reported to the initiator during verify operations because possible delay is incurred C141 C013 339 Parameter Data Format e Total verify errors posted page 05 code 0002 Table 5 41 Total verify errors posted page 05 code 0002 X 0002 Parameter code Total Posted Errors a er X 04 Parameter Length Counter Value L
432. very processing procedure See Chapter 4 Command Specifications concerning details of the MODE SELECT and MODE SELECT EXTENDED commands An outline of the error recovery processing executed by the HDD is shown below 1 Recovery procedures for disk drive errors The HDD executes error recovery processing like that shown in Table 2 8 for errors detected during data access on the disk medium Caution is necessary when performing these recovery processing procedures because they are accompanied by rotational delays for repositioning data blocks on the disk medium or by added command processing time due to initialization of the positioning control system etc The INIT can control the number of retries by page 1 Read Write error recovery parameters page 7 Verify error recovery parameters or page 21 Additional error recovery parameters of the MODE SELECT parameters but during normal use it is recommended that the default values specified by the HDD be used Table 2 8 Outline of disk drive error recovery processing Type of Error Error Recovery Processing 1 Seek Error Rezero Return to Zero Cylinder readjustment of positioning control system and repositioning to the data block Correctable Data Error Correct by ECC 118 C141 C013 2 8 Command Processing Exceptions The start of execution timing for this automatic readjustment operation is ordinarily impossible for the INIT to predict The automatic readjustment operation
433. w such fields are recognized by a drive as regards each Service Action and Scope value As for Reservation Keys and APTPL they are as explained above 205 Command Specifications Table 4 32 PERSISTENT RESERVE OUT service action and valid parameters Parameters Service Allowed Action Scope type Reservation Reservation Service Action Scope Key Key Specific Address Register And ignored ignored ignored valid ignored Ignore Existing Key Reserve Logical Unit valid valid ignored ignored Element valid ignored valid Element Release Logical Unit valid valid ignored ignored Element valid a valid Preempt Logical Unit valid valid ieee C Element valid valid valid Element Preempt amp Logical Unit valid valid valid ignored Abort Element valid valid valid Element Note The HDD does not support Element Scope 206 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 4 1 19 REPORT LUNS A0 0 es raO O E e E T S T o f oe eo o 0 o 0 Laf oe jeie o o a C141 C013 This command requests that the peripheral device logical unit inventory be sent to the application client This command normally operates under the reserve condition RESERVE or PERSISTENT RESERVE The Allocation Length should be at least 16 bytes If the Allocation Length is less than 16 bytes the HDD reports the CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid Field in CDB 24 00 If the Allocation Length is not
434. xpander device transmitting the IDENTIFY address frame The PHY IDENTIFIER field specifies the phy identifier of the phy transmitting the IDENTIFY address frame A wide port shall set the DEVICE TYPE field SSP INITIATOR PORT bit STP INITIATOR PORT bit SMP INITIATOR PORT bit SSP TARGET PORT bit STP TARGET PORT bit and SMP TARGET PORT bit to the same set of values on each phy in the wide port Recipient ports need not check the consistency of these fields across phys The contents of the IDENTIFY address frame sent by a drive are as follows a ADDRESS FRAME TYPE Oh b DEVICE TYPE 001b c SSP INITIATOR PORT bit Ob d STP INITIATOR PORT bit Ob e SMP INITIATOR PORT bit 0b f SSP TARGET PORT bit 1b g STP TARGET PORT bit Ob h SMP TARGET PORT bit Oh i SAS ADDRESS Refer to the Section 1 2 1 SAS address j PHY IDENTIFIER port A Oh port B 1h k Reserved Oh C141 C013 61 SAS Interface 1 5 3 OPEN address frame Table 1 21 defines the OPEN address frame format used for connection requests Table 1 21 OPEN address frame format INITIATO R PORT PROTOCOL ADDRESS FRAME TYPE 1h FEATURES CONNECTION RATE MSB INITIATOR CONNECTION TAG DESTINATION SAS ADDRESS SOURCE SAS ADDRESS COMPATIBLE FEATURES PATHWAY BLOCKED COUNT ARBITRARION WAIT TIME MORE COMPATIBLE FEATURES CRC An INITIATOR PORT bit set to one specifies that the source por
435. y A but not by phy B Both phys then select G2 for the final speed negotiation window to establish the negotiated physical link rate C141 C013 1 3 Phy layer no dword dword no dword dword RCD sync RCD sync RCD sync RCD sync gt la sntt gt l lt snrti gt l sntt snr Phy A Tx Phy B Rx RCD sync SNTT gt Phy A Rx Phy B Tx Not supported Not supported by phy B by phy B G1 rate G2 rate G3 rate G2 rate negotiated rate Time z SAS speed negotiation sequence begins W ALIGN 0 s Janena s Time Figure 1 12 SAS speed negotiation sequence Example 1 If the phy does not obtain dword synchronization during the final speed negotiation window the SAS speed negotiation sequence fails Figure 1 13 shows the same speed negotiation sequence as in Figure 1 12 when phy B does not obtain dword synchronization during the final speed negotiation window If this occurs the handshake is not complete and the OOB sequence shall be retried starting with COMINIT forcing the phy to retry the whole reset sequence mana tur Pr porrie Mann lt RCD RCD e SNTT gt Phy A xi G1 rate G2 rate G3 rate G2 rate Hot Plug negotiated rate Timeout delay fia ALIGN 0 s ALIGN t s Time z SAS speed negotiation sequence begins Tm _ _ __p Figure 1 13 SAS speed negotiation sequence Example 2 C141 C013 41 SAS Interface 1 3 6 1 Phy reset sequence after devices
436. y Parameter Page Code 21 Additional Error Recovery Parameter but the AWRE flag and DTE flag are not applied 278 C141 C013 4 4 Maintenance Diagnostic Commands 4 4 7 WRITE SAME 41 a Logical Block Address MSB Logical Block Address ss eo 0 0 0 09 0 S e are a ae eae C141 C013 This command requests that the device server write the single block of data transferred by the application client to the medium multiple times to consecutive multiple logical blocks A Logical Block data Lbdata bit of zero and a Physical Block data Pbdata bit of zero indicates that the single block of data transferred by the application client shall be used without modification A Lbdata bit of one requests that the HDD replace the first four bytes of the data to be written to the current logical block with the logical block address of the block currently being written A Pbdata bit of one requests that the HDD replace the first eight bytes of the data to be written to the current physical sector with the physical address of the sector currently being written using the physical sector format The HDD is not supported a Pbdata bit Therefore if Pbdata bit is one this command is terminated with CHECK CONDITION status ILLEGAL REQUEST 5 Invalid field in CDB 24 00 A Relative Address RelAdr bit of zero indicates that the Logical Block Address field specifies the first logical block of the range of logical b
437. ying up to eight standards to which the Device claims conformance The HDD shall be indicated as shown below Table 4 4 Version descriptor 58 to 59 OX00 OX40 SAM2 62 to 63 OX01 OX3C SPC ANSI 3 301 1997 on oxox SSS ssw oxox row oxox Cen oxox 142 C141 C013 4 1 Control Sense Commands 6 Command support data Table 4 5 shows the format and contents of the command support data transferred to the INIT by this command if 0 is specified in the EVPD bit and 1 is specified in the CmdDt bit Table 4 5 Command support data post e te te te tet ete Qualifier Device Type Code Tari 2 Version SOS Version O3 X 00 Reserved it sae X 00 Reserved CDB Size m 5 CDB Usage Data a Qualifier Device Type Code Version These fields are the same as those in the previously mentioned standard INQUIRY data b Support This field indicates the value defined in Table 4 6 C141 C013 143 Command Specifications Table 4 6 Support ee e e Data about the requested SCSI operation code is not currently available The device server does not support the tested SCSI e code All data after byte 1 is undefined Be oo device server supports the tested SCSI operation code in conformance with an SCSI standard A Vendor sass undefined rr ne in a vendor specific manner tft 0 Vendor specific undefined 0 Vendor specific undefined Oo p i i pe SS If the Support field

Fujitsu MBA3300RC User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents